General Honsberg

7/22/2019 General Honsberg

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/general-honsberg 1/347

Main Catalogue

Flow Level Temperature Pressure Filtration• • • •



Honsberg & Co. KG

Tenter Weg 2-842897 Remscheid · Germany

P.O. Box 11 03 6942863 Remscheid · Germany

Tel. +49(0) 2191/9672-0Fax +49(0) 2191/ 9672- 40

www.honsberg.com

[email protected]: Honsberg & Co. KGPrint: Limberg-Druck GmbH

KaarstEdition: 1 /08 /Basic /1E

Flow Level • Temperature • Pressure • Filtration

Basic



Welcome to Honsberg!

As a familiy controlled enter-prise, we welcome you andappreciate your interest inour products for control andmeasurement of flow, level,

temperature, pressure and

filtration.

Sincerely

M. SeulenOwner – Manager



Honsberg & Co. KGTenter Weg 2-8 · 42897 Remscheid · GermanyP.O. Box 1103 69 · 42863 Remscheid · GermanyTel. +49(0)2191 9672-0 · Fax +49(0)2191 9672-40www.honsberg.com · [email protected]

2

1963 The company is founded by Prof. G. W. Seulen as amanufacturer of mechanical flow control instruments.

1974 Michael Seulen joins the management. Product rangeis extended to include level, temperature and pressure.New premises in Remscheid Lennep, Tenter Weg.

1977 KTA approval and supplier of flow control technology fornuclear power plants

1980 Start of large-scale production of mechanical monitoring

equipment for OEM customers.

1990 Extension of the product range to include electronicdevices.

1995 Presentation of electronic metering converters for flow,level, temperature and pressure.

1996 Honsberg Smart transducer.Certification to ISO 9001.

1998 Presentation of the integrated transmitter system OMNI.

2000 Reorganisation and expansion of the production division.New office building.

2002 Focus on products and marketing

2004 ATEX certified company

2005 DIN-GOST certified company

The road to success

Basic



A Piston, valve design Monitoring, indicating, metering 15

B Piston, inline design Monitoring, indicating, metering 51

C Variable area Monitoring, indicating, metering 99

D Paddle, dynamical flap Monitoring, indicating, metering 127

E Rotor, turbine, Monitoring, indicating,161gear and oval wheel metering, counting

F Calorimetric,magnetic-Monitoring, metering 201inductive, vortex

G Sight glass, flap, sphere Indicating 223

H Orifice Regulation, monitoring 235

I Level Monitoring, indicating, metering 243

J Temperature Monitoring, indicating, metering 269

K Pressure Monitoring, indicating, metering 279

L Integrated systemsMonitoring, indicating, metering 297Omni/Flex

M Transducers Signal processing 311

N Filters, accessories Filters, supporting components 321

Flow

Level

Temperature

Pressure

The range

Our aim is to provide industrialplant engineering and process

technology with tried and trustedand economical solutions in theareas of:

l Monitoring threshold value when under-cut or exceeded

l Indicating visual control

l Meteringquantitative statement in theaccuracy range of 3 % orcontinuous signal recordingand transmission in theaccuracy range of 1 %

l Countingimpulse output

l Regulatingflow limitation with orifice

l Transducingsignal transformation,signal processing

l Filteringprotection from dirt,filtration of fluids

Honsberg devices can be foundin wide areas of industry andprocessing in a range of applica-

tions dealing with fluids, aggres-sive and viscous media as wellas air and gases.

The Honsberg range of industrialinstrumentation for



4

The market is the challenge

Honsberg sales structure

1. engineering2. customized solutions, oem3. (enduser)4. process application5. miscellaneous

1. flow2. level3. temperature4. pressure

1. mechanical instrumentation2. electronic instrumentation

1. domestic market 2. export europe3. export world


Basic



The systems

The HONSBERG range includes metering and monitoring equip-ment in the accuracy range of up to 0.1 % from the measured

value. HONSBERG technology concentrates on specific mechanicaland electronic systems which are integrated in a variety ofsystems, resulting in an extremely flexible range of applications.

Advantages Disadvantages Application Principle

l Sturdy mechanics l High pressure loss Universal use Pistonl Good repeatability for liquids spring-supported

and gases (path recording)l Industry, e.g.

transfer linesl Purely physical l Only for transparent Metering of Variable area

floating principle media transparent liquids (path recording)l High accuracy l Defined installation and gases

position l Laboratoryl Medical technology

l Low pressure l Higher functional Yes/no control Paddleloss tolerance of liquid and spring-supported

l Dirt l Sensitive with gaseous media (path recording)resistant high flow velocities l Heating technology

l Independent of l Transformersnominal diameters

l High accuracy l Limited application Linear frequency Rotor, turbine

for gases and signals (rotation) viscous media l Cooling systems

l High accuracy l High pressure loss Linear frequency signals Gear wheel,l Volumetric, l Oil circulation oval wheel

thus independent l Collet chuck (rotation)of viscosity

l No moving l Limited application Sensor technology Calorimetric,parts for gases and oils l Welding robots magnetic,

l Independent of l Inductive only for l Waste water inductivenominal diameters conductive liquids systems (temperature

difference,inductive)

l Linear method l Sensitive to Level monitoring Levelchanges in density and metering Float,

l Tanks sight glass(path recording)

l Proven method l Linearity Temperature Temperatureof monitoring deviation in monitoring and diaphragm,and metering the lower range metering platinum,

temperature l Industrial systems resistance-sensor

l Linear transmission l Diaphragm sensitive Pressure monitoring Pressureof motion to high pressures and metering Piston, diaphragm,

l Gears piezoresistive strainrelief element

5




Basic

6

The Honsberg Technology

The Honsberg technology for monitoring and metering flow, level, tem-perature and pressure is based on the principle of inductive magneticcoupling of movement of a spring-supported base or rotating element fitted with a magnet. This unit is located in the hydraulic area andactuates contacts, display units or integrated electronic circuits outside

the media space according to specific parameters.Using this method, switch contacts are triggered, dials actuated,

visual display elements activated or continuous output produced in apre-defined position which corresponds to the operating parameterrequired.

This technology results in significant advantages during operation:l No sealing problems thanks to inductive triggering from within

the media spacel Installation can be in any position thanks to spring support l High pressure and temperature loadl Straightforward servicing since separated from hydraulic and

electric componentsOther technologies include the metallic activation of an inductive proximi-

ty switch, activation of an optical sensor, electronic evaluation of tem-perature and pressure sensors or the direct triggering of a switchcontact, metering unit or integrated electronic circuits.

Flow Level Temperature Pressurel/min mm °C bar

The componentsComponent

Magnet

Spring

Reed-switch

Mikro-switch

Hall-Sensor

Inductiveproximity switch

Opticalsensor

Mechanicaldial unit

Integratedsystems

Task

Triggering

Deflection,reset guaranteeThreshold contact,break contact,make contact orchangeover contact

Threshold contact,changeover contact

Sensor signalPNPNPN

Dial display

LCD displayThreshold values0..10 V,0(4)..20 mA

Design

Ring, cylinder

Tension orpressure springMagnetic

triggering

Mechanicalor magnetic

triggeringMagneticactivationMetallicactivation

Opticalactivation

Dial unit withmagnetic ormechanical

triggering

Advantages

Inductive triggeringReliableresettingLow hysteresis, nomechanical triggeringcomponents

Spring-supported switch-ing characteristics, highswitching capacitySensor in metal housingfor high pressuresUniversal applications,without magnetic

triggering componentsSensor without additional triggeringcomponentsReliable high-resolutionmechanical scalesystem

Compact design fordisplaying threshold

values and continuouspaging

The technologies:

Spring-supported magneticcontact control

Display options:Triggering of mechanical metering

units or digital sensor systems

inductivemag.

inductivePT 100 piezo

thick film

optical

calor imetr ic diaphragm



Handling

One important requirement of product development is simple and safeproduct handling. On the one hand, this refers to the installation inmechanical, electrical and electronic terms, and on the other the cali-bration and setting of the instruments.

Mechanical installationThe following standard options are available in housing form:

l Female threadsl Flanges

The following standard options are available in stub-connection form:l Male threadsl Flangesl Solder, welded stub-connections

Electrical installationStandard installation of the devices is via plug or cable.Wiring is according to the connection diagram provided.

Reed, micro-switchesThe reed switch consists of contact tongues arranged in a pipe eitherevacuated or filled with inert gas, the micro-switch works on the basisof mechanical contact control.When connecting the switch it is mandatory that a consumeris connected in series. It must be guaranteed that the given valuesfor voltage, current and capacity are not exceeded.

l Switching voltage V ACl Switching current Al Capacity VA

Contact materiall Reed switch Ruthenium, rhodium, tungstenl Micro-switch Silver, gold

Electronic sensorsl Inductive proximity switches Triggered by metall Hall sensors Triggered by magnet l Optical sensor Optical triggering

NPN/PNP electrical data according to data sheet

CalibrationThe devices can either be factory-adjusted with documentation or cali-brated during customer commissioning.

Bus applicationsThe Honsberg oil distribution system is compatible to mostly any BUS

Systems via the "Murr Cube System". Please contact us to get detailedinformation.4..20mA => cube 67 (analog input) =>Bus interface => reduce 16 wires to one

Reed switch

l high switching speedl tight hysteresis

Micro-switch

l mechanical step characteristicsl high switching power

Hall sensor

l wear-freel high responsiveness

7



8


Basic

The variety

Working principle Basic device VariationsPiston Monitor Magnetically coupled dial Magnetically triggered transducer

Adjustable contact for local measurement with switch PNP and NPN,of a reed or 4[0]..20 mA and LCD displaymicro-switch

Paddle Monitor Magnetically coupled dial for local measurement Adjustable contact with adjustable integrated threshold

of a reed ormicro-switch

Rotor Frequency-transmitting Sensor options Integrated transducer transmitter switch, 4… 20 mA output with switch PNP and NPN,

4[0]..20 mA and LCD display

Calorimetric Monitor with Transmitter

LED indication and with switch PNP or NPN,potentiometer 4[0]..20 mA or 0 … 10 V setting with and without LCD display

Level Transmitter with Transmitter4 … 20 mA with switch PNP or NPN,

4[0]..20 mA or 0 … 10 V with and without LCD displayTemperature

Pressure

The Honsberg range has an extremely modular structure andmakes flexible adaptation of applications for our devices possible

thanks to the combination of standard components.



9

Application Commands Selection

The Honsberg range of devices has a modular structure and this offers a wide range of applications.

Specification Chapter Systems Equipment

Large nominal sizes >DN50 l A l Piston valve design l PD, VI, TX, TZ1, VD, VDO, VMl D l Paddle l CM2K, CRG, UB1, UM3K, UR1,

UR3K, VM, TZ1l E l Rotor l RR.-032l F l Calorimetric l EFl F l Magnetic-inductive l FIS

Low flow rates < 1l/min l A l Piston valve design l FF, FM, Gl B l Piston inline design l FW3, FX, HD1K, HD2K, HM1K, MF,

MR, MR1K, RVM, VF, VOl C l Variable area l GK, GR, MMF, UK, VLl E l Rotor l PO, RL, WR1, RA, RH, RRI, RRH, RROl E l Turbine l ROl E l Gear wheel l VHZl F l Oval wheel l VHOl F l Calorimetric l EF

High operating pressure >200 bar l B l Variable area l HD1K, HD2K, HM1K, MR1K, RVMl E l Turbine l RT

High temperatures >120°C l A l Piston valve design l MXO, MXR, TX l D l Paddle l UB1l E l Turbine l RT

Aggressive media l B l Piston inline design l HD1K, HD2K, HR1MV, MI, MR, MR1K,NJ, NJ, NO, VF, VO

l C l Variable area l VLl D l Paddle l CRG, UB1l E l Rotor l RROl E l Turbine l RTl F l Calorimetric l EFl F l Magnetic-inductive l FISl G l Sphere l BL

Announcement of dirty media l A l Piston valve design l MP, MXO, TZ1, VDOl B l Piston inline design l NJ, NJV, NO

Viscose media up to 350 mm 2/s l A l Piston valve design l FF, FM, G, MP, MXR, PD, TX, TZ1, VD, VDO, VI, VM

l B l Piston inline design l FW1, HD1K, HD2K, HR1MV, MR,MR1K, NJ, NJV, VF, VO, MI

l D l Paddle l CM2K, CRG, TZ1, UB1, UI, UM3K,UR1, UR3K, VM, UZ

Viscosity-compensated 1-200 mm²/s l B l Piston inline design l HD2K, HR1MV

Viscosity-independent to 1000 mm²/sl

El

Gear wheell

VHZl E l Oval wheel l VHOAir and gas l A l Piston valve design l Alle

l B l Piston inline design l FX, FW1, HD1K, HR1MV, MF, MI, MR,MR1K, NJ, NO, VF, VO

l C l Variable area l Allel D l Paddle l UI, UM3K, UR1, UR3K, YRl E l Rotor l PO, WR1, RRI, RRH, RROl G l Sphere l BL

Approvals Chapter Systems Equipment

Atex l A l Piston valve design l VD, VMI M1 EEx ia I l B l Piston inline design l HD1K, HD1KV, HR1MV II 1G EEx ia IIC T4 l D l Paddle l UR1, VMII 1D EEx iaD 20 T135 l I l Float l NW1Atex l A l Piston valve design l VMII 2G EEx D IIC T6 l D l Paddle l VMGL - Germanischer Lloyd l A l Piston valve design l G, VD

l B l Piston inline design l HD1K TÜV l A l Piston valve design l TX

l D l Paddle l CRGl D l Paddle l UB1

Flow



Flow Level Temperature Pressure Filtration

10


Basic

Compressor

High Pressure Cleaners

Paper Machine

Machine Tool

Honsberg at work

Honsberg products can be found in a wide variety of applications andas original equipment components in industrial plant engineering.

Application Equipment Chapter / Systeml clamping cylinder l VHZ l E gear Wheell compressor l FF l A piston valve designl construction machines l NR l H levell cooling circuit l RRI l E rotorl cooling unit l FW1 l B piston inline design

l RRI l E rotorl

dental chairl

MFl

B piston inline designl diesel engines l G l A piston valve designl earth moving l NR l H level

machinery l gearing mechanism l NJ, NJV l B piston inline designl power generation l VD l A piston valve designl heating engineering l UM3, UR1 l D paddle

UR3l high pressure cleaners l MR l B piston designl induction hardening l RRI l E rotor

equipmentl

industrial furnacesl

KMl

I orificel injection moulding l ZE l N filtermachine

l laboratory equipment l UK l C variable areal laser technology l RRI l E rotorl machine tool l MR l B piston inline designl medical technology l MMF l C float l mobile automatic l FX l A piston valve design

weldersl multi-circuit system l RRI l E rotorl oil circulation l HD2K l B piston inline designl

oxygen supply l MMF l C variable area

l paint finishing system l MR1K l B piston inline designl paper machine l NJ, NJV l B piston inline designl printing machine l FW1, OT l B piston inline design

dehumidifier l UR l D paddlel pressure increasing l TF1 l J temperature

systeml printing machine l PM l K pressure

pollinatorl seewage technology l FIS l F magnetic-inductivel steel mill l UZ l D paddlel swimming pool l UR l D paddlel transformer l UB1, CM2K l D paddlel tunelling machine l omni-F l F calorimetricl vacuum pumps l PM l K pressurel welding robots l EFK l F calorimetric



11

Transformers

Semi-conductor industry

Swimming pools

Welding robots

Piston valve design

l Monitoring of coolant in cold compressors

Piston inline design

l Protection against no-flow conditions e.g. high-pressure cleanersl Monitors emulsion supply e.g. tool machinesl Monitors and measures oil supply to large-scale gear systems

e.g. paper machinesl Monitors multi-circuit systems

Paddles

l Monitors oil flow in transformersl Flow-dependent control of gas valves, combination boilersl Monitors the addition of chemicals e.g.

in swimming pools

Rotors

l Measures and monitors in semi-conductor technologyl Measures and monitors multi-circuit systemsl Measures and monitors cooling circuits

Gear wheel

l Hydraulic monitoring of clamping cylinders

Calorimetric

l Monitoring of cooling for welding lance in welding robots

Variable area

l Monitoring and measurement of water, oil and dieselin construction machinery

Bi-metal

l Monitoring temperature in booster systems

Diaphragm

l Monitoring of exhaust pressure in vacuum pumps



Honsberg market positioning

With its very extensive breadth and depth, the market for measurement and control technology is split into various segments. Each of these hasits own particular requirements and therefore forces small and medium-sized suppliers in particular to specialise and focus on just a few, inorder to optimally position themselves on the market.

1 Process measuring equipment 2 Industrial measurement and control systems3 Medical equipment 4 Chemicals and food5 Other

For many years now, Honsberg has been an established name on themarket for industrial measuring and monitoring systems, and supplies

industrial plant engineering manufacturers with both standard productsand also customised solutions. However, also in this specific market segment, there are various customer profiles whose needs have to beindividually matched in terms of product portfolio, supply capability, levelof after sales service, etc.

Honsberg customer:End user

chooses individual items from the com-plete product range; expects product advice and delivery at short notice.

Honsberg customer:Retailer/distributor

selects certain items from the com-plete product range in order to include

them in his own sales range. Usuallyexpects a proprietary label and reliabledelivery. Technical advice plays a lessprominent role.

Honsberg customer:Industrial original

equipment manufacturer

has specified a particular Honsbergproduct for his plant. This is very oftena joint development or a modifiedseries unit. Customer expects a highlevel of technical support, reliable de-livery and comprehensive after salesservice.

Honsberg customer:Series originalequipment manufacturer

fits a specific Honsberg to his seriesproducts. This kind of customer makes

very high demands in all areas of deve-lopment, testing, production, documen-

tation, quality organisation and punctualdelivery, as well as advice and after

sales service.

Honsberg has specialised in meeting the challenges of these segmentsand is equipped to fulfil their needs to a specially high degree.

Honsberg – Technical and logistical partner for the industrial plantengineering sector.


Basic



milling machine

cell assembly

test rig

labeling

Honsberg Produktion

The assembly is organised on basis of specific rigassisted stations partly in the format of assembly cells.Honsberg exercises the FVS system (Full ValueStream), which implies a full chain of value generationin the cell environment.

Modern machine tools manufacture the Honsbergspecific components.

Subsequent to a 100 % functional test the finishedproduct is assigned to a product identification numberwhich allows constant tracebility. The completion iseither customer- or stock related. Honsberg keeps acomprehensive level of finished products in order toship ex stock if required.The shipment of Honsberg products is assigned tocertified transport organisations.

Integrated assembly, testing and packing

Order processing and shipment data are registered bya visual system and are instantly available.

13



14


Basic

Honsberg Digital

All up-to-date information is available as PDF fileson our website www.honsberg.com.

In addition, the product CD isavailable, including infor-

mation as Excel andPDF files.



A

15

Piston valve design

The technology

Magnet-equipped, spring-supportedpiston triggers flow-dependent induc-

tively adjustable threshold contactsor dial units.

Applications

l Industrial metering and monitoring technologyl Cooling systemsl Lubrication circuits

Advantages

l Dirt resistant l High switching capacityl Various materialsl Nominal diameters DN 8 to DN 300

Contents

System descriptionDevice system 16Function and advantages 16Metering materials and accuracy 17Handling and operation 18

Device descriptions 19

l Switchingl Indicatingl Metering

Concept piston, valve designNominal diameter 8 - 300Connection female thread, flange, adhesive fitting, adhesive stub-connectionPN 10 - 200Max. temperature 350 °CSignal threshold, optical display, potentiometerAdjustable yesMaterials red bronze, stainless steel, cast steel, cast iron, PVCInstallation position anyMetering materials liquids or gases

Technical data




Basic

16

System description

Device system

The piston system with valve design is of particular advantage formetering and monitoring jobs in the area of liquid and gaseous meter-ing materials.

A magnet-equipped piston rests in the valve seat of a housing and ismoved vertically by the flowing medium, whereby the path of the pistonis directly proportional and linear to the flow rate.

Since the piston works against the force of a supporting spring, the devices can be installed in any position and reset safely when

the volume flow diminishes.

Functions and advantages

The device system can be used for metering and monitoring taskswithin the context of the basic design.

It is based on the non-contact coupling of the magnet-equipped pistonin the hydraulic system to external hermetically separated thresholdcontacts or metering devices. In this way, threshold signals are pro-duced or visual displays activated.

Since the contact unit is usually arranged adjustably, an adjustment range for the switching point is realised in the ratio 1:10, whichenables users to set the required value continuously on site with theaid of scale information. The adjustment path is significantly extendedby a coiled groove and displayed on a greatly lengthened scale [VD,

VDO, VM].

In the case of metering devices [TZ1] the piston movement is linkedmagnetically to an actuator part which activates a pointer meteringunit and this makes a display on a 320° scale possible.

In the case of more straightforward versions [MP, VDO] the pointermechanism is replaced by a magnetic ring pointer which is moved by

the primary piston.

The advantages of the piston system are in its particularly sturdydesign, high temperature and pressure resistance and simple yet safehandling during calibration.

The application advantages can be summarised as follows:

l High pressure and temperature resistancel Good soiling resistancel Linear functionl Exact calibrationl Low pressure loss

No flow Flow

Micro-switch Dial VM TZ1

Reed switch Magnetic ring VD MP



A

17

Metering materials and accuracy

The devices are designed for liquid metering materials as standard and the functional data are specified for water.

The devices can also be used for viscous media and gaseous meteringmaterials.

As far as viscosity is concerned, it must be noted that the metering values decrease as viscosity increases, as shown in the table below

Water Viscosity mm²/s

30 60 115 220 VD 4 2 0.8 0.6 0.25

8 6 4 3 1.510 9 8 6 320 18 17 14 10

VM 4 4 4 3 2.58 8 8 7.5 6

10 10 9 7 620 19 18 17 14

MP 4 4 4 3 28 8 7 6 4

10 10 9 8.5 820 19 18 17.5 17

TZ1 4 4 4 3.5 38 8 7.5 7 6

10 10 9.5 9 820 20 19 18.5 18

In the case of air and gases, the functional ratio in relation to wateris approx. 1:35, i.e. 1 l/min water corresponds to approx. 35 Nl/minair, whereby temperature, density and operating pressure play a specialrole here.

In these cases the devices are tailor-made according to customerspecifications, whereby the mechanical moving parts are equipped withadditional absorption.

We will be happy to give you special advice in these cases.

Devices with a temperature range of up to 350 °C are availablefor higher temperatures.

Type Temperature up to °C Switching IndicationMXR 160 + -MXO 160 optional +

TX 350 + +

MP

VDO

MXR

MXO




Basic

18

Handling and operation

If the switching point needs to be set, this can be done by adjusting the switching head in a coiled groove [Type VD, VDO, VM] or bylongitudinal adjustment [TX, MX], with the position being chosen

with the aid of a setting diagram and/or a scale.

The function of the threshold valve [TZ1] is either signalled by thesystem or, as an option, can be confirmed by an LED display.

VD

TZ1

F l o w

r a t e

H 2 O 2 0 ° C

Switching head position, tolerance ± 10 % VM-..GR



A

19

m i s c e

l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s i v e

g a s

/ a

i r

o i l

i n d i c a t i o n

t y p e

c o n t r o

l

c o n n e c t i o n

o u t p u t s i g n a

l

o n s

i t e m e t e r i n g

m a x . p r e s s u r e

b a r

m a x . t e m p

e r a t u r e

° C

w a t e r

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r

HONSBERG & CO.KG Tenter Weg 2-8 42897 Remscheid GermanyTel. +49(0)2191 9672-0 Fax +49(0)2191 9672-40 www.honsberg.com [email protected]

l standard m standard option special option all data sheets available under www.honsberg.com

FF 8 - 40 female thread brass l 200 110 l 3 3 20

FM 8 - 15 female thread bronze l 200 90 l 3 3 22

G 8 - 15 female thread bronze l 16 80 l 3 3 24

VD 8 - 80 female thread bronze l 25 120 l 3 3 268 - 50 female thread stainless steel l 100 120 l 3 3 3 28

VM 8 - 80 female thread bronze l 100 90 l 3 3 308 - 50 female thread stainless steel l 100 90 l 3 3 3 32

VDO 8 - 80 female thread bronze l l 100 120 l 3 3 34

MXR 8 - 80 female thread bronze l m 100 160 l 3 3 36MXO 8 - 80 female thread bronze m l 100 160 l 3 3 37MXM 8 - 80 female thread bronze l l 100 160 l 3 3 37

TX 15 - 200 flange cast steell l

40 350l 3 3

38

MP 8 - 80 female thread bronze l 100 100 l 3 3 40

TZ1 8 - 80 female thread bronze m l l 100 90 l 3 3 428 - 50 female thread stainless steel m l l 100 90 l 3 3 3 44

additional features l l l l 46

PD 8 - 80 glue fitting PVC l 10 60 l 3 3 3 478 - 50 lue socket PVC l 10 60 l 3 3 3 478 - 80 flange PVC l 10 60 l 3 3 3 47

VD 15 - 100 flange bronze l 16 120 l 3 3 4715- 300 flange cast iron l 16 120 l 3 3 4715- 300 flange cast steel l 40 120 l 3 3 4715 - 150 flange stainless steel l 40 120 l 3 3 3 47

VM 15 - 200 flange cast iron l 16 90 l 3 3 47

VI 8 - 80 female thread bronze l 16 60 l 3 3 48

TZ1 65 - 200 flange cast iron m l l 16 90 l 3 3 48 s p e c i a

l a p p

l i c a t i o n

s t a n

d a r d a p p

l i c a t i o n



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix FF-...GR FF.GR

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G1/2 bronze

FF-025GR040STECHNICAL DATA

Switch value is indicated for horizontally decreasing flow.

tolerance ±0.3 l/minmedia temperature max. 110°Caverage pressure loss 0.4 bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on switch value

minimum 0.4 l/min.

MATERIALS

housing bronce Rg5 nickel platedbody brass Ms58 nickel platedpiston stainless steel 1.4305spring stainless steel 1.4310magnet bariumferriteseals NBR

14 2,0

G Type Qmax. recom.l/min H2O

switch value l/min H 2Oselectable range for

fixed switch

Lmm

Hmm

SWmm

52 14

1213

2929

Xmm

1,514 1,0

32 11 0,7

G 1 1/2 FF-040GR090. 16 150 95

412 - 60 98 941,5 - 40 87 90

5916 100

3 - 90 113

73 79G 1 FF-025GR040. 25 60

200 2040 0,6 - 25

79 2915 0,4 - 10 68 79

200G 3/8 FF-010GR010. 200

PNbar

b r o n z e

G 1/4 FF-008GR009.

G 3/4 FF-020GR025.G 1/2 FF-015GR012.

G 1 1/4 FF-032GR060.

0,625

0,4 - 12 68

weightkg

0,60,6

1210 0,4 - 9 68 79

Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media, withspring-supported piston and magnetic triggering of a reedswitch. Rugged design in brass / bronze combination.

fixed switch valuehigh pressure dutygood repeatabilitydirt-resistanthigh switch capability


Basic

20



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix FF-...GR FF.GR

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch wiring 0.212 n.o. wiring 0.214 n.c.230 V AC 1 A 50 VAcable 1,5 mprotection class IP 65

MOUNTING POSITION METERING SUBSTANCES

water gas/air

oil

NOMENCLATURE For combinations see table "technical data"

basic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 8 - G1/4nominal diameter DN 10 - G3/8nominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2nominal diameter DN 20 - G3/4nominal diameter DN 25 - G1nominal diameter DN 32 - G1 1/4nominal diameter DN 40 - G1 1/2female threadbronzeselectable range 0.4 - 9 l/min'selectable range 0,4 - 10 l/min'selectable range 0,4 - 12 l/min'selectable range 0,6 - 25 l/min'selectable range 1,5 - 40 l/min'selectable range 2 - 60 l/min'selectable range 3 - 90 l/minwiring 0.212 n.o.wiring 0.214 n.c.switch values for oil or gasspecial switch pointsnomimal diameter DN 50 - 80

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and switch value with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and quality of flow (switch value on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperatue and metering substance (switch value on request)

All technical changes reserved

BASIC Standard BASIC Programme option VARIO Special option ⊕ PLUS Accessories not recommendable

040G

032

020

S090

VARIO

009 S

Installation position horizontal H2O.Please indicate switch point with your

order. s w i t c h

v a l u e

G R

012

060040025

010

R009

015

008

025

Installation position mayinfluence switch value.

Special optionO

FF-

Tel. +49(0)2191 9672-0 Fax +49(0)2191 9672-40 www.honsberg.com [email protected] & CO.KG Tenter Weg 2-8 42897 Remscheid Germany

008

010

brown blue green/

yellow

brown blue green/

yellow

BasicA

21



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix FM-...GR FM.GR


FM-010GR010TECHNICAL DATA


tolerance ±0.3 l/minmedia temperature max. 90°Caverage pressure loss 0.4 bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on switch value

minimum 0.5 l/min.

MATERIALS

housing bronze Rg5 nickel platedbody brass Ms58 nickel platedpiston brass Ms58spring stainless steel 1.4310magnet bariumferriteseals NBRcap PS


G Type PNbar

0.4 - 90.4 - 10

0.700.65

weightkg

Qmax. recom.l/min H2O

switch value l/min H 2Oselectable range for fixed switch

Xmm

1520

2000.60

1213

optionplug DIN43650-A

12

b o n z e

FM-010GR010FM-015GR012 200

200

Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media, withspring-supported piston and magnetic triggering of a microswitch. Rugged design in brass / bronze combination.

fixed switch pointhigh pressure dutygood repeatabilitydirt-resistancehigh switch capability

G 3/80.4 - 12

G 1/4 FM-008GR009 10

G 1/2

Basic

22



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix FM-...GR FM.GR

ELECTRICAL DATAmicro switch - wiring 0.213 change over 250 V AC 6 Aplug conection to micro switch 2,8x0,5cable gland Pg9protection class IP 65


water gas/air

oil


basic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 8 - G1/4nominal diameter DN 10 - G3/8nominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2female threadbronzeselectable range 0.4 - 9 l/minselectable range 0.4 - 10 l/minselectable range 0.4 - 12 l/mincableplug DIN 43650-Aswitch values with oil or gasspecial switch valuenomimal diameter DN 20 - 80

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and switch value with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and quality of flow (switch value on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperatue and metering substance (switch value on request)




010

Special optionVARIO

012

BASICProgramme option

009

R

s w i t c h

-

v a l u e

R

010


FM- 008008

015

Installation position horizontal H2O.Please indicate switch point with your order.

009

G

G

1 2 3

BasicA

23



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Minofix G-...GR G.GR


G-015GRTECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable range is indicated for horizontally decreasing flow.

tolerance ±10 %media temperature max. 80°Caverage pressure loss 0.02 bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on switch value

minimum 0.2 l/min.

MATERIALS

housing bronze Rg5 nickel platedbody brass Ms58 nickel platedsphere POMmagnet bariumferriteseal Klingerit C-4400


G

G-015GR

Type PNbar

1616G-010GR

0.61213 b

r o n z e

G 1/2G 3/8G 1/4 G-008GR

weightkg

0.60.6

Xmm

12

16 12

4

Spheres fitted with magnets are lifted relative to volumeagainst the field producted by magnetics of oppositepolarity thus opening reed switch.

low pressure lossfixed switch value


8

switch value l/min H2Oselectable range for fixed switch

0.015 - 0.40.015 - 0.40.015 - 0.4

Basic

24



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Minofix G-...GR G.GR

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.214 n.c.250 V AC 1 A 50 VAcable gland Pg 9 (cable not included)protection class IP 65


water

oil up to 20mm²/s


basic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 8 - G1/4nominal diameter DN 10 - G3/8nominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2female threadbronzeplug DIN 43650-A

BASIC cable gland Pg 11 (cable not included)change over approval Germanischer Lloyd (GL)setting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasspecial setting

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate metering substance and adjustable range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)

OPTION

plug DIN43650-A



G- 008008

G R

VARIO

010

RG

015

Programme option

Special option


1 2

BasicA

25



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix VD-...GR VD.GR

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G3 bronze

VD-008GR010TECHNICAL DATA


tolerance ±5% of full scalemedia temperature max. 120°Caverage pressure loss 0.5 bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on switch value

minimum 0.3 l/min.

MATERIALS

housing bronze Rg5/Rg6 nickel platedpiston DN 8-25 POM glass-fibre enforced

DN 32-80 POMspring stainless steel 1.4310piston guide brass Ms58seal NBRmagnet bariumferritecap ABS


VD-050GR...180 - 330300 - 600

100 - 20050 - 150100 - 200180 - 330

VD-040GR...

Type

VD-008GR010VD-010GR010VD-015GR...

50 - 1501610060

30 - 10016 52

8532

156 98145

4 - 2010 - 4020 - 60

10 - 40

15616 290250

400156156

4.04.07.0

1813

1726

29

16

weightkg

1.01.01.01.11.32.12.859 14

23

AFmm

Xmm

29 1229 12

14

600 720 156 148 100

164180

150

Lmm

4 - 20150

656565

1501 - 10

1 - 10

G 2 1/2G 3

16VD-065GR...VD-080GR...

8020 - 6030 - 100

25

2525

85

150

G 1/2

G 2

60

72113137160

40

b r o n z e

1520 30

475

150 220G 1 1/2

25

VD-032GR...

G 3/4 VD-020GR...VD-025GR...

Hmm

15015

adjustable rangel/min H2O

1 - 10G 3/8


G

G 1 1/4G 1

PNbar

G 1/4 25

good repeatability

dirt-resistantexact setting of switch via scale

Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media, withcontactless triggering of an adjustable reed switch.Rugged design in brass / bronze combination.

250

200

150

100

50

20° 180°140°120°80°

Flow volume H O, 20°CQ (l/min)

Switchposition, tolerance ±10%

100-200 l/min

50-150 l/min

30-100 l/min

20- 60 l/min

2

Basic

26



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix VD-...GR VD.GR

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.213 change over 250 V AC 1.5 A 50 VAplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 44


water gas/air

oil

NOMENCLATURE For combination see table "technical data"

basic typespecificationDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2DN 65 - G2 1/2DN 80 - G3female threadbronze

1 - 10 l/min4 - 20 l/min

10 - 40 l/min20 - 60 l/min30 - 100 l/min50 - 150 l/min

100 - 200 l/min180 - 330 l/min300 - 600 l/min

signal lamptemperature indicator 0-120°Cprotection class IP 65material certificationsetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasselected hysteresisrhodium contacttemperature control 30-95°Cwetted parts in brass or stainless steeltemperature up to +150°Cdamping for gas controlapproval Germanischer Lloyd type VR

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and adjustable range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)




600330


a d j u s t a b l e r a n g e H

2 O

h o r i z o n t a l

Programme optionBASIC

Special optionVARIO

020040060100150

010

010

RGVD-

015

008008

020025

010

GR

065

040050

032

080

200

n o m i n a l d i a m e t e r

A switch ATEX (product information 92.1.V1)

1 2 3

BasicA

27



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix VD-...GK VD.GK

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/2 to G2 stainless steel



minimum 0.3 l/min.

MATERIALS

housing stainless steel 1.4305piston stainless steel 1.4571spring stainless steel 1.4310piston sleeve stainless steel 1.4571seal vitonmagnet bariumferrite (PTFE plated)cap ABS


Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media, withcontactless triggering of an adjustable reed switch.Rugged design in stainless steel.

good repeatability

dirt-resistantexact setting of switch via scale

Dmm

Xmm

Type Qmax. recom.l/min H2O

Hmm

Lmm

PNbar

68 15VD-015GK... 8016620 3068 1668 18

100 100 - 200 102120194


50 - 15020 - 100

4 - 2010 - 40

10 - 4010 - 60

1 - 10 4 - 20

VD-050GK...G 2

weightkg

2.82.62.53.74.8

20 - 60

166 80166180

8095 78 24

88 25100

G 1 VD-025GK...60VD-020GK... 100

100 8560

G

G 1/2 100

VD-032GK...VD-040GK...

100

G 3/4

145100 220

250 290 s t a i n l e s s s t e e l

G 1 1/2

40

G 1 1/4150 186 105

7.02730 - 10050 - 150

VD-020GK020TECHNICAL DATA

Basic

28



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix VD-...GK VD.GK



water gas/air

oil aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationDN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2female threadhousing stainless steel

1 - 10 l/min4 - 20 l/min

10 - 40 l/min(10) 20 - 60 l/min(20) 30 - 100 l/min

50 - 150 l/min100 - 200 l/min

signal lamptemperature indicator 0-120°Cprotection class IP 65material certificationsetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasselected hysteresisrhodium contacttemperature control 30-95°Cwetted parts in brass or stainless steeltemperature up to +150°Cdamping for gas controlapproval Germanischer Lloyd type VR




a d j u s t a b l e r a n g e

H 2

O h o r i z o n t a l

040060

010020

010G K


n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

200

VD- 015015020025032

K

050G

040

Special optionVARIO

100150

switch ATEX (product information 92.1.V1)



A

1 2 3

BasicA

29



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix VM-...GR VM.GR


TECHNICAL DATA



minimum 0.6 l/min.

MATERIALS

housing bronze Rg5/Rg6 nickel platedpiston brass Ms58spring stainless steel 1.4310piston guide brass Ms58seal NBRmagnet bariumferritecap ABS

G 1/2G 3/4G 1

G 3

G 1 1/4G 1 1/2G 2G 2 1/2 16

VM-015GR...

180

10025 40 50

480

30

50 - 400195 148VM-080GR600 100720 100 - 600

2911

AFmm

13

23

73

7.0

12

29 1229 12

3241

1.5

3.0

1442 - 6 3 - 12

10 - 40

15615520 - 100

87

4 - 20

50 - 25030 - 150

1442 - 6

14410 - 60

1444 - 12

68

98

68

weightkg

1.21.31.4

Xmm

2.31.7

113 5952 13

14

5.8137160

1648572

261954.317

b r o n z e / b r a s s

VM-050GR250VM-040GR150VM-032GR100VM-025GR060VM-020GR...

16

701625

120

16 30016

VM-065GR400

15

68


8 15

Hmm

1441 - 5 3 - 12


Lmm

PNbar

G Type

100100

Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media, withcontactless triggering of an adjustable micro switch.Rugged design in bronze.

good repeatability

dirt-resistanthigh switch capabilityexact setting of switch via scale

VM-010GR...VM-008GR...G 1/4

G 3/8

VM-020GR040

10 15


250

200

150

100

50

20° 180°140°120°80°

Flow volume H O, 20°CQ (l/min)

Switchposition, tolerance ±10%

50-250 l/min

30-150 l/min

20-100 l/min

10- 60l /min

2

10- 40l /min

Basic

30



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix VM-...GR VM.GR

ELECTRICAL DATAmicro switch - wiring 0.213 change over 250 V AC 6 Aplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 44


water gas/air

oil



1 - 5 l/min2 - 6 l/min3 - 12 l/min

(3) 4 - 20 l/min10 - 40 l/min10 - 60 l/min20 - 100 l/min30 - 150 l/min50 - 250 l/min50 - 400 l/min

100 - 600 l/min

signal lamptemperature indicator 0-120°Cprotection class IP 65material certificationsetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasgold-plated micro switchtemperature up to 150°C



lBASIC Standard BASIC Programme option VARIO Special option ⊕ PLUS Accessories not recommendable


switch ATEX (product information 92.1.V2 and 92.1.V3)

020


H 2



BASIC

A


G

012

100

040

006005

060

R

400

150

VM- 008008

005R

015020025032

010

080

050065

040

G

Programme option

600

VARIO

250

Special option

1 2 3

BasicA

31



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix VM-...GK VM.GK


TECHNICAL DATA



minimum 0.6 l/min.

MATERIALS

housing stainless steel 1.4305piston stainless steel 1.4571spring stainless steel 1.4310piston sleeve stainless steel 1.4571seal vitonmagnet bariumferrite (PTFE plated)cap ABS


Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media, withcontactless triggering of an adjustable micro switch.Rugged design in bronze.

good repeatability

dirt-resistanthigh switch capabilityexact setting of switch via scale

G 3/4G 1/2

G

VM-015GK...VM-020GK...

Type

100

PNbar

10 - 40

VM-015GK020

Hmm

Lmm

139


80


G 1 1/4

G 2VM-040GK150VM-050GK250

100VM-025GK060VM-032GK100 141

s t a i n l e s s s t e e l

7040 50 4 - 12

100

weightkg

2.62.53.5

10078

10 - 6020 - 10030 - 150

95120152

80139 18100

Dmm

Xmm

68 1668

27G 1 1/2

G 1

6.7

2488 25102

4.5

68100

105

139 80

154 120180

15 2.8

300 50 - 250

15 30 2 - 6 4 - 20

Basic

32



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix VM-...GK VM.GK



water gas/air



basic typespecificationDN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2female threadhousing stainless steel

2 - 6 l/min4 - 12 l/min4 - 20 l/min

10 - 40 l/min10 - 60 l/min20 - 100 l/min30 - 150 l/min50 - 250 l/min

signal lamptemperature indicator 0-120°Cprotection class IP 65material certificationsetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasgold-plated micro switchtemperature up to 150°C





switch ATEX (product information 92.1.V2 and 92.1.V3)

VARIOSpecial option


A

100

VM- 015 G

020025032

KG


n o m i n a l d i a m e t e

006

040

K

006

250 a d j u s t a b l e r a n g e

H 2


015

050

012

040060

020

150

1 2 3

BasicA

33



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix VDO-...GR VDO.GR


TECHNICAL DATA



minimum 0.5 l/min.

scale increments

MATERIALS

housing bronze Rg5/Rg6 nickel platedpiston Ms58spring stainless steel 1.4310piston guide brass Ms58seal NBRmagnet bariumferritecap ABStube acrylic (XT)

600

10 - 40

720

137

148

195

180 - 330

30 - 100

400 - 600 100160

203224224

16

100VDO-015GR...

85

2520 30

6040

16

b r o n z e / b r a s s G 1/2

G 1G 1 1/4

G 1/4

7.8

1726

4.25.8

23

G 2G 2 1/2G 3

1616

G 1 1/2 16

VDO-065GR...

G 3/8 100


programmeoption

standard

2 - 102 - 10

100VDO-008GR010VDO-010GR010

G 3/4

VDO-080GR...

VDO-020GR...VDO-025GR...VDO-032GR...VDO-040GR...

15

25

113

87190 98

2 - 10

100

10 - 4020 - 60

525972

4 - 20

20 - 60

29293241

weightkg

183183 68

68

Hmm

1268 1.3

1.3

2.9

13 1.4

2.21314

1.51.7

1112

150

475

184188

1458560

Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media, withcontactless triggering of an adjustable reed switch.Rugged design in brass / bronze combination.

control and indication

good repeatabilitydirt-resistantalso for dark and/or contaminated liquidsno pressurized or wetted glass partsexact setting of switch via scale

Lmm

15

G Qmax. recom.l/min H2O

PNbar

Type

VDO-015GR010

50 - 150100 - 200180 - 330

VDO-050GR...220290

400250

30 - 100

100 - 200

AFmm

Xmm

30 - 100

73

12

4 - 20

183 29


Basic

34



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix VDO-...GR VDO.GR



water gas/air

oil



2 - 10 l/min4 - 20 l/min


100 - 200 l/min180 - 330 l/min400 - 600 l/minsignal lamptemperature indicator 0-120°Cprotection class IP 65material certificationflange version in cast iron/bronze/cast steel or stainless steelsetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasselected hysteresisrhodium contacttemperature control 30-95°Cwetted parts in brass or stainless steeltemperature up to +150°Cdamping for gas control







H 2


200

020

600

040060100150

330

010R

RG

G


VDO- 008008

040

020025032

010015

065

010

050

080

VARIO

BASIC

Special option

Programme option

1 2 3

BasicA

35



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix MXR-...GR MXR.GR

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS female thread G1/4 to G3 bronze

TECHNICAL DATA


tolerance ±10% of full scalemedia temperature max. 160°Caverage pressure loss 0.7 bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

housing bronze Rg5/Rg6 nickel platedpiston stainless steel 1.4305spring stainless steel 1.4310piston guide stainless steel 1.4305seal Kalrez / Viton


MXR-025GR100

MXR-010GR...

25

PNbar

100100

Hmm

194194 68

weightkg

1.11.1

SWmm

2929

Xmm

1212

Lmm

68

MXR-015GR...

Compressive load

G 1 MXR-025GR...MXR-020GR...G 3/4

1.4198 8720 - 10025

1.11.2

1020

10 - 40

2.5 - 105 - 20

40 19429

1.5 - 6


100MXR-008GR...

Type Qmax. recom.l/min H2O

The flow switches type MXR are employed for themonitoring of liquids in temperature ranges of 160°C. Theinstruments operate according to the proven pistonsystem. In a no flow situation the piston rests in the valueseat and will be dislocated relevant to the flow rate. Thismovement is linear magnetically to an externally arrangedswitch unit. Due to the distance between flow and switcharea the sensitive electrical components are seeing only70°C max. with liquid temperature of 160°C max.

media temperature 160°C

6

b r o n z e

60

G

G 1/4G 3/8G 1/2

73194 68 13

1112

3241

bar 100%

80%

60%

40%

0 50 100 150 200 °C

Basic

36



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Novafix MXR-...GR MXR.GR

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switschwiring 0.212 n.o.250 V AC 1A 50VAcable 1.5 mprotection class IP 65


water gas/air

oil


basic typespecificationflow switchDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadhousing Rg5/Rg61.5 - 6 l/min2.5 - 10 l/min

5 - 20 l/min10 - 40 l/min20 - 100 l/min

Programme option housing stainless steelBASICSpecial option special cable lengthVARIOIMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and adjustable range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS

MXO MXMindicate 20-100% micro switch 230V 6A

option switch head indicate 20-100%



Tel. +49(0)2191 9672-0 Fax +49(0)2191 9672-40 www.honsberg.com [email protected] & CO.KG Tenter Weg 2-8 42897 Remscheid Germany

G

010008

015

MXR- 006008MXR-

GR

025020

010

100

020

006

040

R

Installation position may influenceswitch value.

a d j u s t a b l e

r a n g e

H 2

O

h o r i z o n t a l

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

brow n blue

Basic

37

A



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Thermoflux TX-...FT TX.FT

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Flange DN 15-200 cast steel

TECHNICAL DATA


Tolerance ±5% of full scaleMedia temperature max. 350°C Average pressure loss 0.5 bar at Qmax.Hysteresis depending on switch value

minimum 0.3 l/min.

MATERIALS

housing cast steel GSC 25body stainless steel 1.4571piston stainless steel 1.4301 ;

1.4305 ; 1.4571spring stainless steel 1.4310piston sleeve stainless steel 1.4571

seal sigraflex V20011Z3I Face-to-face lenght DIN 3202, series F1viton Flange DIN 2545 PN 40magnet bariumferrite Flange dimension DIN 2501 PN 40tube acrylic (XT) Types of contact faces DIN 2526 Form C


TX-015FT020K

Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media, withcontactless triggering of an adjustable micro switch.Rugged design in cast steel.

control an indicatingmedia temperature 350°Cgood repeatabilitydirt-resistanthigh switch capabilityDIN flange housing

304040

430450

270400600950

2000TX-100FT...TX-080FT...TX-065FT...

135270

4040

TX-050FT...TX-040FT...

40300 - 450350 - 500

150 - 300200 - 400

410 290 185 145

75380380 180 140 100

kmm

dmm

370 130 95 65 4x14

Hmm

Lmm

Dmm

200 150390 230 165

310

15202532

20

TX-025FT...TX-020FT...TX-015FT...

Qmax. rec.l/min H2O

4040

60

340

100150

5580

4x144x14

8x18

20 - 60 160 115 85370 150 105

10 - 40

4x188x18

4x184x1830 - 100

50 - 200100 - 250 150 - 300

390

PNbar

4040

c a s t s t e e l

80100150

DN Type

40TX-032FT...

200 TX-200FT....40TX-150FT...

405065

87.08x26600 - 750 700 - 950 300 250510 480

weightkg

6.06.58.5

10.513.015.525.531.038.0350

110125

8x22200 160235 190

100 - 250


20 - 60 30 - 100

10 - 404 - 202 - 8 4 - 20

50 - 200

154.012x30580 600 375 320

Compressive load

1050 - 125040 850 - 10504000

bar 40

30

2010

00 100 200 300 400 °C

Basic

38



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / valve design Thermoflux TX-...FT TX.FT



water gas/air

oil


basic typespecificationDN 15

DN 20DN 25DN 32DN 40DN 50DN 65DN 80DN 100DN 150DN 200flangehousing cast steel

2 - 8 l/min4 - 20 l/min


100 - 250 l/min150 - 300 l/min200 - 400 l/min300 - 450 l/min350 - 500 l/min600 - 750 l/min700 - 950 l/min850 - 1050 l/min

1050 - 1250 l/minplug DIN 43650-A

cable gland Pg9 with 2.5 metre cable and TÜV-approval TÜV.SW.02-021housing stainless steel





K

B1250

B

150

065

950

400450500750

080100

300250

1050

Programme optionen BASIC

T

020025032040050

TX- 015015


F 008

060100200

008

040

020

TF

200



H 2


1 2 3

Basic

39

A



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / valve design Visoflow MP-...GR MP.GR


TECHNICAL DATA

Indicating range is calibrated for vertical upward increasing flow.

tolerance ±10% of full scalemedia temperature max. 100°Caverage pressure loss 0.7bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

housing bronze Rg5/Rg6 nickel platedpiston brass Ms58spring stainless steel 1.4310piston guide brass Ms58tube acrylic (XT)


Mechanical Flow Indicator for liquids or gaseous media,with spring-supported piston. Piston is magnetically linkedto an indicator element. Rugged design in bronze / brasscombination.

good repeatabiltydirt resistancefor dark and/or contaminated liquidsturnable scaleno pressurized or wetted glass parts

4060



1020

150

600

1 = 100% = 20l/min

1.42.02.6

98113

87

1459

136150

40016 50 - 25030 - 150

30 - 150

80 - 40050 - 250

2932

100 134152

10 - 40 2.5 - 10 5 - 2020 - 100

2617

131112

7313310 - 40 5 - 205 - 20 1.5 - 6

2.5 - 10

120 - 600 80 - 400

250

1.11.2

15472

16184 137 4.2

indication scale

5.68.3200

85148 23100

200 16016

G 3 16MP-080GR...

2516

G

G 1/4G 3/8G 1/2

MP-008GR...

Type

MP-015GR...25

12 - 60

weightkg

1.11.1

2929

1212

Xmm

AFmm

6 10Standard Programme option1.5 - 6

PNbar

100100100

130

Lmm

2.5 - 10

2.5 - 10 68130130

G 1G 1 1/4G 1 1/2

MP-015GR020

indicating rangel/min H2O

Hmm

2.5 - 10 1.5 - 66868MP-010GR...

G 2G 2 1/2

MP-040GR150MP-032GR...MP-025GR...MP-020GR...

MP-065GR...MP-050GR...

G 3/4

Basic

40



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / valve design Visoflow MP-...GR MP.GR

ELECTRICAL DATA

No electrical components


water gas/air

oil


basic typespecificationDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2DN 65 - G2 1/2DN 80 - G3female threadhousing bronze1.5 - 6 l/min2.5 - 10 l/min

5 - 20 l/min10 - 40 l/min12 - 60 l/min20 - 100 l/min30 - 150 l/min50 - 250 l/min80 - 400 l/min

120 - 600 l/minProgramme option housing stainless steelBASICSpecial option special rangeVARIO special scales

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and indicating range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance (indicating range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance (indicating range on request)



Installation position may influenceindicating range.

100

/

/

i n d i c a t i n g r a n g e

H 2


600400

/

/

/

060040

006010

/

/

006

020

065

040050

020025

008008

015

032


G R

080

MP-

GR

010

250150


Basic

41

A



Flowmeter 1.3.piston / valve design Novatron TZ1-...GR TZ1.GR


TECHNICAL DATA

Metering range is indicated for horizontally increasing flow.


MATERIALS

housing bronze Rg5/Rg6 nickel platedpiston/disc brass Ms58

spring stainless steel 1.4310piston sleeve brass Ms58magnet bariumferriteseal NBR


TZ1-025GR060TZ1-020GR...TZ1-015GR...

16TZ1-032GR100

16

1616

2525

G 2

G 3 TZ1-080GR600TZ1-065GR400TZ1-050GR250

TZ1-025GR060

212216

7387

Hmm

4 - 20 212

3 - 123 - 12

G 1 1/220 - 25030 - 400 160

137268G 2 1/2

G

G 1/4G 3/8

G 1 1/4

10026840016250

TZ1-040GR150

68

2 - 62 - 6

1.72.02.63.1

weightkg

1.61.61.6

26851772

2 - 6

6868100 10

100

100 21221212

Qmax. rec.l/min H2O

8 12

Type PNbar

Xmm

AFmm

metering rangel/min H2O

Lmm

32415259

1212

2929


TZ1-010GR...TZ1-008GR...

G 1/2G 3/4G 1

2040

600

150

30 - 600

4 - 20 10 - 4010 - 60

10 - 15010 - 100

6.47.5

228

60100

11398226

14236

Mechanical Flowmeter for liquids or gaseous media. Withmagnetic triggering of a metering unit with 270° of pointer range. Rugged design in bronze/brasscombination.

local meteringgood repeatabilitydirt-resistantlow pressure losseasy adjustment by indicating pointer

8.7

29

148 23

13111213

Basic

42



Flowmeter 1.3.piston / valve design Novatron TZ1-...GR TZ1.GR

ELECTRICAL DATA

No electrical components. integrated micro switchwith front switch unitssee data sheet 1.3.TZ1.ZE

INSTALLATION POSITIONS METERING SUBSTANCES

water gas/air

oil

NOMENCLATURE For combinations see table "technical data".

basic typespecificationFlowmeter Flowmeter with integrated micro switchDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2DN 65 - G2 1/2DN 80 - G3female threadhousing bronze

2 - 6 l/min3 - 12 l/min4 - 20 l/min

10 - 40 l/min10 - 60 l/min10 - 100 l/min10 - 150 l/min20 - 250 l/min30 - 400 l/min30 - 600 l/minfront switch unit with 10-kOhm-potentiometer

BASIC diodespecial range

VARIO metering range for oil or gasfront switch unit 2pol, n.o. or n.c.

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and metering range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance (metering range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance (metering range on request)- For additional information concerning options micro switch and front switch see data sheet 1.3.TZ1.ZE.




Installation position mayinfluence metering range.

050065

BASIC Programme option

400

100060

006

BASIC Standard

m e t e r i n g r a n g e

H 2


012020040

150250

600

TZ1- 008 G R

Special option

006

020

010015

008

025032040

080G

R

Programme option


TZ1-TZ1M-

Basic

43

A



Flowmeter 1.3.piston / valve design Novatron TZ1-...GK TZ1.GK


TECHNICAL DATA

Metering range is indicated for horizontally increasing flow.


MATERIALS

housing stainless steel 1.4305piston/disc stainless steel 1.4571spring stainless steel 1.4310piston sleeve stainless steel 1.4571magnet bariumferrite (PTFE plated)seal viton


G

G 1/2G 3/4G 1G 1 1/4G 1 1/2G 2

10 - 150

Type

TZ1-015GK...TZ1-020GK...TZ1-025GK060

100

100100

4060

100TZ1-032GK100TZ1-040GK150TZ1-050GK250 102

68 15

Lmm

210

105210

210


6868

80

225

210100

weightkg

2.82.7

Xmm

1618

2.94 - 20 5 - 40

3.43.825

78 2410 - 6010 - 100

Qmax. rec.l/min H2O

2 - 620 4 - 20

Dmm

s t a i n l e s s t e e l

10088

250 20 - 250 120223

95

PNbar

5.127

TZ1-015GK006

100

150

8080

Hmm

Mechanical Flowmeter for liquids or gaseous media. Withmagnetic triggering of a metering unit with 270° of pointer range. Rugged design in stainless steel.

local metering

good repeatabilitydirt-resistantlow pressure losseasy adjustment by indicating pointer

Basic

44



Flowmeter 1.3.piston / valve design Novatron TZ1-...GK TZ1.GK

ELECTRICAL DATA


INSTALLATION POSITIONS METERING SUBSTANCES

water gas/air



basic typespecificationFlowmeter Flowmeter with integrated micro switchDN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2female threadhousing stainless steel

2 - 6 l/min4 - 20 l/min5 - 40 l/min

10 - 60 l/min10 - 100 l/min10 - 150 l/min20 - 250 l/minfront switch unit with 10-kOhm-potentiometer

BASIC diodespecial range

VARIO metering range for oil or gasfront switch unit 2pol, n.o. or n.c.

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and metering range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance (metering range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance (metering range on request)- For additional information concerning options micro switch and front switch see data sheet 1.3.TZ1.ZE.




H 2 O

h o r i z o n t a l


100

020040060

n o m i n a l d i a015

BASIC Standard BASIC Programme option

020025

040032

Special option

G050

K006

250150

Programme option

TZ1-TZ1M-


TZ1- 015 G K 006

Basic

45

A



Additional features 1.3.for Novatron TZ1- TZ1.ZE

OPTION

wiring 0.342 change over 250 V AC 5 A

plug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65

wiring 0.269

50 V DC 100 mA 1.5 Wresistance max. 10 k Ω

additional tolerance ±3 %resistance tolerance ±1 %linearity ±0.3 %plug Hirschmann G4protection class IP 60

wiring 0.268250 V AC 0.6 A 50 VAplug Hirschmann G4protection class IP 60




TZ1P- front switch unit with 10-kOhm- potentiometer

TZ1M- integrated micro switch

TZ1M2- switch unit with 2pole n.o.

TZ1M3- switch unit with 2pole n.c.


1 2 3

1.switch 2.switch

1 2 3

1.switch 2.switch

1 3 2

3 1 2

Basic

46



A

Special applications

Flow control instruments PD-...TH, PD-...MH, PD-...FH

PVC for aggressive media, non-compatible for metal materials

Mechanical flow control instru-ment for liquid or gaseousmedia, with non-contact trigger-ing of an adjustable reed con-

tact. Sturdy construction madeof PVC.

l Adhesive fitting DN 15-80

Adhesive stub-connectionDN 15-50

Flange DN 15-80l Reed switchl Ranges from 2-500 l/min

l Pressure rating PN 10l Max. temperature 60 °Cl PVC material

Flow control instruments VD-...FR, VD-...FG, VD-...FT, VD-...FK

Flange version for process or large nominal diameters

Mechanical flow control instru-ment for liquid or gaseousmedia, with non-contact trigger-ing of an adjustable reed con-

tact. Sturdy construction madeof cast iron.

l Flange DN 15-300[stainless steel DN 15-150]l Reed switchl Ranges from 2-1600 l/minl Pressure rating PN 16-40l Max. temperature 120 °Cl Red bronze, cast iron,

cast steel or stainless steelmaterial

Flow control instruments VM-...FG

Flange version for process or large nominal diameters

Mechanical flow control instru-ment for liquid or gaseousmedia, with non-contact trigge-ring of an adjustable micro-switch. Sturdy constructionmade of cast iron.

l Flange DN 15-200l Micro-switchl Ranges from 5-4000 l/minl Pressure rating PN 16l Max. temperature 90 °Cl Cast iron material

47





l Complete separation of electrical Õ maintenance advantageand hydraulic component

l Switch selection by helix Õ accurate settingarrangement and scale

l Metal piston and protected Õ rugged design for

twin magnet critical applicationl Spring supported piston Õ optional installation

l Valve housing Õ low pressure loss

Why to use a valve piston instrumentBasic

49



Market segments

Application

l Power plantl Machine toolsl Welding technology l Gearsl Heat transfer

installationl Pumps

l Providing reliable flow situation in cooling systeml Controlling the emulsion supply for high performance toolsl Creating alarm in case of failures or drop of oil feed into gear

boxesl Running dry protection of pumps

Where to use a valve piston instrument


50

Basic






Basic

52

System description

Device systemThe piston system inline design is used for monitoring and indicatingliquid and gaseous metering materials. A magnet-equipped and spring-supported piston moves in a linear-shaped body and is moved in thedirection of flow by the flowing medium, whereby the path of the pistonis directly proportional to the flow rate. Since the piston is spring-supported, the devices can be installed in any position and reset safelywhen the volume flow diminishes.

Function and advantages

The inline design of the devices makes a block assembly possible,where the body is manufactured from solid material and can thuswithstand extremely high pressure loads. The switches are arrangedoutside the body. This feature provides advantages in particular withrespect to the high pressure range or installations where compact dimensions are mandatory.

The switch units are horizontally adjustable and some are moved viapinion and scale [HD1K, HD1KV] which makes extremely accuratedevice setting possible. Thanks to the adjustment, a device workingrange of up to 1:10 is achieved.

In case of an indication function, the primary piston is coupled tometering or indicating equipment which displays the current flow in

this way. The display units are front faced or lateral mounted.

The new display designs for Honsberginline piston meters

The uniform casing of the display unit allows for mounting on the sideor front.

l Easy to mount l Touchless needle couplingl Good readabilityl Mounting on the front or side

A simplified version of the MR1KJ display comes as a 10 -100 %magnet display.

no flow

flow

side display O1

front display Z1

display 10 -100 % M1J



53

Metering materials and accuracy The devices are designed for liquid metering materials as standardand the functional data are specified for water.

The instruments can also be used for viscous media and air or gases.The mechanical working method means that the device functiondepends on the kind of medium used. As viscosity increases, the func-

tional range tends to decrease, in other words at very high viscosityonly a fraction of the functional range is achieved in comparison with1 mm²/s [water].

For this reason options have been developed which allow viscositystability. These devices work in a certain viscosity range without exceeding the permitted tolerances. This is of particular interest foroils with different temperature ranges.

In the case of air and gases the device mechanisms must be equippedwith additional absorption. The metering and monitoring ranges areextremely dependent on operating conditions such as pressure, densityand temperature. The functional ratio in relation to water is approx.1:35, i.e. 1 l/min water corresponds to approx. 35 Nl/min air, where-by temperature, density and operating pressure play a special role here.We will be happy to give you special advice in these cases.


30 60 115 220MR 4 3 1.4 1 -

8 6 3 2 -10 8 5 4 220 18 13 13 10

MR1K 4 1.9 1.3 0.8 -10 4.7 3.9 2.6 -30 24.6 24 23.3 22.740 34.8 33.6 32.6 31.8

HD1K 5 2.1 1.6 0.8 -10 4.7 3.9 2.6 -30 24.6 24 23.3 22.740 34.8 33.6 32.6 31.8

Example with

viscosity compensation:

Path Viscosity Flow rate

16 mm 1 mm²/s 5,0 l/min16 mm 115 mm²/s 0,8 l/min

Example with viscosity compensation:

Path Viscosity Quantity

16 mm 1 mm²/s 5,0 l/min

16 mm 115 mm²/s 4,9 l/min

MR1K for air and gas control withanti-friction rubber rings and buffer

B




Basic

54

Handling and operationIf the switch point needs to be set, this can be done by adjusting theswitching head via a pinion setting [HD1K, HD1KV] or by longitudinaladjustment. When the switching point has been reached, the switchingunit is fixed using an attachment screw.

The Honsberg magnetic displays [NJ, NJV] are mainly used in industryfor non-transparent metering materials and/or higher pressures.

Five-channel manifold with switch support and diodes arranged on thefront. Use of Honsberg valve strips [Type VB 1-8 stations] for separateand compact dosage and monitoring of large-scale gear systems.

NJVK



55

m i s c e l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s

i v e

g a s

/ a

i r

o i l

i n d i c a t i o n

t y p e

c o n t r o

l

c o n n e c t i o n


l

o n s



b a r

m a x . t e m p e r a t u r e

° C

w a t e r

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r


B

FW1 8 - 25 female thread brass l 10 90 l 3 3 568 - 25 female thread plastic l 100 90 l 3 3

FW3 8 female thread brass l 100 90 l 3 3 58

FX 15 male thread plastic l 10 80 l 3 filter 59

HD1K 8 - 25 female thread brass l m m 200 120 l 3 3 61female thread stainless steel l m m 200 120 l 3 3 3

HD2K 8 - 25 female thread brass l m m 200 120 l 3 64

female thread stainless steell m m

200 120l 3 3

HM1K 8 - 25 female thread brass l m m 200 70 l 3 3 67female thread stainless steel l m m 200 70 l 3 3 3

HR1MV 32 - 50 female thread brass l m m 200 120 l 3 3 70female thread brass l m m 200 120 l 3 3 3

MF 3 female thread brass l 6 80 l 737 female thread brass l 6 80 l 74

MR 8 - 25 female thread brass l m m 200 120 l 3 3 75female thread stainless steel l m m 200 120 l 3 3 3

MR1K 8 - 25 female thread brass l m m 200 120 l 3 3 77female thread stainless steel l m m 200 120 l 3 3 3

RVM 8 female thread brass l 300 100 l 3 79female thread stainless steel l 300 100 l 3 3

NH1 15 female thread stainless steel m l 10 65 l 81

NJ 8 - 25 female thread brass m l 100 100 l 3 3 82female thread stainless steel m l 100 100 l 3 3 3

NJV 8 - 25 female thread brass m l 100 100 l 3 85

MH 8 - 25 female thread aluminium m l 10 65 l 3 3 88

VF 8 female thread brass m l 16 100 l 3 3 90female thread stainless steel m l 16 100 l 3 3 3

VO 15 - 25 female thread brass m l 16 100 l 3 3 92female thread stainless steel m l 16 100 l 3 3 3

NO 8 - 25 female thread brass m l l 50 90 l 3 3 94female thread stainless steel m l l 50 90 l 3 3 3

AR 10 female thread brass l 150 80 l 3 3 96

MI 8 - 25 female thread brass l 16 60 l 3 3 96female thread stainless steel l 16 60 l 3 3 3

OT 15 - 20 male thread brass l 10 100 l 3 3 valve 96

s p e c i a

l a p p

l i c a t i o n

s t a n

d a r d a p p

l i c a t i o n




Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Novafix FW1-...GP/GM FW1.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G1 POM/brass

TECHNICAL DATA


tolerance ±10% of full scalemedia temperature max. 90°C FW1-008GM - FW1-010GMaverage pressure loss 0.3 bar at 25 l/minhysteresis depending on the switching

value minimum 0.5 l/min.

FW1-015GP FW1-015GM

FW1-020G. - FW1-025G.MATERIALS

FW1-...GP FW1-...GMhousing POM glass-fibre enforced brass Ms58 nickel platedpiston POM POMspring stainless steel 1.4310 stainless steel 1.4310magnet bariumferrite bariumferriteseals - viton (DN8-10 only)switch head polycarbonate polycarbonate


0.04

1- 1130 100

258985

30

100 b r a s s

weightkg

P O M

0.130.17-

-18

40

301- 6

G 3/8G 1/2G 3/4G 1

FW1-010GM0060.33

0.72

0.310.28

0.8318-40-

12

18

25 --

36 18

-18

25

85

100FW1-025GM011

AFmm

Xmm

Bmm

adjustable rangel/min H 2O

Hmm

Lmm

100100 89

101- 6

10 2030

FW1-015GP006

8 30

12

1830 100 301- 11

27-36

G 1 FW1-025GP01130

101- 11 100

301- 11

30

1- 61- 6

30100 20

30FW1-020GM011 100

G Type

FW1-008GM006

G 3/4 FW1-020GP011G 1/2

G 1/4

Mechanical Flow Switch for liquid or gaseous media, withspring-supported piston and magnetic triggering of a reedswitch. Rugged design in plastic or brass.

minimal pressure lossgood repeatabilityhigh switch capabilitydirt-resistanthermetic separation of mechanicaland electrical component

FW1-015GM006

PNbar

Qmax. rec.l/min H 2O

10

Basic

56



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Novafix FW1-...GP/GM FW1.

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.378 n.o.230 V AC 0,5 A 50 VAcontact for locking plug M 12x1, 4-poleprotection class IP 67


water gas/air

oil


basic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 8 - G1/4 (only brass design)nominal diameter DN 10 - G3/8 (only brass design)nominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2nominal diameter DN 20- G3/4nominal diameter DN 25 - G1female threadplastic POMbrassadjustable range 1- 6 l/min horizontal H 2Oadjustable range 1- 11 l/min horizontal H 2Oswitch values for oil or gascable 3 mPN 500 (DN 15)

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER

- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and adjustable range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)

ACCESSORY

Locking plug M12x1basic typespecificationready-made cableself makable cable 4-polematerial PURlength 2 mlength 5 m

length 10 mmoulded-on plugstraight plugangled plug 90°



WG

S100502

PU-

K

KB04K

PU- 02 S

VARIOSpecial option

G

011006

G

MP

008

FW1- 008 G P

010015020025


006


1brown

2white

3blue

4black

free

Basic

B

57



flow switch 1.1.piston / inline design Novafix FW3-...GM FW3.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 brass

FW3-008GMTECHNICAL DATA


tolerance ±10% of full scalemedia temperature max. 90°C

MATERIALS

housing brass Ms58 nickel platedpiston brass Ms58piston stop POMspring stainless steel 1.4310magnet bariumferriteswitch head polycarbonate

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.378 n.o.230 V AC 0,5 A 50 VAcontact for locking plug M 12x1, 4-poleprotection class IP 67

METERING SUBSTANCES NOMENCLATUREBeispiel

water gas/air Beschreibungfemale thread G 1/4brass design

oil cable 3 m

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and adjustable

range with your order.- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute),

temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)




Mechanical Flow Switch for liquid or gaseous media, withspring-supported piston and magnetic triggering of a reedswitch. Rugged design in plastic or brass..

good repeatabilityhigh switch capabilityhermetic separation of mechanicaland electrical component

Programme option

G

switch value l/min H 2Oselectable range for fixed switcg

008

6 0.4 - 2.5

MG

brass


M

Qmax. recom.l/min

FW3-

PNbar

G1/4

M

100

Type

FW3-008GM 0.25

weightkg

1brown

2white

3blue

4black

free

Basic

58



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Fluvafix FX-015AP FX.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1/2A POM

FX-015APTECHNICAL DATA

Switch value is indicated for upward decreasing flow.

tolerance ±15% of switch valuemedia temperature max. 80°C at 6 bar average pressure loss FX 0.01 bar at 5 l/min

FXF 0.20 bar at 5 l/minhysteresis depending on the switch

value minimum 0.3 l/min. FX-015AP FXF-015APfilter 25 µm

MATERIALS

FX-015AP FXF-015APbody POM glass-fibre POM glass-fibrepiston brass Ms58 brass Ms58snap ring CuSn8F70 CuSn8F70spring - stainless steel 1.4310magnet bariumferrite bariumferriteseals NBR NBRfilter nylon/POM nylon/POM


G Type Qmax. recom.l/min H 2O

1210 1210FX-015AP

weightkg

0.152.0 - 12

switch value l/min H 2Oselectable rangefor fixed switch

0.4 - 5 0.14

Mechanical Flow Switch for liquid or gaseous media, withmagnetic triggering of a fixed reed switch. Plastic housingwith integrated filter.

fixed switch valueintegrated filter control of small flow rateshigh switch capabilityflow regulator as option

FXF-015AP

PNbar

(20°C)

G1/2A P O M

Basic

B

59



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Fluvafix FX-015AP FX.

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.212 n.o.230 V AC 1 A 50 VAcabel 0.5 mprotection class IP 65

MOUNTING POSITION METERING SUBSTANCESFX FXF

water

gas/air

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationFlow SwitchFlow Switch with additional spring supportnominal diameter DN 15male threadplastic designintegrated flow regulator

BASIC

IMPORTANT ORDER DETAILS- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and switch value with your order.- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperatue and metering substance (switch value on request)

OPTIONS

Flow Switch with integrating flow regulator

limiter flow rates 3,5,6,8,10,12 l/min H 2O.tolerance from 2 bars ±15%temperature max. 65°C



Tel. +49(0)2191 9672-0 Fax +49(0)2191 9672-40 www.honsberg.com [email protected]

FX-

Position may influence switchvalue.

HONSBERG & CO.KG Tenter Weg 2-8 42897 Remscheid Germany

015

015

A

Programme option

P

P A

FXF-

FX-

brown blue

Basic

60



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Novafix HD1K-...GM/GK HD1K.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 - G1 brass/stainless steel

HD1K-020GM040

TECHNICAL DATA



minimum 0.7 l/min.

MATERIALS

HD1K-...GM HD1K-...GKbody brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

nickel platedpiston brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4404spring stainless steel 1.4310 stainless steel 1.4310magnet bariumferrite bariumferrite

PTFE platedseals NBR vitonswitch head polycarbonate polycarbonate


Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media withspring supported piston and magnetic actuation of a reedswitch. Robust design, produced in materials brass or stainless steel.

AFmm

Xmm

weightkg

0.5 - 5 1.315

200200

Qmax. recom.l/min H 2O


0.5 - 520200

Type PNbar

200

200

HD1K-020GM...HD1K-015GM...

200HD1K-020GK...

18

1.31.21.2

10200

200

80

1515

10 40

40401 - 10

1 - 10 2 - 2060

4 - 40

3 - 30

0.5 - 56 - 60

40

1 - 10

s t a i n l e s s

s t e e l

2 - 201 - 10HD1K-015GK...60

2004 - 406 - 60

3 - 303 - 30

40200

HD1K-025GK...

1.1

411.3

15151840

411.3

403 - 30 4 - 40

1.1

1.218

4141

18

151.2

41

HD1K-025GM...

G 3/8G 1/2

HD1K-008GM005HD1K-010GM...

G 1/4 HD1K-008GK005HD1K-010GK...

G 3/4G 1

20 0.5 - 5

80 4 - 40

good repeatabiltydirt-resistancehigh switch capabilityhermetic separation of mechanicaland electrical componentexact setting of switch via scale + gear

G 3/4G 1

b r a s s

G

G 1/4G 3/8G 1/2

Basic

B

61




ELECTRICAL DATA wiring 0.342 diode red diode red/greenreed switch - wiring 0.213 change over wiring 0.208 wiring 0.347250 V AC 1.5 A 50 VAplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65


water gas/air

design stainless steel HD1K-...GKoil for aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationFlow SwitchFlow Indicator without metering unitwith lateral flow metering unitwith front flow metering unitDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadbrassstainless steel0.5 - 5 l/min1 - 10 l/min2 - 20 l/min3 - 30 l/min4 - 40 l/min6 - 60 l/min

connection by local electronic (e.g. omni-HD1K)wiring 0.342wiring 0.208 - diode red integrated in plug DIN 43650-Awiring 0.347 - diode red/green integrated in plug DIN 43650-Ahigh pressure PN 400 bar / 500 bar incremented scaleswitch head metalflat switch head plasticselected hysteresis / vibration-proof rhodium contactcontact for locking plug M 12x1, 4-poletwo to four independent switch headssetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasspecial settingapproval Germanischer Lloyd type HR





switch ATEX (produkt information 92.1.H1-1) A

E

Description see nextpage.

005010020030


Special option

K

VARIO

060040

020

B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e -

o p t i o n s

HD1K MG

008

008HD1KH1

010

G

015

025

M

005


n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r


H 2


-

-O-Z-

3 1 2 1 321 2 3 1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(-)

green red

Basic

62




The metering range is indicated for horizontally increasing flowprotection class IP 60additional weight 0.1kg

The metering range is indicated for horizontally increasing flowmedia temperature max. 70°Cprotection class IP 40additional weight 0.1kg

EXAMPLES FOR FURTHER OPTIONS

media temperatuer 150°C Flex-K-HD1K omni-HD1Kcombinably with all switch- or frequency output 2xNPN and PNP switch point

Honsberg-electronics sensors 0..10V or 4..20mA 4(0)..20mA ouputor electronics heads PNP, NPN graphical LCD display

with flashing LED, program ring




5 - 65

3 - 30 3 - 34

switch head metal or flat switchhead plastic, switch head ATEX

6 - 604 - 40 4 - 45

0,5 - 61 - 10 1 - 122 - 20 2 - 22

adjustable range metering range

4 - 40 5 - 456 - 60 5 - 65

2 - 20 2 - 233 - 30 4 - 34

l/min H 2O0,5 - 5 0,5 - 61 - 10 1 - 12

l/min H 2O

HD1KO- Flow Switch with lateral flow metering unit

l/min H 2O l/min H 2O0,5 - 5

HD1KZ- Flow Switch with front flow metering unit


Basic

B

63




GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G1 brass or stainless steel

HD2K-020GM040

TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable range is indicated for horizontally decreasing flow. Calibration with oil ISO VG100.

tolerance ±5% of full scalemedia temperature max. 120°Chysteresis depending on switch value


MATERIALS

HD2K-...GM HD2K-...GKbody brass Ms58 nickel plated stainless steel 1.4571piston brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4404spring stainless steel 1.4310 stainless steel 1.4310magnet bariumferrite bariumferrite

PTFE platedseal NBR vitonswitch head PC PC


Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids media, with spring-supported piston and magnetic triggering of a reed switch.Rugged construction in brass or stainless steel withadditional viscosity compensation.

viscosity compensation 30-330mm²/s

good repeatabiltyhigh switch capabilityhermetic separation of mechanicaland electrical componentexact setting of switch via scale + gear

Qmax.

12±8%, min. ±0,5 l/min±8%, min. ±0,8 l/min

806 - 40 ±8%, min. ±2,7 l/min

±8%, min. ±3,0 l/min

0,5 - 81,5 - 152,5 - 25

60

200

b r a s s

HD2K-025GM...

HD2K-008GM…HD2K-010GM...

adjustablerange

2.42.0


HD2K-010GK...

HD2K-025GK...

200

1.5 - 15HD2K-015GK...HD2K-020GK...

12 - 60

0.5 - 8

0.5 - 8

2.3

3.5mm²/s

2.3 2.62.6 2.8

2.1

2.8

0.5 - 8 2.5 - 251.5 - 151.5 - 15

1.21.1

1.31.2

184141

18

15

1.1

411.3

15151840

41

41

0.5 - 80.5 - 80.5 - 8

200

1.1 1.460 100

2.1

200200200200

4040

2.5 - 25 6 - 40 40 18

1.31.21.2

1515

HD2K-008GK…

200200200

±8%, min. ±0,3 l/min2235

HD2K-015GM...HD2K-020GM...

Type PNbar

SWmm

Xmm

2.5 - 25

40

6 - 40 12 - 60

weightkg

1.315

minimum reachable adjusting rangel/min oil 30-330mm²/s

0.5 - 8

2.5 - 250.5 - 8

G 1

2.21.91.9

pressure loss [bar] at Q max.

2.33.52.9

3301.6

G 1/2G 3/4

1.5 - 151.5 - 151.5 - 15G 3/4

G 1G 1/4G 3/8

2.5 - 25 6 - 400.5 - 8 1.5 - 15 2.5 - 25 6 - 40 12 - 60

G

G 1/4G 3/8G 1/2

0.5 - 8 1.5 - 15

2.1

30

2.3 2.42.8205

2.0

viscosity stability

Basic

64






design stainless steel HD2K-...GKoil for aggressive liquids

water


basic typespecificationFlow SwitchFlow Indicator without metering unitwith lateral flow metering unitwith front flow metering unitDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadbrassstainless steel

0.5 - 8 l/min1.5 - 15 l/min2.5 - 25 l/min6 - 40 l/min

12 - 60 l/min

connection by local electronic (e.g. omni-HD2K)wiring 0.342wiring 0.208 - diode red integrated in plug DIN 43650-Awiring 0.347 - diode red/green integrated in plug DIN 43650-Ahigh pressure PN 500 bar incremented scaleswitch head metal / flat switch head plasticselected hysteresis / vibration-proof rhodium contactcontact for locking plug M 12x1, 4-poletwo to four independent switch headstemperature control 30-95°C / temperature indication 0-120°Cspecial range / adjustable

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and adjustable range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and type of liquid (e.g. ISO VG 68! Range upon request)






switch ATEX (produkt information 92.1.H1-1) A

E

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

HD2K

010

020

a d j u s t a

b l e

r a n g e

Ö l

h o r i z o n t a l

025

015

K

GM

005

VARIO

B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e -

o p t i o n s

MG-

008

HD2K

008

BASIC

060040

Programme option

025015

Special option

008

H2-

O-Z-

3 1 2 1 321 2 3 1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(-)

green red

Basic

B

65





The metering range is indicated for horizontally increasing flowmedia temperatureprotection class IP 4 max. 70°Cadditional weight 0.1kg








switch head metal or flat switchhead plastic, switch head ATEX

6 - 40 7.5 - 5012 - 60 15 - 70

HD2KZ- Flow Switch with front flow metering unit


HD2KO- Flow Switch with lateral flow metering unit

1.5 - 15 2 - 202.5 - 25 2.5 - 30

0.5 - 8 0.5 - 101.5 - 15 2 - 20

l/min l/min

12 - 60 15 - 70

2.5 - 25 2.5 - 306 - 40 7.5 - 50


l/min l/min0.5 - 8 0.5 - 10

Basic

66



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Novafix HM1K-...GM/GK HM1K.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 - G1 brass/stainless steel

HM1K-020GM036

TECHNICAL DATA



minimum 1 l/min.

MATERIALS

HM1K-...GM HM1K-...GKbody brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571


PTFE platedseals NBR vitonswitch head polycarbonate polycarbonate


Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media withspring supported piston and magnetic actuation of a microswitch. Robust design, produced in materials brass or stainless steel.

AFmm

Xmm

weightkg

0.5 - 4 1.315

200200



0.5 - 420200

6040

Type PNbar

200

200

HM1K-020GM...HM1K-015GM...

200HM1K-020GK...

18

1.31.21.2

10200

200

80

1515

10 40

40401 - 8

1 - 8 2 - 16

4 - 36

3 - 26

6 - 55

s t a i n l e s s

s t e e l

2 - 161 - 8HM1K-015GK...

0.5 - 4

60 4 - 366 - 55

200HM1K-025GK...


1.1

411.3

15151840

411.3

41

403 - 26 4 - 36

3 - 261 - 8

G 3/4G 1

1.1

1.218

4141

18

151.2

4 - 36

HM1K-025GM...

G 3/8G 1/2

G 1/4 HM1K-008GK004HM1K-010GK...

3 - 264020020 0.5 - 4

80

good repeatabiltydirt-resistancehigh switch capabilityhermetic separation of mechanicaland electrical componentexact setting of switch via scale + gear

G 3/4G 1

b r a s s

G

G 1/4G 3/8

HM1K-008GM004HM1K-010GM...

G 1/2

micro switch

Basic

B

67




ELECTRICAL DATA wiring 0.342 diode red diode red/greenmicro switch - wiring 0.371 change over wiring 0.208 wiring 0.347250 V AC 5 Aplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65


water gas/air

design stainless steel HM1K-...GKoil for aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationFlow SwitchFlow Switch with lateral flow metering unitFlow Switch with front flow metering unitDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadbrassstainless steel0.5 - 4 l/min1 - 8 l/min2 - 16 l/min3 - 26 l/min4 - 36 l/min6 - 55 l/minwiring 0.342wiring 0.208 - diode red integrated in plug DIN 43650-Awiring 0.347 - diode red/green integrated in plug DIN 43650-Aincremented scaleswitch head metalcontact for locking plug M 12x1, 4-polesetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasspecial setting





026


004008016


Special option

K

VARIO

055036

020

B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e -

o p t i o n s

HM1K- MG

008

008HM1K-HM1KO-HM1KZ-

010

G

015

025

M

005


n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r


H 2 O

h o r i z o n t a l

3 1 2 1 321 2 3 1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(-)

green red

Basic

68













5 - 65

3 - 26 3 - 34

switch head metal

6 - 55


4 - 36 4 - 45

0,5 - 61 - 8 1 - 122 - 16 2 - 22


4 - 36 5 - 456 - 55 5 - 65

2 - 16 2 - 233 - 26 4 - 34

l/min H 2O0.5 - 4 0,5 - 61 - 8 1 - 12

l/min H 2O

HM1KO- Flow Switch with lateral flow metering unit

l/min H 2O l/min H 2O0.5 - 4

HM1KZ- Flow Switch with front flow metering unit


Basic

B

69



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Novafix HR1MV-...GM/GK HR1MV.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1 1/4 to G2 brass/stainless steel

Adjustable range is indicated for horizontally decreasing flow. Calibration with oil ISO VG64 - 80mm²/s.

viscosity stability ±3%tolerance ±5% of full scalemedia temperature max. 120°Caverage pressure loss 0.5 bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on switch value

value minimum 2 l/min.

MATERIALS

HR1MV-...GM HR1MV-...GKbody brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

nickel platedmetering unit brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305spring 1.4310 stainless steel 1.4310magnet hardferrite hardferriteseal NBR (DN32-40 only) viton (DN32-40 only)


Within the mechanical viscosity compensation the flowvelocity in the piston area is increased sharply with theeffect that the viscosity impact declines and the meteringresults stabilise even with changing viscosity ratings.

PNbar

200200200


100150230100150230

200200200

10 - 4020 - 60

20 - 6016530 - 100

150165

29

2629

30 - 100G 2 150 2650 - 150

165

Lmm

165 2929

weightkg

6.05.7

AFmm

7070

Xmm

adjustable rangel/min oil 1-200mm²/s

10 - 4020 - 6030 - 100

20 - 6030 - 10050 - 150 5.2-

5.7- 5.2

6.07070

Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media, withspring-supported piston and magnetic triggering of a reedswitch. Rugged construction in brass or stainless steelwith additional viscosity compensation.

viscosity compensation 1-200mm²/srobust metal switch headgood repeatabiltydirt-resistancehigh switch capabilityhermetic separation of mechanicaland electrical component

b r a s s

s t a i n l e s s

s t e e l

G

G 1 1/4G 1 1/2G 2G 1 1/4G 1 1/2

HR1MV-032GK...HR1MV-040GK...HR1MV-050GK...

Type

HR1MV-032GM...HR1MV-040GM...HR1MV-050GM...

1 50 100 150 200 mm²/s

Q

HR1MV-032GM060

TECHNICAL DATA

Basic

70




ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.213 change over 250 V AC 1.5 A 50 VAcable 2.5 mprotection class IP 65


water gas/air

oil


basic typespecificationFlow SwitchFlow Indicator without metering unitFlow Switch with lateral flow metering unitFlow Switch with front flow metering unitDN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2DN 65 - G2 1/2DN 80 - G3female threadbrassstainless steel10 - 40 l/min20 - 60 l/min30 - 100 l/min50 - 150 l/min

connection by local electronic (e.g. omni-HR1MV)signal lamp / diodeplug DIN 43650-A

setting / special rangesselected hysteresis / vibration-proof rhodium contacttemperature control 30 - 100 °Cswitch head contact for locking plug M 12x1, 4-pole

TuchelHarting

two to four independent switch heads

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and adjustable range with your order.- With viscous liquids (>200mm²/s) please indicate viscosity, temperature and type of liquid (e.g. ISO VG 68! Range upon request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)




-O-Z-

040060

H1V

040

A switch ATEX (produkt information 92.1.H1-2)

100


080065050040

M

G M


G

032

150

E

a d j u s a b l e

r a n g e


Special optionVARIO

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

HR1MV 032HR1MV

K

blue black green/yellow

brown

Basic

B

71







nominal diameter DN 65 switch head option Flex-K-HR1MV omni-HR1MV ATEX switch- or frequency output 2xNPN and PNP switch point

0..10V or 4..20mA 4(0)..20mA ouputPNP, NPN graphical LCD display





50 - 150 50 - 160

50 - 150 50 - 160

20 - 60

l/min H 2O l/min H 2Oadjusable range

20 - 60 20 - 6530 - 100 30 - 110

l/min H 2O

HR1MVZ- Flow Switch with front flow metering unit

metering range

10 - 40 10 - 45

HR1MVO- Flow Switch with lateral flow metering unit

adjusable range metering rangel/min H 2O

10 - 40 10 - 45

30 - 100 30 - 11020 - 65


Basic

72



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Fluvamat MF-003GM MF.003

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread M5 brass

MF-003GM

TECHNICAL DATA

Switch value is indicated for horizontally descreasing flow.


MATERIALS

body brass Ms58piston brass Ms58spring stainless steel 1.4310magnet bariumferriteseal NBR

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.212 n.o.125 V AC 0.5 A 10 VAconnection: two wires 170mmprotection class IP 65

METERING SUBSTANCES NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecification

gas/air female thread M5brass

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and switch value

with your order.- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute),

temperature and metering substance (switch value on request)




M


GG

M

003

Mechanical Flow Switch for gaseous media, with magnetictriggering of a reed switch. Rugged design in brass.

compact dimensionscontrol of small flow rates

Type

MF-003GM

Qmax. recomendedl/min

MF-

PNbar

6 100air 1bar 20°C

0.06

weightkg

brass M5

M

air 1bar 20°C

switch value l/minselectable range for fixed switch

1 - 100

1 2

Basic

B

73



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Fluvamat MF-007GM MF.007

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread M10x1 brass

TECHNICAL DATA

The switch value is valid for flow to up and decreasing flow.

tolerance ±15% of full scalemedia temperature max. 80°Caverage pressure loss 0.15 bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on the switch


MATERIALS

body brass Ms58piston brass Ms58spring bariumferriteseal NBR

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.212 n.o.120 V AC 0.5 A 10 VAconnection 2 leads 300mmprotection class IP 65


water female thread M10x1brass

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate switch value with your order.



Mechanical Flow Switch for water, with magnetictriggering of a reed switch. Rugged design in brass.

control of small flow ratesadjustable switch value

M

M

M

M10x1

007MF-

brass

PNbar

Qmax. recomendedl/min H 2O

6 2MF-007GM

Type weightkg

0.180.05 - 1.0

switch value l/min H 2Oselectable range for fixed switch

G

MF-007GM

G


1 2

Basic

74



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Fluvamat MR-...GM/GK MR.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G1 brass/stainless steel

MR-020GM020

TECHNICAL DATA



minimum 0.5 l/min.

MATERIALS

MR-...GM MR-...GKbody brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305

nickel platedpiston brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

stainless steel 1.4305; stainless steel 1.4305;1.4301 1.4301

spring stainless steel 1.4310 stainless steel 1.4310magnet bariumferrite bariumferrite

PTFE platedseal NBR vitonswitch head PA PA


G 1/4

0.4 - 45 - 205 - 20

1 - 10

1 - 10

56


compact dimensiongood repeatabiltydirt-resistancehigh switch capabilityhermetic separation of mechanicaland electrical component


0.4 - 40.4 - 4 1 - 10

PNbar

TypeG

G 3/8

3656 36

10 - 4020 - 60

109

135109

1095 - 20

40

200

MR-008GM...MR-010GM...

MR-020GM... 200200

0.80

200 41

121218

109

12 0.8536

1.505656

0.80

200

200MR-015GK...

G 1

0.800.80

109 56109 1256

12

1.501812

5656

4036 0.85

weightkg

0.850.85

Lmm

109109

AFmm

Xmm

1212

Hmm

5656

MR-015GM...

200200200


1520

G 3/8G 1/2

MR-020GK...

MR-010GK...

G 3/4

36363636

s t a i n l e s s

s t e e l

b r a s s

G 1/2

G 1/4

G 3/4G 1

MR-008GK...

200

13510 - 4020 - 60

5 - 20

5 - 20 10 - 40

0.4 - 4 1 - 10

MR-025GK...

0.4 - 4 1 - 101 - 10 5 - 20

5 - 20 10 - 400.4 - 4

608015

1 - 10 5 - 20

1 - 10MR-025GM...

20

80

4060

Basic

B

75



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Fluvamat MR-...GM/GK MR.

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.213 change over 250 V AC 1.5 A 50 VAcable 2.5 mprotection class IP 65


water gas/air

design stainless steel MR-...GKoil for aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationFlow SwitchFlow Switch with lateral flow metering unit ( DN 8-20 - PN90 )DN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadbrassstainless steel

0.4 - 4 l/min1 - 10 l/min5 - 20 l/min

10 - 40 l/min20 - 60 l/minsetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasspecial rangesselected hysteresis / vibration-proof rhodium contacthigh pressure PN 400 bar plug DIN 43650-Aconnection for locking plug M12x1 , 4-pole


OPTION


G

KM

015

MRO-

MR-MR-

008

10 - 40 5 - 40

Special option

20 - 60

1 - 105 - 251 - 12

5 - 20

0.4 - 4 0.5 - 5


010008

G

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

025

004

020

a d j u s t a b l e

r a n g e H

2 O

h o r i z o n t a l

M 004

VARIO

060040

010

20 - 60

l/min H 2O l/min H 2O

020

brow n bl ue black

MRO- Flow Switch with lateral flow metering

The metering range is indicated for horizontally increasing flowDN 8-20 PN 90 bar protection class IP 60DN 25 PN 200 bar additional weight 0.1kg




Basic

76



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Novafix MR1K-...GM/GK MR1K.




minimum 0.5 l/min.

MATERIALS

MR1K-...GM MR1K-...GKbody brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571


PTFE platedseal NBR vitonswitch head polycarbonate polycarbonate


G 1/4G 3/8 1.3

1.2151 - 10

200

MR1K-015GK...

MR1K-008GK004

1.1

G 1/2G 3/4G 1 6 - 60

4 - 40184 - 40


compact dimensiongood repeatabiltydirt-resistancehigh switch capabilityhermetic separation of mechanicaland electrical component

b r a s s

s t a i n l e s s

s t e e l

G

G 1/4G 3/8G 1/2G 3/4G 1

40

AFmm

40


1 - 100.4 - 4 1515

weightkg

1.31.3

Xmm

15

181.21.2MR1K-020GM... 40

40200 403 - 304 - 40

10

1 - 10 2 - 20

0.4 - 4

60

20

3 - 30

MR1K-008GM004

MR1K-015GM...200

PNbar

200200

Type

MR1K-010GM...


80MR1K-025GM...

41

41

0.4 - 4

3 - 304141

2 - 20 3 - 30

200

1.21518

1.11.315

1 - 10

404110

4060

20

80

MR1K-010GK...

MR1K-025GK...

200200200200

MR1K-020GK...

180.4 - 4

6 - 604 - 40

MR1K-010GM004

TECHNICAL DATA

Basic

B

77



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Novafix MR1K-...GM/GK MR1K.



water gas/air

design stainless steel MR1K-...GKoil for aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationFlow SwitchFlow Switch with magnetic indicationFlow Switch with lateral flow metering unitDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadbrassstainless steel0.4 - 4 l/min1 - 10 l/min2 - 20 l/min3 - 30 l/min4 - 40 l/min6 - 60 l/minconnection by local electronic (e.g. omni-MR1K)wiring 0.342wiring 0.208 - diode red integrated in plug DIN 43650-Awiring 0.347 - diode red/green integrated in plug DIN 43650-Asetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasspecial ranges / selected hysteresis / vibration-proof high pressure PN 500 bar two to four independent switch heads


OPTION

Metering range is indicated for horizontally increasing flow. Protection class IP60 8o9. Additional weight 0.1kg




E060

030040

004

MR1KJ-

B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e -

o p t i o n s


Special optionVARIO

K

020010004

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

008 M


H 2


015

025020

010


GMR1K-MR1K-

MR1KO-

1 - 12

5 - 65

l/min H 2O

4 - 34

M

0.5 - 5

2 - 23

G

5 - 45

metering range

008

MR1KJflow switcht withmagnetic indication 10-100%

l/min H 2Oadjustable range

MR1KOFlow Switch with lateral flow metering

6 - 60

0.4 - 41 - 102 - 203 - 304 - 40

3 1 2 1 321 2 3 1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(-)

green red

Basic

78



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Fluvamat RVM-008GM/GK RVM.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA


tolerance ±10% of full scalemedia temperature max. 100°Caverage pressure loss 0.02-0.2 bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on switch value

minimum 1 ml/min.

MATERIALS

RVM-008GM RVM-008GKbody brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

nickel platedpiston brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571spring stainless steel 1.4571 stainless steel 1.4571magnet hardferrite hardferrite


RVM-008GK013RVM-008GK060

300300

G1/4

Mechanical Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media, withmagnetic triggering of an adjustable reed switch. Ruggeddesign in brass or stainless steel.

control of small flow ratesPN 300hermetic separation of mechanicaland electrical component

G

G1/4

Type

300

300300

RVM-008GM013RVM-008GM060

RVM-008GK300 3.6 0.15300

weightkg

0.14

adjustable rangeH2O

Bmm

17

17

40 - 130 ml/min

l/min17l/min

0.5 - 3.0RVM-008GM300

PNbar

Qmax. recom.H2O

0.1 - 0.6168 ml/min

18 0.15ml/min168 ml/min 40 - 13018

l/minl/min

0.5 - 3.00.1 - 0.6 l/min

l/min 18

b r a s s

s t a i n

-

l e s s

s t e e l

0.14

0.72

0.72 l/min

0.15

0.143.6 l/min

Basic

B

79



Flow Switch 1.1.piston / inline design Fluvamat RVM-008GM/GK RVM.

ELECTRICAL DATAReed switch - wiring 0.212 n.o. wiring 0.342200 V AC 1 A 20 VAPlug DIN 43650-CProtection class IP 65


design stainless steel RVM-...GKwater for aggressive liquids

gas/air


basic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 8 - G1/4female threadbrassstainless steeladjustable range 40 - 130 ml/min H 2Oadjustable range 0.1 - 0.6 l/min H 2Oadjustable range 0.5 - 3.0 l/min H 2Owiring 0.213, change over

BASICsetting / switch ranges for gas

VARIO

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and adjustable range with your order.- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)



300Programme option

013060

G

K

Special option

M

MG

B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e

o p t i o n


008008

RVM- 014


1 2 3 1 2

Basic

80



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / inline design Visoflow NH1-...GM NH1.


TECHNICAL DATA NH1-015GM015



MATERIALS

connector brass Ms58 nickel platedtube Acryl XTpiston POMspring 1.4310seal Viton


water

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationflow indicator flow indicator with switch unit plasticnominal diameter DN 15

female threadmale threadconnection brassindicating range 3 - 15 l/min


- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and indication range with your order.

OPTIONSNH1K- flow indicator with switch unit plastic

reed switch - wiring 0.212 n.o.250 V AC 0.5 A 10 VA Swich range is indicatedcontact for locking plug M 12x1, 4-pole for horizontally decreasing flow.protection class IP 65 Additional weight 0.02kg



NH1- G015

NH1K-

Type


NH1-

weightkg

indicating rangel/min H 2O

3 - 15 0.3

Installation position mayinfluence indication range.Indicate installation position inyour order

20

G

10

The flow indicator Visoflow NH provides a reliableIndication of liquid, transparent substances. A springcontrolled indicator is positioned by the liquid in ametering tube and allows the quantitative indication of theflow rate involved by reference to the flow rate scale of themetering tube. This plastic tube is fitted with a pigeon tailwhich offers the option of an alarm unit which is adjustablewithin the scale range of the instrument.

turnable scale / visible of piston 360°good repeatabilty

G

G1/2

PNbar

(20°C)


M

AM

015

015

NH1-015GM015brass

015

1brown

2white

3blue

4black

free

Basic

B

81



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / inline design Novaflux NJ-...GM/GK NJ.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female G1/4 to G1 brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA NJ-015GM040


tolerance ±8% of full scale min. 1l/minmedia temperature max. 100°Caverage pressure loss 0.5bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

NJ-...GM NJ-...GKbody brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

nickel platedpiston brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571 ;

1.4310spring stainless steel 1.4310 stainless steel 1.4310magnet bariumferrite bariumferrite

PTFE platedseals NBR vitonscale acrylic (GS) acrylic (GS)


2 - 102 - 102 - 10

60

100

100

NJ-008GK010G 1/4

s t a i n l e s s

s t e e l

Mechanical Flow Indicator for liquids or gaseous media,with spring-supported piston. Piston is magnetically linkedto an indicator element. Rugged design in brass or stainless steel.

multiviscosity scalefor dark and/or contaminated liquidsgood repeatabiltydirt resistance

G

b r a s s

G 1/4G 3/8G 1/2

PNbar

100100

10 - 4010 - 40

20 - 80G 3/4G 1 100

10080

100

4 - 20 10 - 40

80

4 - 20

4 - 20

10 - 404 - 204 - 2060

20

2 - 10 4 - 20 10 - 40 20 - 80

weightkg

1.5

indication range multi scale1


2 - 10


10

NJ-020GK...

1.4

1.4

1.31.31.21.5

4 - 20

2 - 10

NJ-010GK...

NJ-025GK...2 - 10100 10 - 40

G 1

Type

NJ-010GM...

NJ-025GM...

G 3/8G 1/2G 3/4

NJ-015GM...

2 - 10NJ-020GM...

NJ-015GK...

NJ-008GM0102 - 10

20

2 - 10100 40

10

1.31.31.2

4 - 20100 40

20-45 75-120 180-250 mm²/sl/min

4-20 2 -19 1 -17 0.5-15 l/min2-10 0.6- 8 0.2- 7 0.1- 4

l/min20-80 19 -73 17 -68 13 -63 l /min10-40 7 -38 6 -37 4 -36

Basic

82




ELECTRICAL DATA

No electrical components switch headsfor descriptions see following page


water gas/air

design stainless steel NJ-...GKoil for aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationFlow Indicator Flow Indicator with switch head metal, wiring 0.333 (NJE100)Flow Indicator with switch head metal, wiring 0.215 (NJE200)Flow Indicator with switch head plastic, wiring 0.338 (NJE400)Flow Indicator with switch head plastic, wiring 0.215Flow Indicator with switch head plastic, wiring 0.347 (NJE400sp)DN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadmanifold block connector for 70.1.VB.brassstainless steel

2 - 10 l/min4 - 20 l/min

10 - 40 l/min20 - 80 l/minsignal lamp

BASICspecial rangespecial scalesmanifold block - data sheet 70.1.VB.

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and indicating range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance (indicating range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance (indicating range on request)

ACCESSORIES

Manifoldsee datd sheet 70.1.VB.




i n d i c a t i n g

r a n g e

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

G

020

008

015

025

Installation position mayinfluence indicatingrange. Scale arrange -ment for upward flow.

BASIC Standard

M

080

010

W

010

H2O upward flow


008

NJK2-

NJ-

MNJ-

NJK3-

NJM1-

010

NJK1-NJM2-

020

PLUS

VARIO

Programme option

⊕

Special option

040

Accessories

G

K

Basic

B

83




OPTION

switch head metalreed switchwiring 0.333 (NJE100)

switching voltage 250 V AC 5 Asupply voltage 230 V AC(option 115 V AC)(option 24 V DC output circuit 10mA)cable gland Pg9 with 2.5 metre cableprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.45kg

reed switchwiring 0.215 (NJE200)250 V AC 0.5 A 10 VAcable gland Pg9 with 2.5 metre cable

protection class IP 65additional weight 0.45kg

switch head plasticreed switchwiring 0.338 (NJE400)250 V AC 0.5 A 10 VAplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.15kg

switch head plasticreed switchwiring 0.215250 V AC 0.5 A 10 VAplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.15kg

switch head plasticreed switchwiring 0.347 (NJE400sp)24 V DCplug Hirschmann G4protection class IP 65additional weight 0.15kg



NJM2-

NJK1-

Attention! Only switch head grounded notbody of Flow Indicator


NJK3-

NJK2-

NJM1-


brow n blue green/yellow

1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(-)

green red

1(+) 2 3(-)

1 2

yellow beige brown blue black green/yellowwhitegrey

Basic

84



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / inline design Novaflux NJV-...GM NJV.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G1 brass

NJV-015GM040

TECHNICAL DATA

Indicating range is calibrated for vertical upward increasing flow. Calibration with oil ISO VG64 - 80mm²/s.

tolerance ±8% of full scale min. 1l/minmedia temperature max. 100°Caverage pressure loss 0.5bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

body brass Ms58 nickel platedmetering unit brass Ms58spring stainless steel 1.4310magnet neodymseal NBRscale acrylic (GS)

Mechanical Flow Indicator for liquids or gaseous media,with spring-supported piston. Piston is magnetically linkedto an indicator element. Rugged design in brass.

viscosity compensation 1-200mm²/sfor dark and/or contaminated liquidsgood repeatabiltydirt-resistance

indicating rangel/min oil 1-200mm²/s

weightkg

Qmax. recom.l/min oil

1-200mm²/s

G Type PNbar

4- 20 10- 40

1.4

2- 10 10- 601.31.2

10- 60100

60NJV-025GM...

Within the mechanical viscosity compensation the flowvelocity in the piston area is increased sharply with theeffect that the viscosity impact declines and the meteringresults stabilise even with changing viscosity ratings.

100NJV-008GM010 10 2- 10

b r a s s

G 1/2

G 1

G 1/4

G 3/4

NJV-010GM...

NJV-020GM...

G 3/8NJV-015GM...

2- 101.5

1.310- 402- 10 4- 204- 20100

4010- 404- 20

20

2- 1010080

100


1 50 100 150 200 mm²/s

Q

Basic

B

85




ELECTRICAL DATA

No electrical components switch headsfor descriptions see following page


oil

gas/air


basic typespecificationFlow Indicator Flow Indicator with switch head metal, wiring 0.333 (NJE100)Flow Indicator with switch head metal, wiring 0.215 (NJE200)Flow Indicator with switch head plastic, wiring 0.338 (NJE400)Flow Indicator with switch head plastic, wiring 0.215Flow Indicator with switch head plastic, wiring 0.347 (NJE400sp)DN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadmanifold block connector for 70.1.VB.brassstainless steel

2- 10 l/min4- 20 l/min

10- 40 l/min10- 60 l/minsignal lamp

BASICspecial rangesspecial scalesmanifold block - data sheet 70.1.VB.

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and indicating range with your order.- With viscous liquids (>200mm²/s) please indicate viscosity, temperature and type of liquid (e.g. ISO VG 68! Range upon request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance (indicating range on request)

ACCESSORIES

Manifoldsee datd sheet 70.1.VB.




oil 1-200mm²/s upward flow

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

008010

PLUS

015020

MNJV-

NJV-

NJVM1-

008 G 010

025G

MK

Special option

020010

Accessories ⊕

i n d i c a t i n g

r a n g e

Programme option060

VARIO

040

NJVK1-NJVM2-

NJVK2-NJVK3-

W



Basic

86




OPTION

switch head metalreed switchwiring 0.333 (NJE100)

switching voltage 250 V AC 5 Asupply voltage 230 V AC(option 115 V AC)(option 24 V DC output circuit 10mA)cable gland Pg9 with 2.5 metre cableprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.45kg

switch head metalreed switchwiring 0.215 (NJE200)250 V AC 0.5 A 10 VAcable gland Pg9 with 2.5 metre cable

protection class IP 65additional weight 0.45kg

switch head plasticreed switchwiring 0.338 (NJE400)250 V AC 0.5 A 10 VAplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.15kg

switch head plasticreed switchwiring 0.215250 V AC 0.5 A 10 VAplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.15kg

switch head plasticreed switchwiring 0.347 (NJE400sp)24 V DCplug Hirschmann G4protection class IP 65additional weight 0.15kg




NJVM2-


NJVK1-

NJVK2-


NJVM1-

NJVK3-

brow n blue green/yellow

1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(-)

green red

yellow beige brown blue black green/yellowwhitegrey

1(+) 2 3(-)

1 2

Basic

B

87



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / inline design Novaflux MH-...GA MH.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G1 aluminium

TECHNICAL DATA


tolerance ±10% of full scale

media temperature max. 65°C

MATERIALS

connector aluminiumbody aluminiumtube Acryl XTpiston POMspring stainless steel 1.4310seal Viton



0.6 - 60.6 - 61 - 10

0.2 - 2 0.8 - 80.2 - 2 1 - 100.6 - 6 2 - 201 - 10 5 - 40

The flow indicator MH indicates the actual flow rate by aflow scale and provides an accurate visual allocation of the flow conditions. Additionally a switch unit is availablewhich is directly connected to the flow tube and may beadjusted within the relevant scale range. As suchindication and alarm are combined into one unit.

robust aluminium housingoptional switch head MHK

1020

60G 3/4G 1

weightkg

0.450.450.450.500.502 - 20 10 - 50

2 - 20 1201205 - 40

Xmm

1818

1414

14101010

MH-015GA002

10

PNbar

(20°C)

Qmax. recom .l/min H2O

Type

a l u m i n i u m

40

MH-008GA…MH-010GA…MH-015GA…MH-020GA…

100100

G

G 1/4G 3/8G 1/2

10 8

Lmm

100

MH-025GA…

Basic

88



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / inline design Novaflux MH-...GA MH.

ELECTRICAL DATA

No electrical components. switch head plasticsee description NOK-


water gas/air

oil


basic typespecificationflow indicator flow indicator with switch unit plastic

DN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadhousing aluminium

0.2 - 2 l/min0.6 - 6 l/min0.8 - 8 l/min1 - 10 l/min2 - 20 l/min3 - 30 l/min5 - 40 l/min

10 - 50 l/minhousing POM

BASIC

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and indication range with your order.- With viscous liquids please viscosity, temperature and metering substance (indication range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative and absolute), temperature and metering substance (indication range on request)

OPTIONSMHK- flow indicator with switch unit plastic

reed switch - wiring 0.212 n.o.250 V AC 0.5 A 10 VAcontact for locking plug M 12x1, 4-poleprotection class IP 65

Swich range is indicated for horizontallydecreasing flow. Additional weight 0.02kg




040030020

008010

002

i n d i c a t i n g

r a n g e

H 2

O

006

AG

025020 n

o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

MH- 008 G A

programme option

002MH-MHK-

010008

BASIC Standard BASIC programme options

Installation position mayinfluence indicationrange.

Indicate installationposition in your order

0.2 - 2


050

015

5 - 36

0.6 - 60.8 - 81 - 102 - 20

10 - 455 - 40

10 - 50

adjustable rangel/min H 2O0.4 - 1.80.6 - 5.50.8 - 7.51 - 92 - 16

1brown

2white

3blue

4black

free

Basic

B

89



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / inline design Visoflow VF-008GA/GK VF.


TECHNICAL DATA


tolerance ±10% of full scalemedia temperature max. 100°Caverage pressure loss 0.02-0.2 bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

VF-008GA VF-008GKhousing aluminium anodized aluminium anodizedconnectors brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

nickel platedglass duran 50 duran 50piston brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

nickel plated dotted lines: option switch head VFR-spring stainless steel 1.4571 stainless steel 1.4571magnet hardferrite hardferriteseal NBR viton


0.1 - 0.6 l/min0.5 - 3 l/min

PNbar

Type

0.140.1416

0.6VF-008GK300

VF-008GA300VF-008GA500VF-008GK006

Mechanical Flow Indicator for a quantitative flow indicationfor liquids or gaseous media.

good repeatabilityoptional switch head VFR-

weightkg

0.1416 60 ml/min ml/min5 - 60

indicating rangeH2O

Qmax. recom.H2O

0.14

0.140.14

0.140.140.14

0.14163

VF-008GK060 16

VF-008GK500

VF-008GA006VF-008GA013VF-008GA060

5

0.6130 ml/min

16

16161616 l/min

6016

3

ml/minl/min

25 - 1300.1 - 0.6

ml/min130 ml/min 25 - 130 ml/min

5

VF-008GK013

VFR-008GA014

1 - 5

l/min

ml/min 5 - 60

l/min

G

G1/4

G1/4

b r a s s

s t a i n l e s s

s t e e l

l/min

l/min l/minl/min

0.5 - 31 - 5

l/minl/min

Basic

90



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / inline design Visoflow VF-008GA/GK VF.

ELECTRICAL DATA reed switch - wiring 0.212 n.o.200 V AC 1 A 20 VAplug DIN 43650-C

No electrical components protection class IP 65adjustable range complies to indicating rangeadditional weight 0.02kg


water gas/air

design stainless steel VF-...GKoil for aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationFlow Indicator Flow Indicator with switch headnominal diameter DN 8 - G1/4female threadconnector material brassconnector material stainless steel

5 - 6 0 ml/min25 - 130 ml/min

0.1 - 0.6 l/min0.5 - 3 l/min1 - 5 l/min

wiring 0.342 - change over BASIC

setting / switch ranges for oil or gasscale 0 - 100%special scale, special ranges

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and indicating range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance ( indicatinge range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance ( indicating range on request)




K

008

A

013006

300060

VARIO

Programme option500

Special option

G

VF-

VF- 008

BASIC Standard

G A 006

i n d i c a t i n g

r a n g e H

2 O

B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e

o p t i o n


VFR-

1 2

Basic

B

91



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / inline design Visoflow VO-...GA/GK VO.


TECHNICAL DATA



MATERIALS

VO-...GA VO-...GKhousing aluminium anodized aluminium anodizedconnectors brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

nickel platedglass duran 50 duran 50piston brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

nickel platedspring stainless steel 1.4571 stainless steel 1.4571magnet hardferrite hardferrite dotted lines: option switch head VFR-seal NBR viton


Mechanical Flow Indicator for a quantitatve flow indicationfor liquids or gaseous media.

good repeatabilityoptional switch head VOR-

77VO-015G.0280

4

6 - 2 8 l/min5 - 2 2 l/min2 - 8 l/min1 - 4 l/min

G

G1/2

AFmm

Hmm

32

Dmm

Lmm

53 114 278

Xmm

PNbar

VO-025G.0450

VO-015G.0010VO-015G.0005

Type

VO-015G.0016

10

10VO-015G.0040VO-015G.0080


0.51

1.6

8

0.4 - 1.6 l/min0.2 - 1.0 l/min0.1 - 0.5 l/min

indicating rangeH2O

VO-025G.090015 - 4 5 l/min45

9010G1

15010VO-025G.1500

VO-015G.022028

1010

10

weightkg

10

10

0.3

50 1.041158

10 2210

30 - 9 0 l/min60 - 150 l/min

VOR-015GA0040

Basic

92



Flow Indicator 1.2.piston / inline design Visoflow VO-...GA/GK VO.

ELECTRICAL DATA reed switch - wiring 0.212 n.o.DN 15 230 V AC 3 A 60 VA

plug DIN 43650-CNo electrical components DN 25 230 V AC 1 A 50 VA

plug DIN 43650-Aadjustable range complies to indicating range

protection class IP 65 additional weight 0.02kgMOUNTING POSITION METERING SUBSTANCES

water gas/air

design stainless steel VO-...GKoil for aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationFlow Indicator Flow Indicator with switch headnominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2nominal diameter DN 25 - G1female threadmanifold block connector for 70.1.VB.connector material brassconnector material stainless steel

0.1 - 0.5 l/min0.2 - 1.0 l/min0.4 - 1.6 l/min1 - 4 l/min2 - 8 l/min5 - 2 2 l/min6 - 2 8 l/min

15 - 4 5 l/min30 - 9 0 l/min60 - 150 l/minwiring 0.342 - change over

BASICsetting / switch ranges for oil or gasscale 0 - 100%special scale, special rangesmanifold block - data sheet 70.1.VB.

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and indicating range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance ( indicatinge range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance ( indicating range on request)




Accessories ⊕

PLUS

BASIC Standard


B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e

o p t i o n

G A 0005015

015

VO-VO-VOR-

W A

G

0005

0450

0010

0220

VARIOSpecial option

Programme option15000900

00800040

025

0016

K

i n d

i c a t i n g r a n g e

H 2

O

0280

1 2

Basic

B

93



Flowmeter 1.3.piston / inline design Novaflux NO-...GM/GK NO.

GENERAL CHARACTERISITCS Female thread G1/4 to G1 brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA

Indicating range is calibrated for horizontally decreasing flow.

tolerance ±5% of full scaleminimal 1l/min

media temperature max. 90°Caverage pressure loss 0.7bar at Qmax.

Avoid instant flushing of instrument beyondmax scale increment.Contact technical sales service!

MATERIALS

NO-...GM NO-...G Khousing brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305

nickel platedpisiton brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305spring stainless steel 1.4310 stainless steel 1.4310support PVDF PVDFmagnet oxyd 300 oxyd 300seal NBR / viton vitontube acrylic (XT) acrylic (XT)


b r a s s

s t a i n l e s s

s t e e l

G 1G 1/4G 3/8G 1/2

G

G 1/4G 3/8G 1/2

NO-015GM030

Type

NO-008GM0151530

50 15

PNbar

Qmax. recom .l/min H 2O

G 3/4NO-015GK030NO-020GK050

50

NO-010GK015

5050

5050

NO-025GK060

NO-010GM015

1.00

1.201313

1.101818

13155 - 30

10 - 605 - 50

Xmm

13

1.101.00

5 - 30

1818

153 - 15

10 - 603 - 15

1.20

weightkg

1.251.201.20

1.2515


3 - 153 - 15

5 - 5050

1560

6050

50 30

NO-020GM050NO-015GM030

50

5050NO-008GK015

G 3/4NO-025GM060

G 1

Mechanical Flowmeter with spring-supported piston, for liquids or gaseous media. The triggering of the indicationring is realised by means of a magnetic link between theindication ring and wetted piston. Rugged design in brassor stainless steel.

local meteringalso for dark and/or contaminated liquidsturnable scaleno pressurized or wetted glass partsoptional switch head

Basic

94



Flowmeter 1.3.piston / inline design Novaflux NO-...GM/GK NO.

ELECTRICAL DATA

No electrical components. switch head plasticsee description NOK-


water gas/air

design stainless steel NO-...GKoil for aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationFlowmeter

Flowmeter with switch unit plasticDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadhousing Ms58housing stainless steel

3 - 15 l/min5 - 30 l/min5 - 50 l/min

10 - 60 l/min

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and indication range with your order.- With viscous liquids please viscosity, temperature and metering substance (indication range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative and absolute), temperature and metering substance (indication range on request)

OPTIONSNOK - Flowmeter with switch unit plastic

reed switch - wiring diagram 0.212 n.o.250 V AC 1 A 15 VAcontact for locking plug M 12x1, 4-poleprotection class IP 65

Swich range is indicated for horizontallydecreasing flow. Additional weight 0.02kg




indicating range adjustable range

030

060

BASIC programme options

5- 305- 50

3- 15l/min H 2O l/min H 2O

3- 12

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

008

10- 60 10- 50

5- 255- 40

KM

NO-

NOK-

010

015

BASIC Standard

M

Installation position mayinfluence indicationrange.

Indicate installationposition in your order

NO- 008 G

025

015020

G

015

i n d i c a t i n g

r a n g e

H 2

O050

1brown

2white

3blue

4black

free

- switch unitfixed topigeon tail

- direct scalereference

Basic

B

95




Basic

96


Flow control instruments AR-010GM

Flow control instrument for processes and original equipment

Mechanical flow control instru-ment for liquid or gaseousmedia, with spring-supportedpiston and magnetic triggeringof a reed switch. Sturdy con-struction made of brass.

l Inner thread DN 10l Reed switchl Ranges from 2-4 l/minl Pressure rating PN 150l Max. temperature 80 °Cl Brass material

Flow control instruments MI-...GM

Without magnets for media with ferrite soiling

Mechanical flow control instru-

ment for liquid or gaseousmedia, with spring-supportedpiston for triggering an inductiveproximity switch for signal trans-mission. For materials withferrite abrasion. Sturdy construc-

tion made of brass.

l Female thread DN 8-25

l Inductive proximity switchl Ranges from 0.4-60 l/minl Pressure rating PN 16l Max. temperature 60 °Cl Brass or stainless steel material

Flow control instruments OT-...AM

Device for heating and energy technology

The mechanical flow controlinstrument makes a quantitativeflow display possible. Waterquantities are set exactly andconveniently using the compensa-

tion valve.

l Male thread G 1/ 2 - G3/ 4

l Ranges from 0.60-60 l/minl Pressure rating PN 10l Max. temperature 100 °Cl Brass material



l Complete separation of electrical Õ maintenance advantageand hydraulic component

l Switch selection by gear Õ accurate settingarrangement an scale

l Metal piston and protected twin Õ rugged design formagnet critical application

l Spring supported piston Õ optional installation

l Inline machined housing Õ high pressure areas and variety of materials

Why to use a inline piston instrument

97

Basic



98

Market segments

Application

l High pressurecleaners

l Oil separators

l Lubrication

l Cooling installations

l Painting robots

lPaper machines

l Pump and gun control in cleaner devicesl Control of oil/water mix in separation processesl Air control in automatic painting installationsl Manifold control and indication for oil feed to roller gears

Where to use a inline position instrument


Basic



Variable area

The technology

The float moves dependent on the flow in the transpa-rent conical metering tube,indicating the actual flowrate on the housing scale.

Application

l Laboratory technologyl Chemical industryl Process technologyl Industrial metering tasks

Advantages

l Purely physical metering principlel High accuracy

Concept Glass or plastic tube; optional valve

Nominal diameter 4 - 50

Connection female thread, male thread

PN 6 - 16

Max. temperature 120 °C

Signal optional threshold

Adjustable yes

Materials acrylic, trogamide, polysulfone, glass

Installation position vertical

Metering materials liquids or gases

Technical data

Contents

System description 100



C




Basic

100

System description

Device systemThe float metering principle is a tried and trusted method of accuratelymeasuring liquid and gaseous metering materials. The float moves verti-cally in a transparent tube and indicates the current flow rate by itsrespective position on the housing scale.

The devices can only be installed vertically and require a transparent medium which allows a complete view of the float element.


The direct indication of the position without further functional compo-nents allows an extremely accurate metering result. In case magnetsare integrated in the float, triggering of threshold contacts or sensorsarranged outside the metering tube is possible. To this extent the float system also represents an option for monitoring the flow or producing alinear continuous output signal.


The devices are suitable for liquid and gaseous metering materials. Thescales as well as the float shapes and weights are designed accordingly.The floats are partly stabilised by additional guide rods and are thus alsosuitable for non-laminar flows. The accuracy is 1 % of the scale end

value.

Handling and operationThe threshold contacts are attached on the tube by pigeon tail. Thiseffects the option of a continuous setting of min. or max. alarm.

No flow Flow



101

m i s c e

l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s

i v e

g a s

/ a

i r

o i l

i n d i c a t i o n

t y p e

c o n t r o

l

c o n n e c t i o n


l

o n s



b a r


° C

w a t e r

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r


GR-065 4 female thread stainless steel l l 10 90 l l valve 90GR-150 4 female thread stainless steel l l 10 90 l l valve 91

VL 15 - 25 female thread brass m l l 10 100 l 3 3 9215 - 25 female thread stainless steel m l l 10 100 l 3 3 3

UK-200 8 female thread brass l l 6 65 l l valve 948 female thread stainless steel l l 6 65 l l valve

UK-040 8 female thread brass l l 6 65 l l valve 968 female thread stainless steel l l 6 65 l l valve

UK-044 8 male thread plastic l l 6 65 l l 98

UK-047 15 female thread plastic l l 6 65 l l 100

UK-048 20 female thread plastic l l 6 65 l l 102

UK-050 25 female thread plastic l l 6 65 l l valve 104

GK 10 - 25 female thread cast iron m l l 6 60 l l 106GKL 25 - 50 female thread cast iron m l l 6 60 l l 109

MMF 4 female thread brass l l 6 65 l 3 112

g l a s s

p l a s t i c

C




Flowmeter 2.1.variable area Koniflux GR-065GK GR.65

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread NPT1/8" stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA GR-065AK0005G

Scale in mm-increments. Conversion diagram mm/flowrate subject of to delivery.

tolerance ±5% off full scalemedia temperature max. 90°C

MATERIALS

metering tube natural glassfloat glass or stainless steelconnector stainless steelseal viton


Flowmeter operates according to the variable areaprinciple with a ball float moving flow-dependendly in aconical metering tube.

turnable magnifiying glass optimizesreading comfortglass tube

50 - 1305

10 - 66040 - 880

5 - 2205 - 335

503.27 - 144

43340

0.9 - 211 -

400 - 18960-250 11450

50 - 1800- 5030

--

10 - 298

10 -800

235375570

----

18.25590130

0.2

310

22

2

- 23640

100 - 6000150 - 10100

- 15750

- 153

- 7510

- 855

29400

weightkg

GR-065GK1010G

GR-065GK2500G

100

GR-065GK0751KGR-065GK1145K

GR-065GK0503K

1010 300

- 2580100 - 3930

20 - 900

metering rangeair Ncm³/min

2 - 5 1

GR-065GK0040G

GR-065GK0180KGR-065GK0085K

1010

NPT

GR-065GK0090G

Type

GR-065GK0010GNPT 1/8"

GR-065GK1575G

GR-065GK0005G

GR-065GK0258GGR-065GK0393GGR-065GK0600G

GR-065GK2940K

NPT 1/8"

GR-065GK1896K 101010

-2000 -

1010

2000

5

40

277

700

metering rangewater cm³/min

- 103- 400

101010

520

10

f l o a t


10

GR-065GK4334K

GR-065GK0015K

1010

0.5

0.5

f l o a t

g l a s s

PNbar

10

GR-065GK0029K 1010

10

Basic

102



Flowmeter 2.1.variable area Koniflux GR-065GK GR.65

ELECTRICAL DATA


water

gas/air


basic typespecificationFlowmeter Flowmeter with valvescale length 65mmfemale threadstainless steelaluminiumbrass

2 - 51 Ncm³/min air 5 - 103 Ncm³/min air 5 - 153 Ncm³/min air

10 - 298 Ncm³/min air 20 - 400 Ncm³/min air 40 - 855 Ncm³/min air 0.9 - 21 cm³/min water 20 - 900 Ncm³/min air 0.2 - 18.2 cm³/min water 50 - 1800 Ncm³/min air 1 - 50 cm³/min water

100 - 2580 Ncm³/min air 2 - 55 cm³/min water 100 - 3930 Ncm³/min air 2 - 90 cm³/min water 277 - 5030 Ncm³/min air 3 - 144 cm³/min water 100 - 6000 Ncm³/min air 2 - 130 cm³/min water 300 - 7510 Ncm³/min air 5 - 220 cm³/min water 150 - 10100 Ncm³/min air 3.27 - 235 cm³/min water 250 - 11450 Ncm³/min air 5 - 334 cm³/min water 800 - 15750 Ncm³/min air 10 - 375 cm³/min water 400 - 18960 Ncm³/min air 10 - 560 cm³/min water 700 - 23640 Ncm³/min air 10 - 570 cm³/min water

2000 - 29400 Ncm³/min air 40 - 880 cm³/min water 2000 - 43340 Ncm³/min air 50 -1305 cm³/min water glass floatstainless steel floatscale with direct range readingfloat saphire, tantal or carbonprecision valve

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance,e.g. air, (metering range on request)

SPECIAL APPLICATION

GR-150Design with scale length 150mmranges on request




No electrical components.

0258

4334

0393

1010

2364

G

0040

GR-GR-GRV-

K

G

0005

1896

065

065

0005

1145

0090

00150029

050306000751

M A

G

K

2940

GK

Special optionVARIO

m

e t e r i n g r a n g e0180

0085

1575

0010

Basic

C

103



Flowmeter 2.3.variable area Visoflow VL VL.


TECHNICAL DATA

Metering range is indicated for vertical upward increasing flow.


MATERIALS

VL-...GA VL-...GKhousing aluminium anodized aluminium anodizedconnectors brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

nickel platedglass duran 50 duran 50

float brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571nickel platedmagnet hardferrite hardferriteseal NBR viton dotted lines: switch head VLR-


32 0.630.65

41 1.0032

1717 41 1.00

43 73 135 13

32 0.6343 73 135 13 32 0.6343 73 135 13

1.0043 73 132 13 32 0.6350 76 184 17

0.6541 1.0041

50 76 184 17

0.6343 73 135 13 32 0.6343 73 135

0.6343 73 135 13 32 0.6343 73 132 13

VL-015GK008 10

18 2 - 18 43

50

VLR-015GA018

Flowmeter operates according to variable area principlewith a cylindrical float moving flow-dependendly in aconical metering tube.

good repeatabilityoptional with limit switch

VL-025GK035 10 35 3 - 35VL-025GK050 10

VL-015GK002 10 1,5 0.1 - 1.53 0.2 - 3

b r a s s


G

G1/2

G1

G1/2

G1

VL-025GA0503550

10

1010

18

0.3 - 838

12

3 - 35

Type Qmax. recom.l/min H 2O

metering rangel/min H 2O

10 1,5

2 - 18 43

VL-015GK003 10

4 - 5010VL-025GA035

0.2 - 3

1 - 121010VL-015GA018

VL-015GA003VL-015GA008VL-015GA012

8 0.3 - 8VL-015GK012 10 12 1 - 12VL-015GK018 10

Lmm

163

Hmm

77

Dmm

PNbar

VL-015GA002 0.1 - 1.5

Xmm

13

AFmm

32

32

3213

4 - 50

77 163 13

50 76 18450 76 184

weightkg

Basic

104



Flowmeter 2.3.variable area Visoflow VL VL.

ELECTRICAL DATA reed switch - wiring 0.212 n.o.230 V AC 1 A 50 VADN 15 plug DIN 43650-C

No electrical components DN 25 plug DIN 43650-Aadjustable range complies to metering rangeprotection class IP 65

additional weight 0.02kgMOUNTING POSITION METERING SUBSTANCES

water gas/air

design stainless steel VL-...GKoil for aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationFlowmeter Flowmeter with switch headnominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2nominal diameter DN 25 - G1female threadmanifold block connector for 70.1.VB.connector material brassconnector material stainless steel0.1 - 1.5 l/min0.2 - 3 l/min0.3 - 8 l/min1 - 12 l/min2 - 18 l/min3 - 35 l/min4 - 50 l/minwiring 0.342 - change over

BASICsetting / ranges for oil or gas

VARIO scale 0 - 100%special scale, special ranges

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate metering substance and metering range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance ( metering range on request)- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance ( metering range on request)




Special option

VL- 015 G A

B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e

o p t i o n

VL-VLR-

015

G025


H 2

O

002

K

W A

012

002

035050

003008

018

BASIC Standard

Programme option

1 2

Basic

C

105



Flowmeter 2.1.variable area Koniflux UK-020 UK.20

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread NPT1/8" brass/stainless steel

UKV-020GML0005TECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

UK-020GM UK-020GKhousing acrylic acrylicfloat glass/stainless steel glass/stainless steelbuffers stainless steel stainless steelconnectors brass stainless steelseal NBR vitonvalve brass/NBR stainless steel/viton


Qmax. recom.

UK.-020G.W0100UK.-020G.W0240

0.13

0.13

a i r

NPT 1/8"

UK.-020G.L0025

UK.-020G.W0003

66

UK.-020G.W0080UK.-020G.L0000UK.-020G.L0001UK.-020G.L0005

UK.-020G.W0006

UK.-020G.W0040

H 2

O

weightkg

6 l/min66

6

metering range

---

5

6 l/min

66

66 6 l/min

6 l/min0.7 Nl/min1.2 Nl/min

6

6 l/min6 l/min

6 l/min6 l/min

NPT PNbar

6NPT 1/8"

6

Type

UK.-020G.W0050

UK.-020G.W0015

1020

50100240

3---

615

0.1

0.2

0.04-

0.514

10

--

---

4080

5

l/hNl/minNl/min

0,51

cm³/mincm³/mincm³/minl/hl/hl/hl/h

Nl/minNl/min

0.42

6.0 Nl/min30.0 Nl/min 25


full face scale printoptional adjustment valve

Basic

106




ELECTRICAL DATA



water

gas/air


basic typespecificationFlowmeter Flowmeter with valveinstrument series 020 , NPT 1/8"female threadbrassstainless steel

5 - 50 cm³/min10 - 100 cm³/min20 - 240 cm³/min

0.2 - 3 l/h0.5 - 6 l/h1 - 15 l/h4 - 40 l/h

10 - 80 l/h0.04 - 0.5 Nl/min0.1 - 1 Nl/min0.4 - 5 Nl/min2.0 - 25 Nl/min

seal Vitonspecial scales

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance, e.g. air (metering range on request)



W0006

W0040

m e t e r i n g

r a n g e

a i r


H 2

O

L0001L0005L0025

W0050W0100

W0080

W0240W0003

GUK-UKV-

UK- 020 M

020

W0015

G

VARIOSpecial option

K

L0000

M

W0050


Basic

C

107




GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread NPT1/8" brass/stainless steel

UKV-040GML0010TECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

UK-040GM UK-040GKhousing acrylic acrylicfloat glass/stainless steel glass/stainless steelbuffers stainless steel stainless steelconnectors brass stainless steelseal NBR vitonvalve brass/NBR stainless steel/viton


24.0 Nl/min36.0 Nl/min



a i r

NPT 1/8" UK.-040G.L0001 1.2 Nl/min

l/h0.2 - 3l/h

0.240.6 - 81 - 144 - 408 - 80

0.24

Nl/min

l/h

UK.-040G.L0100

UK.-040G.L0010UK.-040G.L0005

UK.-040G.L0030UK.-040G.L0050

6

6 l/min

6 6 l/min

6 l/min6 l/min

UK.-040G.W0008 6UK.-040G.W0014 6

weightkg

H 2

O

6

NPT Type PNbar

NPT 1/8" UK.-040G.W0003 6

UK.-040G.W00406 6 l/min

UK.-040G.W0220 6 l/min

6

666 Nl/min

Nl/min

l/hl/hl/h

Nl/minNl/minNl/minNl/min

10 - 100

20 - 2200.1 - 10.4 - 51 - 10



2 - 203 - 304 - 50

66

UK.-040G.L0020

UK.-040G.W0080

Qmax. recom. metering range

Basic

108




ELECTRICAL DATA



water

gas/air


basic typespecificationFlowmeter Flowmeter with valveinstrument series 040 , NPT 1/8"female threadbrassstainless steel

0.2 - 3 l/h0.6 - 8 l/h1 - 14 l/h4 - 40 l/h8 - 80 l/h

20 - 220 l/h0.1 - 1 Nl/min0.4 - 5 Nl/min1 - 10 Nl/min2 - 20 Nl/min3 - 30 Nl/min4 - 50 Nl/min

10 - 100 Nl/minseal Vitonspecial scales





L0050

W0003W0008W0014W0040W0080W0220L0001L0005L0010L0020L0030

L0100

UKV-

UK-

040

UK-

040 M


H 2

O


a i r

VARIOSpecial option

G W0003

MK

G

Basic

C

109




GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS male thread NPT1/4" PVC

UK-044AHW0050TECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

housing acrylicfloat aluminuimbuffers stainless steelconnectors PVCseal NBR


30200

weightkg

0.1

0.1---

--

metering range

l/hl/hl/h

50100230

-415

6666

H 2

O

a i r

NPT

NPT 1/4"

NPT 1/4"

Type

UK-044AHW0050UK-044AHW0100UK-044AHW0230

Nl/h30008500

5001000

66

PNbar


full face scale print

UK-044AHL1700UK-044AHL3000UK-044AHL8500 Nl/h

1700 Nl/h

Basic

110




ELECTRICAL DATA



water

gas/air


basic typespecificationFlowmeter instrument series 044 , male thread NPT 1/4"male threadPVC

4 - 50 l/h water 15 - 100 l/h water 30 - 230 l/h water

100 - 1700 Nl/h air 500 - 3000 Nl/h air

1000 - 8500 Nl/h air seal Vitonspecial scales


- With gaseous media indicate pressure (relative or absolute), temperature and metering substance, e.g. air (metering range on request)



L3000L8500

L1700

A

UK-

VARIO

m e t e r i n g

r a n g e

044

W0100W0230

W0050

H W0050

Special option

UK- 044 A

H


Basic

C

111




GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS female thread NPT1/2" PVC

UK-047GHL0070TECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

housing acrylicfloat aluminuim / stainless steelconnectors PVCseal NBR


6

UK-047GHL0034

UK-047GHL0150

NPT

NPT 1/2"

NPT 1/2"

PNbar

666 240

Nl/hNl/hNl/h-

4200090000

---

l/min120120

--

60012002400

20400

Flowmeter operates according to variable area principlewith a cylindrical float moving flow-dependendly in aconcical metering tube.

dual scale LPM and LPHfull face scale print

224

80100150

l/minNl/minNl/minNl/min

a i r

H 2

O

--

metering rangedual scale LPM and LPH

l/hl/hl/h40

weightkg

0.35

0.35-

--

-

1020

l/min

Type

UK-047GHW0010UK-047GHW0020UK-047GHW0040

480060009000

UK-047GHL0070340700

1500

66

Basic

112




ELECTRICAL DATA



water

gas/air


basic typespecificationFlowmeter instrument series 047 , female thread NPT 1/2"female threadPVC

2 - 10 l/min water 120 - 600 l/h water 2 - 20 l/min water 120 - 1200 l/h water 3 - 40 l/min water 240 - 2400 l/h water

80 - 340 Nl/min air 4800 - 20400 Nl/h air 100 - 700 Nl/min air 3600 - 36000 Nl/h air 150 - 1500 Nl/min air 2000 - 72000 Nl/h air seal Vitonspecial scales






L0150

W0010

H

VARIOSpecial option

G047

GUK-

UK- 047

W0010W0020

m e t e r i n g

r a n g e

L0070L0034W0040

H

Basic

C

113




GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS female thread NPT3/4" PVC

UK-048GHW0045TECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

housing acrylicfloat aluminuim / stainless steelconnectors PVCseal NBR


Type

H 2

OUK-048GHW0045UK-048GHW0060UK-048GHW0070

a i r

1200012000

Nl/min2200

45

200

-568

150200

Nl/min


dual scale LPM and LPHfull face scale print

NPT

NPT 3/4"

NPT 3/4"

-

6070

14001800

----

9000

l/minl/minl/minNl/min

--

300360480

Nl/hNl/h

-

270036004200

84000108000132000

-

Nl/h

PNbar

666

l/hl/hl/h

--

weightkg

0.45

0.45UK-048GHL0140UK-048GHL0180UK-048GHL0220

666

metering rangedual scale LPM and LPH

Basic

114




ELECTRICAL DATA



water

gas/air


basic typespecificationFlowmeter instrument series 048 , female thread NPT 3/4"female threadPVC

5 - 45 l/min water 300 - 2700 l/h water 6 - 60 l/min water 360 - 3600 l/h water 8 - 70 l/min water 480 - 4200 l/h water

150 - 1400 Nl/min air 9000 - 84000 Nl/h air 200 - 1800 Nl/min air 12000 - 108000 Nl/h air 200 - 2200 Nl/min air 12000 - 132000 Nl/h air seal Vitonspecial scales






H

L0180

W0045

m e t e r i n g

r a n g e

L0140

L0220

W0060W0070

UK-

UK- 048

048G

G

VARIOSpecial option

W0010

H

Basic

C

115




GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread NPT 1" PVC

UKV-050GHW0036TECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

housing acrylicfloat stainless steelbuffers stainless steelconnectors PVCseal NBR


1700 Nl/min4000 Nl/min

21 l/min44 l/min90 l/min

850 Nl/min

400 - 3000 Nl/min

weightkg

5 - 75



0.8

6

a i r

100 - 700 Nl/min100 - 1400 Nl/min

0.8

NPT Type PNbar

NPT 1"

Qmax.recom. metering range

H 2

O

NPT 1"

1 - 196

6666

4 - 36 l/minl/min

UK.-050GHW0019UK.-050GHW0036UK.-050GHW0075UK.-050GHL0700UK.-050GHL1400UK.-050GHL3000

l/min

Basic

116




ELECTRICAL DATA



water

gas/air


basic typespecificationFlowmeter Flowmeter with valveinstrument series 050 , NPT 1"female threadPVC

1 - 19 l/min4 - 36 l/min5 - 75 l/min

100 - 700 Nl/min100 - 1400 Nl/min400 - 3000 Nl/minseal vitonspecial scales





G H W0019050

L3000 m e t e r i n g r a n g e

W0036

Soecial optionVARIO

a i r

H 2

O

050

UK-UK-

GH

L0700W0075

L1400

W0019

UKV-

Basic

C

117



Flowmeter 2.2.variable area Koniflux GK-...GT GK.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread Rp3/8 to Rp1cast iron

GK-010GTW0160PO

TECHNICAL DATA

GK-...G GK-...Mpressure PN15 Measurements on requesttolerance ±1% of full scale

and ±3% of measured valuemedia temperature max. 60°Cpressure loss max. 20mbar

MATERIALS

tube trogamidfloat polypropyleneconnector cast ironseal viton


6,0bar

11 9,7 8,5 7,7- - -

polysulfon 15 15 15 14 13 12

100trogamid 15 15 15 13,5 12 10,7 9,5 -

60 70 80 9020 30 40 50

-

---

40 - 40050 - 650

5 - 60

10 - 100

20 - 25040 - 400

0.18

0.30

0.50

0.65

0.18

0.30

0.50

0.65

1 1/2

Nm³/h1 - 16 2 - 16 Nm³/h

--

--0.4 - 4

GK-025GTL0160

Rp 1

temperature °Ctube -20 0

-

19GK-025GTL0060 0.5 - 6 - Nm³/hGK-025GTL0100 1 - 10

250GK-025GTL0040 Nm³/h

16GK-020GTL0037 0.25- 3.75 - Nm³/hGK-020GTL00.. 0.5 - 5.5

230

Nm³/h

1 - 10

55

0.2 - 2.5 - Nm³/h- 50

219 200-

185 41

201 185 1 1/4GK-015GTL0048 0.4 - 4.8 - Nm³/h-

- Nl/h 207

-

Nm³/h-

- - 215

0.75- 6.5

3/4

1

32 12

13

GK-010GTL0550 50 - 550 - Nl/hGK-010GTL0900 100 - 900

Nm³/h-

Nl/h- Nm³/h-

-

165

170Rp 1/2 GK-015GTL0038 0.4 - 3.8

GK-020GTL0025

180

a i r

Rp 3/8 GK-010GTL0360 20 - 360

GK-010GTL0015 0.15- 1.5GK-010GTL0024 0.2 - 2.4

Rp 3/4

19l/h 250 219

l/h

200 1 1/2 55l/h

H 2

O

GK-025GTW06.. 60 - 640GK-025GTW0400

Rp 1 GK-025GTW0250 20 - 250 20 - 250

60 - 64040 - 400 40 - 400

GK-020GTW06.. 60 - 640 60 - 640 l/h60 - 600

50 16GK-020GTW0250 20 - 250 20 - 250 l/hGK-020GTW0400 40 - 400

230 201 185 1 1/415 - 160 15 - 160 l/h-

40 - 400 l/h

41 13GK-015GTW0250 20 - 250 20 - 250 l/h

15 - 16020 - 250

215 185 170 1l/h

Rp 1/2 GK-015GTW0160 15 - 160 15 - 160 l/h15 - 160

3/4 12GK-010GTW0040 2 - 40 2 - 40 l/hGK-010GTW0060 5 - 60 5 - 60

180 165 322 - 25 l/h 207

l/h

10 - 100 l/h15 - 160

-4 - 40

2 - 25

GK-010GTW0100 10 - 100GK-010GTW0160 15 - 160

Rp 3/4 GK-020GTW0160

SWmm

Xmmpolypropylene

without magnet with magnet

Rp 3/8 GK-010GTW0025

metering range - floatstainless steelwithout/with magnet

weightkg

Lmm

L1mm

L2mm

G

Flowmeter operates according to variable area principlewith a cylindrical float moving flow-dependendly in aconical plastic tube.

comfortable scale reading with good resolutionactual flow rate indicator min/max

Rp Type

Basic

118




ELECTRICAL DATA

No electrical components. Switch units or continuous signal converters see description next page


water

gas/air NOMENCLATURE For combinations see table "technical data".

basic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 10 - Rp3/8nominal diameter DN 15 - Rp1/2nominal diameter DN 20 - Rp3/4nominal diameter DN 25 - Rp1female thread Rp cast iron, PN15threaded connector with glue fittings PVC, PN10measuring tube trogamidmeasuring tube polysulfon (max. temperature 100°C)

2 - 25 l/h2 - 40 l/h4 - 40 l/h5 - 60 l/h

10 - 100 l/h

40 - 400 l/h60 - 600 l/h60 - 640 l/h50 - 650 l/h20 - 360 Nl/h50 - 550 Nl/h

100 - 900 Nl/h0.15- 1.5 Nm²/h0.2 - 2.4 Nm²/h0.2 - 2.5 Nm²/h0.25- 3.75 Nm²/h0.4 - 3.8 Nm²/h0.4 - 4 Nm²/h0.4 - 4.8 Nm²/h0.5 - 5.5 Nm²/h0.5 - 6 Nm²/h0.75- 6.5 Nm²/h1 - 10 Nm²/h1 - 16 Nm²/h2 - 16 Nm²/hfloat polypropylene without magnetfloat polypropylene with magnetfloat stainless steel without magnetfloat stainless steel with magnetscale in %actual metering ranges referring to pressure and temperaturespecial scalesswitch unitcontin.signal convert.





Only for float with magnet.Description see next page.

Special option VARIO

Accessories PLUS ⊕

KMPro ramme o tion BASIC

PMKO

PO

L0160

L0100L0065L0060L0055L0048L0040L0038L0037L0025L0024L0015

L0360

a i r

L0550L0900

W0650 W0640

W0600 W0400

W0250 20 - 250 l/h

W0060 W0040

010 G TGK- W0025 PO010

BASIC Standard ⊕ PLUS accessories

M

15 - 160 l/h

W0100

W0160

015020025

G

TP

W0025


H 2

O

Basic

C

119




ACCESSORIES

for DN 10-20maximum switch unit plasticbistable reed switchwiring diagram 0.212 n.o.250 V AC 0.2 A 10 VAplug DIN 43650-Bprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.035 kg

for DN 10-20minimal switch unit plasticbistable reed switchwiring diagram 0.214 n.c.250 V AC 0.2 A 10 VAplug DIN 43650-Bprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.035 kg

for DN 25maximum switch unit plasticbistable reed switchwiring diagram 0.212 n.o.250 V AC 0.2 A 10 VAplug DIN 43650-Bprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.075 kg

for DN 25minimal switch unit plasticbistable reed switchwiring diagram 0.214 n.c.250 V AC 0.2 A 10 VAplug DIN 43650-Bprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.075 kg

continuous signal converter plasticreed switch chain24 V DCexit signal: 0 - 10 k-Ohmplug DIN 43650-Bprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.07 kg

Type GKI-1273 for DN10-20Type GKI-1273-1 for DN25continuous signal converter plasticreed switch chain with integrated signal convertor supply11-40 V DC depending on ohmic resistanceohmic resistance max. 1500 Ω

exit signal: 4 - 20 mAplug DIN 43650-Bprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.08 kg




⊕ GKK-1271

⊕ GKEL-1252

⊕ GKEL-1257

⊕ GKI-1273 / GKI-1273-1

⊕ GKEH-1256

⊕ GKEH-1251

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

0 500 1000 150010

20

30

40

Ω

burden

voltage

123

1

2

U

J

Basic

120



Flowmeter 2.2.variable area Koniflux GKL-...GT GKL.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread Rp1 to Rp2 cast iron

GKL-050GTW0064PO

TECHNICAL DATA

GKL-...G GKL-...Mpressure PN15 Measurements on requesttolerance ±1% of full scale

and ±3% of measured valuemedia temperature max. 60°Cpressure loss max. 20mbar

MATERIALS

tube trogamidfloat polypropyleneconnector cast ironseal viton


bar 9,7 8,5 7,7 6,014 13 12 11polysulfon 15 15 15

- - - -13,5 12 10,7 9,5trogamid 15 15 1570 80 90 10030 40 50 60tube -20 0 20

Flowmeter operates according to variable area principlewith a cylindrical float moving flow-dependendly in aconical plastic tube.

comfortable scale reading with good resolutionextended scale lengthactual flow rate indicator min/max

66

74 20

55 17350 1 1/2

350 2410 370

Nm³/hNm³/h

19Nm³/h

Nm³/h 414

24420

1 1/2 55

350 2 1/4

369

L2mm

G SWmm

Xmm

L1mm

-

-

-

402 369

372l/hl/h

-

--

-

-

-4 - 40

-

-

temperature °C

a i r

Rp 1 GKL-025GTL0100 1 - 10

Rp 1 1/4 GKL-032GTL0160GKL-032GTL0250 2 - 25GKL-032GTL0400 4 - 40

2.40

0.75

1.25

2.4

weightkg

0.751.25

1.75

metering range - floatstainless steelwithout/with magnet

H 2

O

Rp 1

-

0.6 - 6.4

Rp Type Lmmpolypropylene

without magnet with magnet

350GKL-025GTW1000 100 - 1000 100 - 1000 100 - 1000 17Rp 1 1/4 GKL-032GTW1000 100 - 1000 100 - 1000 l/h 410 370 350

l/h2 66 19

GKL-032GTW1600 150 - 1600 150 - 1600 l/h-

150 - 1600

Rp 1 1/2 GKL-040GTW1600 200 - 1600 200 - 1600GKL-040GTW2500 300 - 2500 300 - 2500GKL-040GTW3300 300 - 3300 300 - 3300

200 - 2500

0.6 - 6.4 0.6 - 6.4

l/h 414

-0.4 - 4

Rp 2 GKL-050GTW0025 0.2 - 2.5 0.2 - 2.5GKL-050GTW0040 0.4 - 4 0.4 - 4GKL-050GTW0064

m³/h 420 374m³/hm³/h

350 2 3/4 90 24

1.25- 10 Nm³/h 402

Nm³/h

---

- Nm³/h-

GKL-025GTL0160 1.5 - 16 1.5 - 16 Nm³/hGKL-025GTL0250 - 3 - 25

1.5 - 16

GKL-040GTL0600 - 5 - 60

GKL-032GTL0640 - 6 - 64-

GKL-040GTL0400 4 - 40372 350 2 1/4 74 20 1.75

Nm³/hGKL-040GTL0500 5 - 50 - Nm³/h

--

Nm³/hRp 2 GKL-050GTL0400 4 - 40 -

10 - 100 -

Nm³/h

Nm³/h

Rp 1 1/2 GKL-040GTL0250 2 - 25

GKL-050GTL0640 6 - 64 - Nm³/hGKL-050GTL1000

374

--

GKL-050GTL1500 - 15 - 160

90350 2 3/4

Nm³/hGKL-050GTL2500 - 20 - 250 Nm³/h

Basic

C

121




ELECTRICAL DATA

No electrical components. Switch units or continuous signal converterssee description next page


water

gas/air


basic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 25 - Rp1nominal diameter DN 32 - Rp1 1/4nominal diameter DN 40 - Rp1 1/2nominal diameter DN 50 - Rp2female thread Rp cast iron, PN15threaded connector with glue fittings PVC, PN10measuring tube trogamidmeasuring tube polysulfon (max. temperature 100°C)

150 - 1600 l/h200 - 1600 l/h200 - 2500 l/h300 - 2500 l/h300 - 3300 l/h

0,2 - 2,5 m³/h0,4 - 4 m³/h0,6 - 6,4 m³/h1 - 10 Nm³/h1,25- 10 Nm³/h

2 - 25 Nm³/h

5 - 50 Nm³/h5 - 60 Nm³/h

10 - 100 Nm³/h15 - 150 Nm³/h20 - 250 Nm³/hfloat polypropylene without magnetfloat polypropylene with magnetfloat stainless steel without magnetfloat stainless steel with magnetscale in %actual metering ranges referring to pressure and temperaturespecial scalesswitch unitcontin.signal convert.





BASIC Standard

050040

025

G

032

⊕ PLUS accessories

W1000 POGKL- 025 G T

MTP

W1000

M e s s b e r e i c h

W1600

L0160

H 2

O

100 - 1000 l/h

W2500

W3300

W0025

W0040

W0064

L0100

L u f t

1,5 - 16 Nm³/h

L0250

3 - 25 Nm³/h

L0400 4 - 40 Nm³/h

L0500

L0600

L0640 6 - 64 Nm³/h

L1000

L1500

L2500

POPMKOKM

Programme option BASICSpecial option VARIO

Accessories PLUS ⊕ Only for float with magnet.Description see next page.

Basic

122




ACCESSORIES

maximum switch unit plasticbistable reed switchwiring diagram 0.212 n.o.250 V AC 0.2 A 10 VAplug DIN 43650-Bprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.075 kg

minimal switch unit plasticbistable reed switchwiring diagram 0.214 n.c.250 V AC 0.2 A 10 VAplug DIN 43650-Bprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.075 kg

continuous signal converter plasticreed switch chain24 V DCexit signal: 0 - 10 k-Ohmplug DIN 43650-Bprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.07 kg

continuous signal converter plasticreed switch chain with integrated signal converter supply11-40 V DC depending on ohmic resistanceohmic resistance max. 1500 Ω

exit signal: 4 - 20 mAplug DIN 43650-Bprotection class IP 65additional weight 0.08 kg



⊕ GKK-1270

⊕ GKI-1272

⊕ GKEL-1252

⊕ GKEH-1251


1 2

1 2

123

0 500 1000 150010

20

30

40

Ω

burden

voltage

1

2

U

J

Basic

C

123




Basic

124

l Accurate and reliable meteringand display by float

l Metering tube shielded by additional protective tube

l Precision valve for extremely

accurate and leak-free flow control and dosage

l Brass body with high-sheen finish

l Display pressure-compensated3.5 bar

l FDA approval

l Filter in the inlet


Flow meter MMF

Flow meter for respiratory air and oxygen in medical applications.

Block assembly with one input and 2 or 3 outputs

The flow meters of the Med-Flow series have been specially developedfor use in medical environments. The devices provide an extremely accu-rate and reliable method of metering and dosing respiratory air oroxygen.

The sturdy brass base and LEXAN metering and protective tubes contri-bute to this performance. The precision stainless steel valve makes

exact setting and reliable blocking possible.The metering ranges have been designed for an operating pressure of3.5 bar. Other calibration is available on request.

l Ranges up to 15 l/minl Temperature max. 65 °Cl Pressure max. 6.9 barl Materials Lexan, brass, stainless steel, NBR

Type Range Oxygen Air Accuracy Nl/min Nl/min

MMF-003 0.125 - 3.5 + - 0.2MMF-008 0.25 - 8 + + 0.4MMF-015 0.5 - 15 + + 0.6



l Full acrylic or glass body Õ optimal visibility

l Variety of float materials Õ versatility

l Guiding rod for float Õ stability

l Buffer spring Õ protection at max flow

ratel Full space scale print Õ good readability

l Optional valve integrated Õ regulation

Why to use a variable area instrumentBasic



Market segments

Application

l Oxygen generator

l Medical installation

l Dosage

l Welding

l Monitoring of oxygen supply or outputl Measurement of breathing airl Measurement of substances in mixing operationsl Monitoring of gas supplies during welding

Where to use a variable area instrument


126

Basic



Paddle

The technology

Flow-dependent paddle movement is transformed magnetically con-

tactless to adjustable contactsand/or pointer metering units.

Application

l Pump monitoringl Run dry protection

Advantages

l Nominal diameters DN 10 to DN 300l Low pressure lossl Dirt-resistant

Concept housing or direct installation


Connection female thread or stub-connection

PN 6 - 25


Signal threshold, optical display

Adjustable yes

Materials brass, stainless steel, plastic

Installation position horizontal, flow from below

Metering materials liquids or gases

Technical data

l Switchingl Metering

Contents

Paddle 128

dynamic flap 129


D




Basic

128

System description

Device systemThe Honsberg paddle system for monitoring and metering liquid andgaseous materials represents an economical alternative with highoperational safety for monitoring and metering flow quantities in industrialplant construction.


A spring-supported paddle is situated in the volume flow and moves adistance proportional to the flow rate. In devices designed according to

the principle illustrated below as Version A, the paddle is connected to apermanent magnet which is coupled to an external threshold contact.When the selected flow rate is reached the threshold contact is

triggered.

Changing the position of the contact in relation to the magnetic fieldachieves a continuous adjustment possibility for the switching point.As an alternative to magnetic switching, mechanical triggering of micro-switches can be chosen, where the paddle movement is guided out-wards via bellows (illustration Version B) and acts on the contact viaa spring-supported lever arrangement.

In place of contacts, paddle movements can be used to trigger meteringunits. In this case the proportional paddle path is transferred magneti-cally or mechanically to a pointer metering unit and thus indicates theflow rate on a 320° pointer scale. These pointer metering units areequipped with integrated adjustable threshold contacts which can beused to adjust the scale division.

TZ1

UZ

CRG

UM3

No flow Flow

Version A Version B



129


Paddle devices are mainly used with liquid metering materials. The influ-ence of viscosity is lower compared to piston systems. The minimalintrusion of the free pipe diameter results in good dirt resistance and

minimum pressure losses. The screw-in devices can be used independ-ent of nominal diameters, with a selection possibility of certain paddlelengths which is simple to create using a segment paddle system(CM2K, CRE, UB1).

With air and gases, the functional ratio in relation to water is approx.1:15, i.e. 1 l/min of water corresponds to approx. 15 NI/min of air,whereby temperature, density and operating pressure play a special rolehere.

In these cases the devices are made according to customer specification.

We will be happy to provide advice where needed.

There are devices with additional soiling protection for the functionalparts available for soiled media.


30 60 115 220UM/UR 4 4 3.8 3.5 3

8 8 7.6 7 6.610 10 9 8.5 820 20 19 18 17.5

CRG/UB1 60 58 55 53 4880 78 74 70 64

100 96 92 87 81120 117 111 107 96

Example:

Viscosity Flow rate

1 mm²/s 4.0 l/min115 mm²/s 3.5 l/min

D

Dynamic flap

The flowing liquids move a thin springy flap that covers theentire flow area. A magnet on the flap creates a changingmagnetic field, which is detected by a Hall sensor, when theflap is moved. Due to the spring-like quality of the flap and themolded stop, even strong impacts caused by the water areabsorbed well. The low number of parts that are touched by

the liquids ensure less contamination und smooth operation.

no flow flow



Basic

130

Handling and operation

The devices do not make any particular demands during operation.

If the switching point needs to be set, this can be done by adjusting

the switching head in a coiled groove [VM], by using a potentiometer[UM3, UR3, CM2K] or by longitudinal adjustment [UB1, UR1, UR2].

Further setting of the switch point is achieved by changing the springcharacteristics [CRG], in other words as spring force increasesa greater flow rate is required to trigger the contact.

The function of the threshold [TZ1, UZ] is indicated via a trailing pointeror can optionally be confirmed by an LED display.

TZ1

UZ




131

m i s c e l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s

i v e

o i l

i n d i c a t i o n

t y p e

c o n t r o

l

c o n n e c t i o n


l

o n s



b a r


° C

w a t e r

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r

D

a i r / g a s

P a

d d l e

UR3K 10 - 50 female thread brass l 25 110 l 3 3 13210 - 50 female thread stainless steel l 25 110 l 3 3

15 - 80 soldering socket brass l 25 110 l 3 3 13415 - 80 welding socket stainless steel l 25 110 l 3 3

UMK3 10 - 50 female thread brass l 25 110 l 3 3 13610 - 50 female thread stainless steel l 25 110 l 3 3

15 - 80 soldering socket brass l 25 110 l 3 3 13815 - 80 welding socket stainless steel l 25 110 l 3 3

UR1/UR2 10 - 50 female thread brass l 25 110 l 3 3 14010 - 50 female thread stainless steel l 25 110 l 3 3

15 - 80 soldering / welding socket l 25 110 l 3 3 142

UI 10 - 50 female thread brass l 16 60 l 3 3 141

UB1 25-200 male thread brass l 16 140 l 3 14425-200 male thread stainless steel l 16 140 l 3 3

40-200 flange brass l 16 140 l 3

40-200 flange stainless steel l 16 140 l 3 3

CM2K 25-200 male thread brass l 25 110 l 3 14625-200 male thread stainless steel l 25 110 l 3

CRG 25-200 male thread brass l 11 110 l 3 m YR 14825-200 male thread stainless steel l 11 110 l 3 3

VM 40-200 flange brass l 16 90 l 3 15040-200 flange stainless steel l 16 90 l 3

TZ1 40-100 flange brass m l l 16 90 l 3 15240-100 flange stainless steel m l l 16 90 l 3

UZ 15 - 50 female thread brass m l l 6 100 l 3 15415 - 50 female thread stainless steel m l l 6 100 l 3 3

XF 8 - 20 female thread brass l l m 16 70 l 1568 - 20 female thread stainless steel l l m 16 70 l 3

8 - 20 female thread plasticl l m

16 70l

D y n a m

i c f l a

p

Honsbergcombi-nation

System





Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UR3K-...GM/GK UR3K.G


TECHNICAL DATA


tolerance ±15% of full scalemedia temperature max. 110°Caverage pressure loss 0.01bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on switch value

minimum 0.7 l/min.

MATERIALS

UR3K-...GM UR3K-...GKhousing brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305

nickel platedbody brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571

nickel platedpaddle stainless steel 1.4301 ; stainless steel 1.4301 ;

1.4571 1.4571spring stainless steel 1.4310 stainless steel 1.4310magnet oxyd 300 oxyd 300seal NBR viton


UR3K-015GM065

G 1/2

Type

UR3K-010GM050UR3K-015GM065UR3K-020GM085

UR3K-050GM690UR3K-010GK050G 3/8

G 2G 1 1/2

G

12 - 15

G 1 1/4 UR3K-032GM270UR3K-025GM150

100

10

40G 3/4

UR3K-040GM440

5 - 6.56 - 8.5

12 - 1520 - 2734 - 4425

96

Lmm

505050

1012

Xmm

10

1.001210

0.350.35

1212

0.350.400.550.60

G 1

Hmm

87878892


3.5 - 5

weightkg

b r a s s

150

406080

G 1/2G 3/8

G 3/4

25

25

PNbar

10

Qmax.recom.l/min H2O

25 20

25

2525

12

50

54 - 69

505050

99

UR3K-015GK065UR3K-020GK085UR3K-025GK150

3.5 - 520

108

25

150UR3K-040GK440UR3K-050GK690

G 1

50 0.4010 0.4187 505 - 6.5

0.3512

1.00108 50 12G 2 25 s t a i n l e s s s t e e l

12

54 - 69100

0.5596 50 12

25

50

87

60 9288 506 - 8.5

2525

G 1 1/2 25UR3K-032GK270

0.7034 - 4420 - 2780

Instruments operate by a spring-supported paddel withmagnetic triggering of a reed switch.

good repeatabilitylow pressure loss

dirt resistanthermetic separation of electricaland hydraulic componentseasy adjustment of switch

99 50 12

0.45G 1 1/4 25

Basic

132



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UR3K-...GM/GK UR3K.G

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.372 n.o.230 V AC 1A 50VAplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65


water gas/air

oil


basic typespecificationDN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2female threadbrass designstainless steel design

3.5 - 5 l/min5 - 6.5 l/min6 - 8.5 l/min

12 - 15 l/min20 - 27 l/min34 - 44 l/min54 - 69 l/minsetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gascontact for locking plug M12x1, 4-poleminimal flow range


connection types for UR3K




M

050G

a d j u

s a b l e r a n g e

H 2 O h o r i z o n t a l

270

690440

150

065085

050K

040

020

032025

010

015010

UR3K- G M 050



Special optionVARIO

HONSBERG COMBINATION SYSTEM

1 2

female thread male thread welding, soldering solder fitting glue fi ttingglue socketbrass brass copper PVC

brass, stainless steel, PVCPOMstainless steel

D

133

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UR3K-...VM/VK UR3K.V

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Welding/soldering socket DN15 to DN 80 brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable range is indicated for horizontally decreasing flow.Calibrated in tube DIN2448 standard wall thickness.


minimum 0.7 l/min.

MATERIALS

UR3K-...VM UR3K-...VKsocket brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305body brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571




200 68 - 84150

400600

40

80

b r a s s

50 UR3K-050VK 25 s t a i n l e s s s t e e l

UR3K-015VK

32

15

65-

189 - 248127 - 163

40.5

49 - 6468 - 84

127 - 163

-

40.5


8.5 - 1114 - 1915 - 20

0.22

27.0

12

19 0.2312

80 -27.015 - 2039 - 5210049 - 64

20600

18.5

400189 - 248

25

UR3K-025VK 25

25

25

- 0.2114 - 19

8.5 - 11

0.23

4020

200

80

UR3K-025VM

Hmm

16

19

18.5

10

Type

25

PNbar

UR3K-015VM 20


32252015

40

DN

0.22

weightkg

0.21

Bmm

-

16

Amm

-

Dmm

10

- 12UR3K-025VM 80100150

2539 - 52

12-40

UR3K-050VM6550



dirt resistanthermetic separation of electricaland hydraulic componentseasy adjustment of switch

134

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UR3K-...VM/VK UR3K.V

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switch - wiring 0.372 n.o.230 V AC 1A 50VAplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65


water gas/air

oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 15-20nominal diameter DN 25-40nominal diameter DN 50-80welding socketbrass designstainless steel designsetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gascontact for locking plug M12x1, 4-poleminimal flow range


INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS

Tube DIN 2448standard wall thickness





VARIO

UR3K- 015 V M

050

M

015025

Special optionK

V

1 2

D

135

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UM3K-...GM/GK UM3K.G


TECHNICAL DATA



minimum 0.7 l/min.

MATERIALS

UM3K-...GM UM3K-...GKhousing brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305

nickel platedbody brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571




G

67 - 93

Type

UM3K-032GM300UM3K-025GM180UM3K-020GM100UM3K-015GM070

8892

UM3K-050GM930

14 - 18

UM3K-040GM500

6022 - 3037 - 50

UM3K-015GK070

G 1

G 1 1/2G 1 1/4 25 80

37 - 50UM3K-040GK500UM3K-032GK300 22 - 30

25 10067 - 93 1.00108 50 1225 150

0.5599 50 12 0.70

50 129650 12 0.45

40 88 507.5 - 1014 - 18

12 0.3525 60 92

UM3K-020GK100UM3K-025GK180

G 3/4 255.5 - 7

874 - 5.5UM3K-010GK055G 3/8 25G 1/2 25 20

10

25

80100

20

2525

25 40

150

Hmm

874 - 5.5


5.5 - 77.5 - 10

PNbar

10


2525

0.41

1.001212 0.60

0.400.55

870.40

1050

121250

50

weightkg

0.350.350.3512

10

96

501010

5050

50

87

5099108

50

Instruments operate by a spring-supported paddel withmagnetic triggering of a micro switch.

G 1 1/4

G 2G 1 1/2

goo repea a ylow pressure lossdirt resistant

hermetic separation of electricaland hydraulic componentshigh switch capability

G 1G 3/4G 1/2G 3/8 UM3K-010GM055 25

UM3K-015GM065

Lmm

Xmm

s t a i n l e s s

s t e e l

G 2 UM3K-050GK930

b r a s s

136

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UM3K-...GM/GK UM3K.G



water gas/air

oil


basic typespecificationDN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2female threadbrass designstainless steel design

4 - 5.5 l/min5.5 - 7 l/min7.5 - 10 l/min

14 - 18 l/min22 - 30 l/min37 - 50 l/min67 - 93 l/minwiring 0.208 - diode red integrated in plug DIN 43650-Awiring 0.347 - diode red/green integrated in plug DIN 43650-Awiring 0.342gold-plated micro switch 125 V AC / 30 V DC / 100mAsetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gascontact for locking plug M12x1, 4-poleminimal flow range


connection types for UM3K



HONSBERG COMBINATION SYSTEM

M 050

15

UM3K- 10 G


n o m i n a l d i a m e t e r10

B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e

o p t i o n s

20

3225

5040

KM

G

055070100018300


930500

Special optionVARIO

V e r s t e l l b e r e i c h

H 2 O h o r i z o n t a l


1 2 3 3 1 2 1 32 1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(-)

green red

female thread male thread welding, soldering solder fitting glue fi ttingglue socketbrass brass copper PVC

brass, stainless steel, PVCPOMstainless steel

D

137

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.Paddle Fluvatest UM3K-...VM/VK UM3K.V


TECHNICAL DATA



minimum 0.7 l/min.

MATERIALS

UM3K-...VM UM3K-...VKsocket brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305body brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571




Instruments operate by a spring-supported paddel withmagnetic triggering of a micro switch.


dirt resistanthermetic separation of electricaland hydraulic componentshigh switch capabilityeasy adjustment of switch

b r a s s

25 UM3K-025VK


15 UM3K-015VK

6550

151 - 186400200

32 44 - 55.5

40.5 -

100150

25

228 - 268

25

8025

75 - 90

-

55.5 - 72

UM3K-015VM


10 - 13 10

Hmm

18.5

600


27.0

0.21

0.22

10 - 1317.5 - 2218 - 22.5

Type

25

PNbar

UM3K-015VM

UM3K-025VM

0.231912

0.22

18.5

12

-228 - 268

18 - 22.5 27.040 17.5 - 22

UM3K-050VK

20

16

-

25

80

20

2015

65

4080

50

20

25

DN

19

16

Bmm

32

-

0.23

weightkg

0.21

44 - 55.5

Amm

-

Dmm

10

12-100150200

60080

40

400 151 - 18640.5

40UM3K-050VM 12-

55.5 - 7275 - 90

25

138

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.Paddle Fluvatest UM3K-...VM/VK UM3K.V



water gas/air

oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 15-20nominal diameter DN 25-40nominal diameter DN 50-80welding socketbrass designstainless steel designwiring 0.208 - diode red integrated in plug DIN 43650-Awiring 0.347 - diode red/green integrated in plug DIN 43650-Awiring 0.342gold-plated micro switch 125 V AC / 30 V DC / 100mAsetting / adjustable ranges for oil or gascontact for locking plug M12x1, 4-poleminimal flow range








Special optionVARIO


UM3K- 015 V M

050

015025

KM

V

B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e

o p t i o n s

1 2 3 3 1 2 1 32 1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(-)

green red

D

139

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UR1/UR2-...GM/GK UR1/2.G


TECHNICAL DATA



minimum 0.7 l/min.

MATERIALS

UR.-...GM UR.-...GKhousing brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305body brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571paddle stainless steel 1.4301 ; stainless steel 1.4301 ;



G 2G 1 1/2

Type

UR.-015GMUR.-020GM

UR.-040GM

G

G 1 1/4 UR.-032GMUR.-025GM

4 - 4.55 - 69.5 - 11.5

13.5 - 17.530 - 3842 - 53 50

42 - 53

100

10

40

UR.-050GM

Xmm

10

102

90

Lmm

50505050

93


weightkg

1,0012

0,350,35

1212

0,350,40

b r a s s

150

406080

G 1/2G 3/8

G 3/4

25G 1

25 20

2525

2525

0,60

8182

1250

860,55

1012

UR.-015GKUR.-020GK

2.5 - 3.520

UR.-010GK

5 - 6

UR.-032GK 80

25

UR.-050GK

4 - 4.50,35

G 1 UR.-025GK 25 9.5 - 11.5 1260 86

8182 50

12

12

1,00102 50 12

50 0,400,41

1050 10

81

G 2 25 s t a i n l e s s s t e e l

UR.-040GK

25

25

25G 3/4G 1/2G 3/8

150

0,5590 50 1213.5 - 17.5100 0,7030 - 38


good repeatabilitylow pressure lossdirt resistanthermetic separation of electricaland hydraulic componentsstress free fixation of switch unit by plastic cap

93 50

81 50

PNbar

Qmax.recom.l/min H2O

Hmm

UR1-020GM

0,45G 1 1/4 25G 1 1/2

50

UR.-010GM 25 10 2.5 - 3.5

140

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UR1/UR2-...GM/GK UR1/2.G

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switchwiring 0.225n.c. or n.o. depending on installation position230 V AC 1A 50VA1.5 m cable

protection class IP 65 type UR2 (plastic switching unit) without earthMOUNTING POSITION METERING SUBSTANCES

water gas/air

oil


basic typespecificationswitch unit brassswitch unit and body plastic (PN10 - Tmax. 80°C - cable 0,5 m)DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2female threadbrass designstainless steel design

setting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasspecial cable length


SPECIAL APPLICATIONS

UR2 plastic UI without magnet for liquid substanceswith fitting male thread plastic or brass G1/2A with ferrite contamination

or fitting female thread G3/8 - G2 with fitting male thread plastic or brass G1/2Aor fitting female thread G3/8 - G2



VARIO



A

Special option

MK

G

040050

032

010

015010

UR1-

020025

G M


switch unit ATEX (product information 92.1.U1)

UR1-UR2-

brow n blue brow n blue

D

141

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UR1/UR2-...VM/VK UR1/2.V


TECHNICAL DATA



minimum 0.7 l/min.

MATERIALS

UR.-...VM UR.-...VKsocket brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305body brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571paddle stainless steel 1.4301 ; stainless steel 1.4301 ;



UR1-015VM

40UR.-050VM

6550 12-

80100150

25

200

26 - 33

25

Amm

-

Dmm

13

- 12

Bmm

-

16

weightkg

0.2120


32252015

40

DN

UR.-025VM

Type

25

PNbar

UR.-015VM

Hmm

16

19

18.0

1380

2020

600

25

- 0.219.1 - 124.6 - 6.3

UR.-025VK 25 80 - 1227.510 - 12.840

18.0147 - 179

95 - 117400

- 12150 33.7 - 41.2100 23.7 - 32

19 0.23

0.22

0.23

27.5 0.22


5 - 6.510 - 15.511 - 13

134 - 174

37 - 42.547.5 - 60

-

42.0

400 86.5 - 113200

40

80

42.043.2 - 58.2

600


UR.-015VK 25

65

32

15


good repeatabilitylow pressure lossdirt resistanthermetic separation of electricaland hydraulic componentsstress free fixation of switch unit by plastic cap

b r a s s

50 UR.-050VK 25

142

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UR1/UR2-...VM/VK UR1/2.V

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switchwiring 0.225n.c. or n.o. depending on installation position230 V AC 1A 50VA1.5 m cable

protection class IP 65 type UR2 (plastic switching unit) without earthMOUNTING POSITION METERING SUBSTANCES

water gas/air

oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationswitch unit brassswitch unit and body plastic (PN10 - Tmax. 80°C - cable 0,5 m)nominal diameter DN 15-20nominal diameter DN 25-40nominal diameter DN 50-80welding socketbrass designstainless steel design

setting / adjustable ranges for oil or gasspecial cable length


INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS SPECIAL APPLICATIONS


UR1-015HMbody male thread G1/2A

UR1-032HMbody with union andmale thread G1/2A



switch unit ATEX (product information 92.1.U1)



A

Special option

K

VM

015025

015 V M

050

UR1-UR1-UR2-

VARIO

brow n blue brown blue

D

143

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UB1 UB1.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread R1" brass/stainless steelSocket flange DN32 brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable range is indicated for horizontally decreasing flow.DN 25-32 only male thread design, DN 125-200 on request

media temperature max. 140°Cambient temperature -20..+70°Ctolerance ±15% of full scaleaverage pressure loss 0,08 bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on switch value

minimum 0.1 m³/hweight 1.3 kg male thread design

2.5 kg socket flange design

WERKSTOFFE

UB1-….M UB1-….Khousing brass Ms58 s.s. 1.4305 Paddel 1 to adjusting for DN25 flange DIN 2527 nominalpaddle s.s. 1.4305/1.4310 s.s. 1.4305/1.4310 Paddel 4 may be adjusted to pipe size pressure 16 nominal diameter 32bellow s.s 1.4541 s.s. 1.4541 DN 100 paddle lenght 92 sealing surface DIN 2526 form Ccap PC PC DN 125 paddle lenght 117 Attention! Flange seal is notflange/socket Rg5/Ms s.s. 1.4305 DN 150 paddle lenght 143 included in standardseal NBR viton from DN 175 original paddle lenght shipment.


UB1-032EM

UB1-025HM

-100 16 75 21.6 - 34.0 12.8 - 20.1 8.4 - 13.9 7.0 - 12.4

45 16.0 - 24.9 8.7 - 14.1 4.4 - 8.09.5 - 16.7 4.7 - 8.3 - -

- - -1.9 - 3.4 - -

- - -

50 16 20 5.1 - 7.9

32 16 8- - -

Paddel 1,225 16 4 1.2 - 2.0

65

Qmax. recom.m³/h H2O

16 3080

40 16 12 2.3 - 3.8

adjustable rangem³/h H2O

DN PNbar

Paddel 1 Paddel 1,2,3 Paddel 1,2,3,4

1.4 - 2.5

Attention! Paddle fixation not secured.With critical conditions (i.e. vibration) pleaseprotect paddle screws.

16

Mechanichal Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media. Abellow-supported paddle activates an adjustable microswitch.

operational range a diameter 25-200micro switch with "combination contact" goldcoating for small currents and silver coatingfor larger currentslow pressure lossvisual functions control by transparent cover

transparentcover

144

Basic

full visibilityof operation

contact setting



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest UB1 UB1.

ELECTRICAL DATAMicro switch with "combination contact" gold coating for small currents and silver coating for larger currentswiring 0.371 change over plug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65


design stainless steelwater for aggressive liquids

oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationmale thread DN25 - R1"socket flange DN32brass designstainless steel designTÜV-approval 0000021402contact for locking plug M12x1, 4-poleprotection class IP 67apaque cover

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and adjustable range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance (adjustable range on request)


Male thread design Socket flange design

DN40-65 DN80-200

tube DIN 2448 standard wall thickness tube DIN 2448 standard wall thickness

ACCESSORIES

The socket flanges as indicated in the installation recommendationsare available in the Honsberg accessory rangeSee product information 71.1 FL.



BASIC

UB1-

KM

025H M


032E025H


6A

Programme option

250V AC/DC125V AC/DC24V DC

12V DC

A max. A max. A min.

4V1,5A min. 1mA6Aresistive induktive

2Amax.

6A

5A6A6A

2 31

D

145

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest CM2K-025HM/HK CM2K.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread R1" brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA


tolerance ±15 % of full scalemedia temperature max. 110°Caverage pressure loss 0.15 bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on switch value

minimum 5 l/min.weight 0.35kg

dirt protectionMATERIALS

CM2K-025HM CM2K-025HKhousing brass Ms58 stainless steel

nickel plated 1.4571paddle stainless steel stainless steel Paddel 1 to adjusted for DN25

1.4301 ;1.4571 1.4301 ; 1,4571 Paddel 4 may be adjusted to pipe sizebellow NBR NBR DN 100 paddle lenght 92protection POM POMspring stainless steel 1.4310 stainless steel 1.4310magnet oxyd 300 oxyd 300


CM2K-025HM

13.3 - 15.3 6.7 - 8.4 5.4 - 6.7

-16.5 - 18.9 7.6 - 8.9 2.7 - 3.5 -11.4 - 13.3 4.8 - 5.7 -6.5 - 7.5 1.9 - 2.4 - -

- -

-2.3 - 2.7 - - -0.9 - 1.0

50


paddle 1 paddle 1,2 paddle 1,2,3 paddle 1,2,3,4

-

- -

2.8 - 3.4

6580

100

The instruments are working according to the technologyof a spring and bellow supported paddle. Electricalcontact effected by a micro switch.

nominal diameter 25-100

hermetic separation of electricaland hydraulic componentsprotection of functional components fromliquid by rubber belloweasy adjustment of switch

915


DN

2532 2540

6025

Dynamic diaphram follows thepaddle movement w/o frictionand protects moving partsagainst contamintation.

26.3 - 30.325

Attention! Paddle fixationnot secured.With critical conditions(i.e. vibration) pleaseprotect paddle screws.

2436

PNbar

25 3.66

252525

146

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest CM2K-025HM/HK CM2K.



water

oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationconnection thread DN25 - R1"

socket threadbrass designstainless steel designwiring 0.208 - diode red integrated in plug DIN 43650-Awiring 0.347 - diode red/green integrated in plug DIN 43650-Awiring 0.342gold-plated micro switch 125 V AC / 30 V DC / 100mAsetting / adjustable ranges for oilcontact for locking plug M12x1, 4-pole





BASIC

Special option


M025

M

CM2K-

K

H

H

B A S I C

P r o g r a m m e

o p t i o n s

025

VARIO

Programme option

1 2 3 3 1 2 1 32 1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(-)

green red

D

147

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest CRG-025HM/HK CRG.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread R1" brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA


pressure CRG-025HM 11 bar static11 bar dynamic

CRG-025HK 30 bar static11 bar dynamic

media temperature max. 120°Caverage pressure loss 0.08bar at Qmax.hysteresis depending on switch value

minimum 0.1 l/min.weight CRG-025HM 0.90kg

CRG-025HK 0.95kg

MATERIALSPaddel 1 to adjusting for DN25

CRE-025HM CRE-025HK Paddel 4 may be adjusted to pipe sizehousing brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571 DN 100 paddle lenght 92paddle stainless steel 1.4571 stainless steel 1.4571 DN 125 paddle lenght 117bellow tombak stainless steel 1.4571 DN 150 paddle lenght 143cap ABS ABS from DN 175 original paddle lenght


Mechanichal Flow Switch for liquids or gaseous media. Abellow-supported paddle activates an adjustable microswitch. Rugged design in brass or stainless steel.

operational range a diameter 25-200good repeatabilitylow pressure loss

1,2,3

3.3 - 11.6

80

40 191,2

6.1 - 21.435.9 - 81.7

24

60

12060 6.1 - 17.3

12.3 - 30.6

1.2 - 4.9 1,21,2,3


paddle

11

36 2.1 - 7.44.3 - 10.72.7 - 6.5

1,2,3100

150

4.9 - 17.1

16.6 - 47.6

11.4 - 27.71,2,3,41,2,31,2,3,4120

1,2,3,4200

38.6 - 90.8 21.7 - 55.324025.7 - 90.1240

CRG-025HM

250.8 - 2.80.6 - 2.03.6

60.2 - 1.00.25- 1.432

adjustable rangereducedm³/h H2O

50 150.5 - 1.90.9 - 3.6

1.1 - 3.72.2 - 5.7

DN

Attention! Paddle fixation not secured.With critical conditions (i.e. vibration) pleaseprotect paddle screws.

65


72.6 - 165.7

148

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest CRG-025HM/HK CRG.

ELECTRICAL DATAmicro switch - wiring 0.374 change over 250 V AC 15(8) Acable gland Pg11protection class IP 65


design stainless steel CRG-025HKwater for aggressive liquids

oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationconnection thread DN25 - R1"socket threadbrass designstainless steel designcable gland in capreduced adjustable rangegold contacts 125 V AC / 1 A

VARIO adjustment


INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS SPECIAL APPLICATIONS

flow switch wind vane switchTÜV-approval

tube DIN 2448 standard wall thickness

Request please the data sheet Request please the data sheet3.1.CRE. 3.1.YR.





H MCRG- 025

Special option

S

MH

025

R

K

S

white red blue

D

149

Basic



Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest VM-...EM/EK VM.E

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Socket flange DN40 to DN200 brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable range is indicated for horizontally decreasing flow.Calibrated in tube DIN2448 standard wall thickness, socket height 50mm.


minimum 5 l/min.

MATERIALS

VM-...EM VM-...EKflange bronze Rg5 stainless steel 1.4571body brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305


1.4301 1.4301components up to DN 80 -

stainless steel 1.4571from DN100 -brass Ms58

spring stainless steel stainless steel1.4310 1.4310 flange DIN 2527 nominal pressure 16 nominal diameter 32magnet oxyd 300 oxyd 300 sealing surface DIN 2526 form Cseal NBR viton Attention! Flange seal is not included in standard shipment.


Instruments operate with a spring-supported paddle andmagnetical triggering of an adjustable micro switch.

low pressure loss

high switch capabilityexact setting of switch via scale


PNbar

TypeDN Lapprox

mm

weightkg

paddle-form


250 - 750 158122198

300 - 900500 - 1500

125 - 375150 - 450200 - 600

90118115

3.53.5213

600 - 1800213198

3.03.03.03.0

65VM-050E.300

VM-065E.375

VM-150E.1500

100

45016

16

16VM-050E.150

VM-065E.300

16VM-080E.600

4050

1

2

1

12

550 1

1

3.0

10496

1153.03.0

3.03.03.0100 - 300

3.025050 - 150

100 - 300

93140 - 150

1450

14002700

16

VM-040E.150 16

VM-200E.3600

VM-150E.1800

16

900

55090016

161400

5400

80 VM-080E.450

150

VM-100E.750VM-100E.900

200 VM-200E.300016

1000 - 30001200 - 36005400

VM-050EM300

22 b

r a s s / s t a i n l e s s s t e e l

2216

162700

16

150

Basic



DN40-65 DN80-200 All technical changes reserved



3000

a d j u s t a b l e

r a n g e

H 2


VARIO


E

Special option

900

600

1800

M

450375

K

200150100080065

E MVM- 040


1500

300

3600

050040

150

750

150


o f p i p e

A switch head ATEX (product information 92.1.V2 + 92.1.V3)

1 2 3

Flow Switch 3.1.paddle Fluvatest VM-...EM/EK VM.E



water

oil


basic typespecificationDN 40DN 50DN 65DN 80DN 100DN 150DN 200socket flangebrass designstainless steel design

40(50) - 150 l/min100 - 300 l/min125 - 375 l/min150 - 450 l/min200 - 600 l/min250 - 750 l/min300 - 900 l/min500 - 1500 l/min600 - 1800 l/min

1000 - 3000 l/min1200 - 3600 l/min

protection class IP 65nominal diameter DN 250-500gold-plated micro switchsignal lampspecial flangestemperature up to 250°C (stainless steel) / up to 200°C (brass) type VMX


INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS ACCESSORIEStube Din 2448 The socket flanges as indicated in the installation recommendations

standard are available in the Honsberg accessory rangewall thickness See product information 71.1 FL.

D

151

Basic



Flowmeter 3.2.paddle Novatron TZ1-...EM/EK TZ1.E

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Socket flange DN40 to DN100 brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA

Metering range is indicated for horizontally increasing flow.Calibrated in tube DIN2448 standard wall thickness, socket height 50mm.


minimum 5 l/min.

MATERIALS

VM-...EM VM-...EKflange bronze Rg5 stainless steel 1.4571body brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305


1.4301 1.4301components up to DN 80 -

stainless steel 1.4571from DN100 -brass Ms58

spring stainless steel stainless steel1.4310 1.4310 flange DIN 2527 nominal pressure 16 nominal diameter 32magnet oxyd 300 oxyd 300 sealing surface DIN 2526 form Cseal NBR viton Attention! Flange seal is not included in standard shipment.


Mechanical Flowmeter for liquids or gaseous media. Withmechanical triggering of a metering unit with 270° of pointer range. Robust design, produced in materials brassor stainless steel.

local meteringlow pressure losseasy adjustment by indicating pointer

Lapprox

mm

weightkg

TZ1-050E.350

TZ1-065E.350

TZ1-100E.1050

DN Type PNbar

16900

TZ1-050EM300

216

16

40

1

100 - 450

200 - 600

350 - 1050300 - 800 2

112

333

333

14001400

158148

3

1261

98111101

1

13

16 100 - 350 1

350 - 250 1

1100 - 350 180 - 350

100 TZ1-100E.800

50

65TZ1-050E.450

TZ1-065E.500

16

900

16

80

16

16

b r a s s / s t a i n l e s s s t e e l

TZ1-040E.250

TZ1-080E.600TZ1-080E.450

316

TZ1-040E.350 16

550550 150 - 500

9387

450450

98

paddle-form


450

130 - 450


450

152

Basic



Flowmeter 3.2.paddle Novatron TZ1-...EM/EK TZ1.E

ELECTRICAL DATA



water

oil


basic typespecificationFlowmeter Flowmeter with integrated micro switchDN 40DN 50DN 65DN 80DN 100socket flangebrass designstainless steel design

50 - 250 l/min(80) 100 - 350 l/min

(100) 130 - 450 l/min150 - 500 l/min200 - 600 l/min300 - 800 l/min350 - 1050 l/minfront switch unit with 10-kOhm-potentiometer

BASIC diodenominal diameter DN 125-500special rangesmetering range for oilfront switch unit 2pol, n.o. or n.c.

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and metering range with your order.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substance (metering range on request)- For additional information concerning options micro switch and front switch see data sheet 1.3.TZ1M.ZE.

INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS ACCESSORIES

The socket flanges as indicated in the installation recommendationsare available in the Honsberg accessory rangeSee product information 71.1 FL.

DN40-65 DN80-200



100 n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r o f

p i p e

M

tube Din 2448

BASIC Programme optionBASIC Standard

040

250TZ1- 040 E

050065

TZ1-

080

TZ1M-

250

450500600

350

8001050

E

K


Programme option

Special option


H 2 O

h o r i z o n t a l

M

VARIO

standard wall thickness


D

153

Basic



Flowmeter 3.2.paddle Fluvatest UZ-...GM/GK UZ.G


TECHNICAL DATA

Metering range is indicated for horizontally increasing flow.Please notice the pressure-dependend deviation of the indication range.

tolerance ±3% of full scalepressure range 16 bar static

6 bar dynamicmedia temperature max. 100°Caverage pressure loss 0.2 bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

UZ-...GM UZ-...GKhousing brass Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305


1.4305 1.4305bellow stainless steel 1.4571 stainless steel 1.4571


Mechanichal Flowmeter for liquids. A bellow-supportedpaddle activates a metering unit with a pointer range of 270°. Rugged design in brass or stainless steel.

local meteringlow pressure lossgood repeatabilitydirt-resistanteasy adjustment by indicating pointer

UZ-025GM100

60

227100 - 500

UZ-020GK...

Hmm

200300400600

28

5587

400600

6570

111130

4.55.0

24

UZ-025GM...UZ-032GM...UZ-040GM...UZ-050GM...

303646

46209

Lmm

weightkg

2.02.02.5

206201

22

Type

UZ-015GM...UZ-020GM...

AFmm

3036

Qmax.recom.

l/min H2O

60100

201

3.04.55.0

2.02.02.53.0

707487

104

201201209

130227

7470UZ-015GK...

G 2

b r a s s

G 1/2

G 1G 3/4

G 3/4

G 1 1/2G 1 1/4

200


G 1/2 100 4 - 60 4 - 453 - 50G 1 UZ-025GK...

G 2

300

556570

20 - 200 10 - 30030 - 500

10 - 100

20 - 3002428

20 - 20060 - 300

215 11110 - 300100 - 500

6 - 7010 - 10020 - 20020 - 200 10 - 100

4 - 604 - 60

19

G

2 - 35left

metering rangel/min H2O ; 1bar abs

flow fromright (optional)

3 - 50

1910 - 100

Xmm

2 - 35 18

1618

4 - 504 - 45

166 - 70 206

22G 1 1/2 UZ-040GK... 215

UZ-032GK...G 1 1/4 10 - 100 20 - 200 10 - 100 10410 - 300

4 - 60 10 - 10020 - 200

20 - 200 10 - 300 20 - 200

4 - 50 10 - 100

20 - 300 30 - 500 60 - 300UZ-050GK...

0 2 4 6 8 bar 10

100

80

60

40

Q(%)

154

Basic




ELECTRICAL DATA

No electrical components. integrated micro switchwith front switch unitssee next page.


water

oil


basic typespecificationFlowmeter Flowmeter with integrated micro switchDN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2socket flangebrass designstainless steel design

35 l/min of full scale45 l/min of full scale50 l/min of full scale60 l/min of full scale70 l/min of full scale

100 l/min of full scale200 l/min of full scale300 l/min of full scale500 l/min of full scalefront switch unit with 10-kOhm-potentiometer

BASICmetering range for oil or gasfront switch unit 2pol, n.o. or n.c.flange design

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate flow direction, metering substance and metering range with your order

With pressure >1 bars abs please require metering range.- With viscous liquids please indicate viscosity, temperature and metering substanc, e.g. ISO VG 68 (metering range on request)





H 2


VARIO

500Programme option



060

200300

035

100

040032

050G

045

KM

050

UZ- 015

025

015UZM-UZ-

020

G M 035

Special option

070

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

D

155

Basic




OPTION

wiring 0.342 change over 250 V AC 5 A

plug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65

wiring 0.26950 V DC 100 mA 1.5 W

resistance max. 10 k Ω

additional tolerance ±3 %resistance tolerance ±1 %linearity ±0.3 %plug Hirschmann G4protection class IP 60






UZP- front switch unit with 10-kOhm- potentiometer

UZM2- switch unit with 2pole n.o.

UZM3- switch unit with 2pole n.c.


UZM- integrated micro switch

1 2 3

1.switch 2.switch

1 2 3

1.switch 2.switch

1 3 2

3 1 2

156

Basic



flow switch / flowmeter 3.5.dynamic flap Flexoflow XF XF.1

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G3/4 brass

XF-020GMI080STECHNICAL DATA

tolerance 3% of measured valueminimum 0.25 l/min

media temperature 0..70°Caverage pressure loss 0.5 bar at top of range

OPERATION

MATERIAL

housing PPSconnection brass nickel plated

flap s.s. 1.4031kflap fastener PVDFindicator cobalt samariumsealing viton


A thin, spring-mounted shutter that covers the entire flowcross-section is displaced by the flow of the liquid. Theshutter has a magnet that creates a changing magneticfield when the shutter is displaced. This field is detectedby a analogue hall-sensor. Due to the spring properties of the shutter and a molded stop, even strong water impactscan be withstood. The low number of parts coming intocontact with media guarantees low soiling properties andreliable operation.

fast response timelarge overload securitymeasurement range 1:80!low pressure losscompact dimension

It has to be observed, that the sensor is installed in the direction of the flowarrow. Despite its low mass, the shutter is very robust. In case of disassembly or mounting, however, it still should not be forcibly bent or compressed.The housing screws go through the entire housing and have to be removedcompletely when the sensor head is exchanged. After that, the body, asusual in the case of a flange part, can be removed without loosening thescrew connection. If return flows occur, please ask about alternatives!

The extremely bendableshutter is flush with a stop andcan thus never beoverstretched by water impacts.

Since the shutter functions only through bending without a rotary bearing,there are no friction effects and thus a very small hysteresis and goodreproducibility of the measurement results or switching point. The low mass

and evaluation of the entire flow cross-section are responsible for the fastresponse time and unproblematic pipeline routing.

G Type

G 1/2 XF-015GM.

weightkgmm

PNbar mm

G 1/4 XF-008GM. 16 1 - 15 l/min 74 12

rangel/min H2O

L X

78 14

0.60G 3/8 XF-010GM. 16 1 - 25 l/min 74 12 0.60

0.60G 3/4 XF-020GM. 16 1 - 80 l/min 82 16 0.65

16 1 - 50 l/min

Flow

D

157

Basic



flow switch / flowmeter 3.5.dynamic flap Flexoflow XF XF.1

ELECTRICAL DAT

supply voltage 10..30 V DC idle current 100 mAconnection for locking plug M12x1, 4-pole output current 4..20 mAshort-circuit proof yes voltage 0..10Vreverse polarity proof yes frequency output / programmable switch

protection class IP 67 idle current < 20 mA (without load)output push-pull (PNP and NPN)10..2000 Hz


water


basic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 8nominal diameter DN 10nominal diameter DN 15nominal diameter DN 20female threadmale threadconnection material brassconnection material stainless steelconnection material POMvoltage output 0..10Vcurrent output 4..20mAfrequency outputprogrammable switch (push-pull = PNP and NPN)output at suburb electronics (e.g. omni-XF)reed switch change over (on request)proximity switch PNP n.o. (on request)proximity switch NPN n.o. (on request)range 1 - 15 l/minrange 1 - 25 l/minrange 1 - 50 l/minrange 1 - 80 l/minconnection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-pole

COMBINATIONS

omni-XF Flex-XFlocal electronic unit, switching and frequency output2x push-pull-switch 0..10V or 4..20mA4(0)..20mA output pnp, npngraphical LCD display with flashing LEDprogram ring



050025015

current - / voltage output

S

XF- 008 G M

015010

U

020

K

S

FI

The sensor can be operated in any position. The shutter has the lowest tendency towards soiling, however, when itswings from the bottom to the top. The installation positioninfluences the adjusting range!

R 015008

G A

M

P

PR

N

E

080


S

PNP / current- / voltage output

1

4

3

black

blue zoutput

0 V

+brow n

2 programmingw hite

NPN

1

4

3

black

blue

zoutput

0 V

+brow n

2 programmingw hite

158

Basic



l Magnetic triggering of a fully Õ high switch perfor-separated micro switch mance, no relais

l Stainless steel paddle and Õ versatility in installationspring support and liquid selection

l Magnetic link Õ without mechanicalinterference

l optional fitting or cap nut Õ for direct pipeinstallation

Why to use a paddle instrument

159

Basic



Market segments

Application

l Boilers

l Transformers

l Swimming pools

l Pumps

l Burners

l Engine

l High transportationspeed

l Command of the diverter valve in combi boilersl Alarm in transformers in case of missing oil lubricationl Control of chemical additives in commercial poolsl Shut off burners in case of water failure

Where to use a paddle instrument


160

Basic



161

Rotor, turbine, gear wheel, oval wheel

RotorThe medium drives the rotor in a housing.A proximity switch (in the form of a Hall,inductive or optical sensor depending on thehousing) detects the rotor blade tips whichare equipped with metal or magnets. Theflow speed is proportional to the detectedfrequency.

TurbineThe medium drives the turbine in a housing.A down-flow Hall sensor detects the ferromag-netic blades of the turbine. The flow speed isproportional to the detected frequency.

Gear wheelThe medium fills the defined space between

the gear wheels and turns the toothed wheelsdepending on the volume flow. A down-flowHall sensor detects one pulse per gear wheel

volume space transported. The volume isproportional to the detected frequency.

Oval wheelThe medium fills the defined space between

the oval wheels and turns the toothed wheelsdepending on the volume flow. An inductivesensor detects one pulse per gear wheel

volume space transported. The volume isproportional to the detected frequency.

Concept Housing or probeNominal diameter 6 - 150Connection female thread, hose nozzle or stub-connectionPN 6 - 250Max. temperature 100 °CSignal frequency, current, voltageAdjustable –Materials brass, stainless steel, aluminium, plasticEnstallation position anyMetering materials liquids, optional air/gases

Technical data


Contents

System description

Device systems 162

Output signals 163

Function and advantages 163

Metering materials and accuracy 164Handling and operation 164

Combination with transducers 164


The technology

Applicationl Use as flow transmitter for liquid metering materials and viscous

media in industrial applicationsl Visual flow control of liquids and gases

Advantagesl Simple, reliable structurel Pulse transmission

E




Basic

162

System description

Device systemsThe Honsberg device systems rotor, turbine, gear wheel and oval wheelare used for flow indication and continuous flow metering. The primarycomponent is the rotor or turbine, gear wheel or oval wheel situatedin the liquid chamber. What these primary elements have in common is

that the medium which enters the space causes the element to revolvedirectly proportionally to the flow rate, thus allowing visual indication of

the flow rate via the revolution or producing a linear output signaldependent on the flow by activating sensors.

Appropriately integrated circuits used in place of basic sensors producefrequency modulating signals, switching signals or 4..20 mA outputs.

RotorThe rotor is a rotary element positioned frontally arranged with positivelocking on a bearing-supported axis. It is set in rotary motion by theflow.

TurbineThe turbine is a rotary element with linear blade orientation to flowdirection and rotate proportionally to the flow around an axis positioned

in flow direction.

Gear wheelA metal pair of gear wheels rotates around a metal axis in a metalhousing. Viscosity stability is given thanks due to volumetric operation.

Oval wheelA plastic pair of oval wheels rotates around a metal axis. Viscositystability is given due to volumetric operation.

Rotor Turbine Gear wheel Oval wheel

Accuracy± 3% ± 1% ± 3% ± 2.5%

Measured value Final value Measured value Final valueLiquids + + + +Gases optional optional - -

Viscosity up to up to+ +

compensated 10 mm 2 / s 15 mm 2 / sRanges l/min 0.1-1000 0.1-1130 0.02-1501 0.3-40Max. Temperature °C 100 90 120 60



163

Output signals

Display The medium enters the device housing and causes the visible rotor

to rotate. The revolution frequency can be used to make an indicative

statement about the current flow rate. Some of the primary compo-nents are bedded friction-free in high-quality plastic bearings and arealso used for gases if the shaft is arranged into mini ball bearings.

Sensors

InductiveA rotor/turbine/oval wheel with metal fittings is bedded via a ceramicaxis in ceramic bearings. The revolutions are picked up by the externalinductive sensor and thus produce a linear frequency signal which corr-esponds to the flow rate.

HallThis is a magnetically triggered sensor which can be used in caseswhen a metal housing has to be used on account of the existingpressure conditions. For this purpose the rotor/turbine/gearwheel/oval wheel are fitted with magnets which trigger the Hall sensor.

OpticalWhen an optical sensor is used, the rotation frequency of the rotor bla-

des is detected without further triggering elements being necessary. Onaccount of the material choice, these devices are usually used for pro-blematic metering material environments.

Function and advantagesThe devices detect the revolution of the flow-dependent primary element using matching mechanical and sensor components.

The devices have the advantage of being able to be used for a very widerange of industrial metering applications.

Numerous materials and sensor systems provide the solution of suchdifferent metering problems as:

l aggressive metering materialsl high pressure rangesl changes in viscosity

The devices cover a measuring range of 0.02 - 1130 l/min in thenominal diameters 8 - 150.

Inductive Hall OpticalNo magnets in the wetted area + - +No metals in the wetted area - - +High pressure stages - + -

WR 1

RRI-032DN 65

RO

Rotor Turbine Oval wheel

Rotor Turbine Gear wheel Oval wheel

Rotor Turbine

E




Basic

164

Metering materials and accuraciesThe products described are primarily used with liquids. Volumetricsystems such as gear wheel or oval wheel should be chosen for viscousmetering materials from 10 mm²/s.

Gear wheel / oval wheel = volumetric systemThe liquid volume per tooth does not depend on viscosity, making themetering result independent of viscosity.

Example:

Volume Viscosity Flow rate30 cm 3 1 mm 2 /s 5.0 l/min30 cm 3 115 mm 2 /s 5.0 l/min

no deviation

Accuracies are in the range of 1-3 % depending on the specific versionused.

Handling and operationFor rotors and turbines, the inner diameter of the connection pipealways has to be greater than the inlet port of the flow meter. It ismandatory that the flow meter is always filled with medium, andremains filled. Any installation position is possible, but the positionwhich allows the best possible venting should be chosen [flow horizontalor from bottom to top]. Note! Air bubbles have a great influence onmetering results, as with any flow meter!

Always keep the rotor under medium

Combination with transducers

VHZ group

E x t e r n a

l

t r a n s

d u c e r s

H e a

d s

P r i m a r y s e n s o r s



165

E

m i s c e

l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s

i v e

g a s

/ a

i r

o i l

i n d i c a t i o n

t y p e

c o n t r o

l

c o n n e c t i o n


l

o n s



b a r


° C

w a t e r

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r


PO 10 - 25 female thread plastic l 16 60 l 3 166

FR 15 - 25 female thread bronze l 16 100 l 3 167

RM 8 - 25 female thread bronze l 16 100 l 3 168

WR1 8 - 40 female thread brass l 16 100 l 3 169female thread stainless steel l 16 100 l 3

RA 8 male thread POM l 10 55 l 3 170male thread HALAR l 10 55 l 3

RH 8 male thread POM l 10 80 l 3 172nozzle Æ 8 POM l 5 80 l 3

RRI 10 - 25 female thread plastic m m l m 16 60 l 3 174

RRH 10 - 25 female thread brass m m l m 100 100 l 3 176female thread stainless steel m m l m 100 100 l 3

RRO 10 - 25 female thread plastic m m l m 16 60 l 3 3 178

RR.-32 32 - 150 pipe PVC m l 10 60 l 3 18050- 150 assembly clamp saddle PP m l 10 60 l 3

assembly screwed-in probe m l 10 60 l 3

welded socket VA m l 100 100 l 3 3

HV 8 - 25 female thread brass l 10 100 l 3 183

RO 5 - 15 nozzle plastic l 6 85 l 3 filter 184

RRF 10 female thread plastic l 14 100 l 3 185

RRT 20 female thread plastic m l m 10 90 l 3 187female thread brass m l m 100 90 l 3

RRT1 10 female thread plastic m l m 10 90 l 3 flow regulator, 188female thread brass m l m 100 90 l 3 filter check,

valve

RT 15 - 50 male thread stainless steel m l m 250 85 l 3 3 190

VHZ 8 female thread Al/stainless steel m l m 200 85 l l 19210 female thread Al/stainless steel m l m 200 85 l l

20 female thread Al/stainless steel m m l m 200 85 l l

25 female thread Al/stainless steel m l m 100 85 l l

VHO 15 - 20 female thread plastic m l l m 10 60 l l 196

o v a

l w

h e e l g e a r w

h e e l

t u r b

i n e

r o t o r




Flow Indicator 4.1.rotor Visoflow PO-...GVA PO.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G3/8 to G1 POM

PO-010GVATECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

DN 10 DN 25body PPS (Fortron 1140L4) Questracover PSU Ultrason PC transparentrotor PVDF PVDFaxle ceramic ceramicbearings iglidur X iglidur Xseal viton viton

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 10 - G3/8nominal diameter DN 25 - G1female threadconnection material PVDFconnection material brass

housing materialQuestra / PPS withtransparent cover

METERING SUBSTANCES flow diameter Ø 2flow diameter Ø 5flow diameter Ø 7

Wasser flow diameter Ø 8flow diameter Ø12flow diameter Ø16

Öl



1838

22 12

27,5

Xmm

50 12,5 16,5

1210

G 1G 1

3060

G 1

Lmm

L1mm

Bmm

100

rangel/min H2O

0,1 - 1,50,2 - 100,4 - 122 - 303 - 60

1.5 50 84 29

7070

PO-025GVA160

16161616

PO-010GVA070PO-025GVA080PO-025GVA120

PO-

020

120160

070050

VM

G

G

Mechanical Flow Indicator for liquids with twin rotors for quantitative flow indication. The rotor provides a directlyflow-proportional indication of the actual flow rate.

optional installation

Q u e s t r a

025

G 3/80.423110 53

010

4 - 100

A 020V

G

G 3/8G 3/8

weightkg

0.1

Cmm

Hmm

Emm

SWmm

Qmax. rec .l/min H2O

080

Type PNbar

1616PO-010GVA050

PO-010GVA020

010


A

With higher viscosityinstruments tend to higher starting values for rotor.

Basic

166



Flow Indicator 4.1.rotor Visoflow FR-...GR FR.


FR-015GRTECHNICAL DATA

media temperature max. 100°Caverage pressue loss 0.09 bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

body bronze Rg5ring brass Ms58window soda-lime natural glassbolt stainless steel 1.4305

rotor POMseal klingersil C4400

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2nominal diameter DN 20 - G3/4nominal diameter DN 25 - G1female threadbronze

SPECIAL DESIGNS

METERING SUBSTANCES type RS-...GRfemale thread G1/4 bis G2rotor brass

water housing bronze

type RS-...FGoil flange DN 25 to 80

rotor brasshousing cast iron RS-040FG



With higher viscosity instruments tend tohigher starting values for rotor.

Mechanical Flow Indicator for liquids with twin rotors for quantitative flow indication. The rotor provides a directlyflow-proportional indication of the actual flow rate. Ruggeddesign in bronze/brass combination.

double-faced windows for comfortable readingoptional installation

65

25

Type

FR-015GR 2.5

b r o n z e

G 3/436

Lmm

85

AFmm

68G 1/2

G 11616

FR-020GRFR-025GR

14

015

3.0

FR-

85

R

1.20

G PNbar

weightkg

16

Bmm

Xmm

start of rotor l/min H2O


14

1.25955.01.1068 36

74 164245

020025

G

G015

R


E

Basic

167



Flow Indicator 4.1.rotor Visoflow RM-...GR RM.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G1 bronze / steinless steel

RM-015GKTECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

RM-…GR RM-…GKbody bronze stainless steelring brass stainless steel

dome borosilikate borosilikateshaft stainless steel stainless steelrotor PPS PPSseal Klingersil C-4400 Klingersil C-4400

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1female threadbronzestainless steel

METERING SUBSTANCES

water

oil




1.200.25 89


89 66 45 1866 45

16 0.6514 0.6518 1.25

0.40 76 53 280.15 76 53 28

Xmm

weightkg

0.20 76 53 28 12 0.70

pressure lossat Qmax.

Lmm

Hmm

SWmm

60 1.540 1.2

10 0.820 1.0


start of rotor l/min H2O

8 0.7

010015

G

G 1/4

PNbar

16

Type

RM-008G.

G 3/4G 1

RM-020G.RM-025G. 0.70

025

1616

16

020

008008

R

16

Mechanical Flow Indicator for liquids for quantitative flowindication. The rotor, which is arranged in a dome for goodvisibility, provides a directly flow- proportional indication of the actual flow rate. Rugged design in bronze/brass or stainless steel.

good rotor sighthigh temperature dutydome-shaped

With higher viscosityinstruments tend to higher starting values for rotor.

b r o n z e / s

. s .

RM-

RM-010G.RM-015G.

G 3/8G 1/2

G

K

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

RG

Basic

168



Flow Indicator 4.1.rotor Visoflow WR1-...GM/GK WR1.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G1 1/2 brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA WR1-015GK

pressure PN 16media temperature max. 100°Caverage pressure loss 0.25 bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

WR1-...GM WR1-...GKhousing brass Ms58 nickel plat. stainless steel 1.4305rotor DN 8-25 POM red DN 8-25 POM red

DN 32-40 nylon white DN 32-40 nylon whitetube borosilicate glass borosilicate glassaxle stainless steel 1.4541 stainless steel 1.4541bearing PEEK PEEKwiper NBR vitonseal NBR viton

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4

METERING SUBSTANCES DN 40 - G1 1/2female threadbrass design

water gas/air only stainless steel designspecial option liquidswith ball bearing air/gasses

oil Programme option seal / wiper EPDMWith higher viscosity instruments BASICtend to higher starting values of the rotor. Special option low flow rates

VARIO




1.41.78.08.0

2.73.05.9

94104120

5.97.07.9

201965

46

Lmm


Type

1.70

7171 3686 46

46

SWmm

369

13

Xmm

9

weightkg

0.350.350.650.650.6516

16

1.60

G 1/2

008

65

M

7.97.3 130

008

015010

025020


G

KM

032

G040

WR1-025G.WR1-032G.WR1-040G.

254080100

G 3/848

G 1

G 1 1/2G 1 1/4

G 3/4WR1-015G.WR1-020G.

start of rotor l/min

0.70.8

2.72.8

G

WR1-008G.WR1-010G.

G 1/41.5

3.21.4 1.8

H2O 40 mm²/s 41-150 mm²/s1.5

12

WR1- W

Mechanical Flow Indicator for liquids, with a rotor for quantitative flow indication in a special tube-shaped glasshousing. A signal-red rotor provides a directly flow-proportional indication of the momentary flow-rate.Rugged design in brass or stainless steel.

cleaning mechanism of the internal surfaceof the glassvisibility of rotor 360°floating bearing for liquidsgrease-free ball bearing for gaseous media

WG

E

Basic

169



Flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RA RA.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1/4A POM / ECTFE (halar)

TECHNICAL DATA

tolerance ±2%repeatability <0.8%media temperature -10.. +55 °C

PRESSURE LOSS

MATERIALS

RA-...AP RA-...AHbody POM ECTFE (halar)rotor POM ECTFE (halar)bearings POM rubinaxle nivapoint saphir magnet hardferrite cobald-somariumseal viton viton


weightg

100100

Type PN pulse/ litre frequencyHz of full scale

metering rangel/h H2O

84008400RA-008AH100 10G 1/4A

RA-008AP100

POMECTFE (Halar) 100 2331.5 - 100

2331.5 - 100

The instruments are used for liquids while a rotor in full-plastic housing generates flow-dependent revolutionswhich are detected optically.

compact dimensionprogammable limitscontrol of small flow ratesmax. viscosity 10mm²/smagnet isolatedsignal output 4..20 mA

Qmax. recom.l/h H2O

100

G

G 1/4A RA-008AP100 10

10000

1000

100

10

flow rate l/h1 5 10 100 1000

pressurelossmbar

Basic

170



Flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RA RA.

ELECTRICAL DATAinductivesupply: 24 VDCexit signal: 4..20mAcable 3x0,14° Liyy - 1mcable allocation arbitrary


water

oil up to 10mm²/s


basic typespecificationDN 8 - G1/4Amale threadPOMhalar metering range 1.5 - 100seal NBR, EPDM

BASICseal Kalrez

VARIO

PROGRAMMING

INDICATE



RA- 008 A P 100

P

Special option

The yellow LED is shining in the operation. The brightness is dependent on the output current.If the both measuring limit values are zero, then the two LED´s (red and orange) flash with about 4Hz.If the flow is lower as the calibrated flow for the 4mA-border, then the orange LED flash with about 8Hz and the red LED is out.During the normal enterprise (flow between the two limit values) shines the orange LED and the red LED is out.If the flow is higher as the calibrated flow for the 20mA-border, then the orange LED flash with about 4Hz and the red LED is out.The red LED shines only during the Programming modus (see also Programming of the two measuring borders).


H

Programme option100

The integrated micro controller computes each flow between the two measuring limit values 4mA and 20mA. For this, each measuring limitvalue must assigned (programmed) a flow. The following operational sequence describes this procedure:

1.) Adjust the desired flow for the 4mA measuring border.2.) Operate briefly the reed switch (hold briefly the magnet pin to the reed switch ).

(red LED shines and orange LED is out)3.) after an firmly adjusted time the red LED shines and the orange LED flashes with about 4Hz. Now

adjust the desired flow for the 20mA measuring border.4.) Operate briefly the reed switch again (hold briefly the magnet pin to the reed switch ).

(red LED shines and orange LED is out)5.) after an firmly adjusted time the red and orange LED do not shine any longer. The micro controller

check and save the adjusted worth. Afterwards the program starts with the “new” worth.

008 A

2 - brow n

1 + w hiteSensor

E

Basic

171



Flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RH RH.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Nozzle Ø6/ Male thread G1/4A POM

TECHNICAL DATA

tolerance ±2%repeatability <0.8%media temperature -10..+80 °C

LINEARITY

PRESSURE LOSS

MATERIALS

body POMrotor POMbearings POMaxle nivapointmagnet hardferriteseal viton


frequencyHz of full scale

RH-008AP2505050250 6.0 - 250 3400 236

100 1.5 - 100 8400 233POM G 1/4A RH-008AP100 10

weightg

POM Nozzle Ø6 RH-006TP100 5 100 1.5 - 100 8400 233 50

The instruments are used for liquids while a rotor in full-plastic housing generates flow-dependent revolutionswhich are detected optically.

compact dimensioncontrol of small flow ratesmax. viscosity 10mm²/smagnet isolated

Qmax. recom.l/h H2O

metering rangel/h H2O

RH-006TP100

pulse/ litreG Type PN

10000

1000

100

10

a b

flow rate l/h1 5 10 100 1000

pressurelossmbar

a= 1,5-100l/hb= 6-250 l/h

flow rate l/ha= 1,5-100l/hb= 6-250 l/h

1 5 10 50 100 500 1000

x1000pulse/l

98765

432

10

b

a

Basic

172



Flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RH RH.

ELECTRICAL DATAhall sensor, contactlesssupply: 4,5..24 VDC / l - out 15 mA of 24 V outputexit signal: precise rectanglecable 3x0,14° Liyy - 1m


water

oil up to 10mm²/s


basic typespecificationDN 6 - nozzle Ø6DN 8 - G1/4Anozzlemale threadPOMmetering range 1.5 - 100metering range 6.0 - 250seal NBR, EPDM

BASICseal Kalrez

VARIO




006 T P


100

Programme option

Special option

006RH-

AP

T008

250100

2 - brow n

3 green

1 + w hiteSensor

E

Basic

173



flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RRI RRI.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female- / male thread G3/8 / G1, nozzle Ø11 PVDF

RRI-025GVQRRI-010GVQ

TECHNICAL DATA

The measurements were taken from left to right with the sensor stationary using water at 25°C.

(1) measuring range total(2) measuring range specified(3) measuring range non linear (4) extended operating range

increase abrasion, ∆p > 0.5 bar (5) pulse/litre (specification on the

identification plate on each sensor)(6) average pulse/litre(7) tolerance ±3% of the measured value(8) variation ±10% of pulse/litre data (5) in the charge(9) reproducibility ( ±1% of full scale )

is the repetive accuracy of frequency relatedto l/min

(10) frequency max. related to the applicablemeasuring range up to approx 0.5 bar pressure loss over the Sensor

media temperature max. 60 °C

MATERIALS

housing Questra /PPS (Fortron 1140L4)

rotor PVDF / 1.4310 RRI-010Gbearings Iglidur X RRI-010Aaxle ceramic Zr02-TZP RRI-010Tseal viton RRI-025Gno medium contact PVC cable RRI-025A

1.4305, 1.4301 RRI-025T

material options see nomenclature * dimension F at Namur 8 mm cancel!


G Type Hmm

50

96707070

122176

Lmm

L1mm

8484

-

Emm

16,516,516,5 38

22

Xmm

1214

252 0.55

SWmm

22

420

Bmm

29

120 4-100 6-100 4- 6

1216 0.5516 72 3- 60 5- 60 3- 5 607 0.55

5050

D N 2 5 G1

D N 1 0 G3/8

70

7070

D N 2 5 G1 3- 30

50

2- 316 36 2- 30

RRI-025...160 16

2929535353

1102323

Dmm

--

11

Cmm

12,512,512,5

-30

27,527,527,5

0.4-2 1755 0.20

-

F *mm

3838

23

5050

0.2016 12 0.2-10 2.0-10 0.2-2 3345 0.20

weightkg

(1) (2) (3) (6)

Qmax.recom .

l/min H2O

1.8 0.1- 1.5 0.5- 1.5

G PNbar

16

D N 1 0 G3/8

Type

RRI-010...020RRI-010...050RRI-010...070

333333

383838

21181845

The sensor consists of a rotor vane that is rotated by thespeed of the flowing medium. The speed of rotation isproportional to the volume flow per unit time. The rotationof the rotor is dedektiert by a inductive sensor.

no magnet partslarge wear liberty by high-qualityceramic axle and ceramic bearingsoutput circuit PNP, NPN or Namur no straight line in-out necessaryeasy measurement of flow ratesinherently safe propertiesmodular construction with the most versatileconnection systemsconnections can be plugged and rotated

frequencyHz of full

scale

(10)255


pulse/ litre

0.1-0.5 10200

RRI-025...080RRI-025...120

558351608607

16 16.8 0.4-12 2.0-12

Hz

l / min

(8)

(9)

(2)(1)

(3)(4)

pulse / litre

l / min

(8) (9)

(6) (5)

(7)

(2)(1)

(3)

(4)

Basic

174



flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RRI RRI.

ELECTRICAL DATAquiescent current consumption 10mA / Namur max. 7mAmax. output current 200mA / Namur max. 7mAsensor connection 2m cable or conection at

locking plugs M12x1, 4-poleshort-circuit proof yes

reverse polarity proof yesprotection class IP67


water air/gasses option ball bearing

oil up to 10mm²/s


basic typespecificationDN 010DN 025female threadmale threadhose nozzleconnection material PVDFconnection material brass Ms58 nickel platedconnection material stainless steel 1.4305housing material Questra/PPShousing material PVDFDN 10 housing material PPS with transparent cover PSUDN 25 housing material Questra with transparent cover PCflow diameter Ø 2flow diameter Ø 5flow diameter Ø 7flow diameter Ø 8flow diameter Ø12flow diameter Ø16seal vitonseal EPDMseal NBRrotor with 10 clamprotor with 2 clamprotor with 5 clampclamp materal stainless steal 1.4310clamp materal titaniumPNP outputNPN outputNamur outputouput at suburb electronics (e.g. omni-RR)2 m cableconnection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-pole

special applications: Switching output, frequency converter, current output and omni/flex processor COMBINATIONSomni-RR further transformerslocal electronic unit, Flex switching and frequency exit, 0..10V or 4..20mA, pnp, npn2xNPN and PNP switch ESA1 electronic monitoring unit4(0)..20mA output ESK2 2 switchpoints - supply 24 V DCgraphical LCD display ESK3 1 switchpoint - supply 230 V ACwith flashing LED conceived for safety-relevant applicationsprogram ring EFFS switch output

EFFI current output 4(0)..20mA

EFFF frequency output All technical changes reserved



S

A

KE

NP

TK

050210

NEV

160120080070050020

A

RRI- 010 G V Q 020 V 10 K P K010025

G AT

VMK

QV

brown

black

blue

1

4

3

+ 5 . .30 VDC

signal

0 Vz

PN P

brown

blue

+ 7..12 VDC

0 V

NAMUR

Z

brown

black

blue

1

4

3

+ 5..30 VDC

signal

0 V

z

NPN

E

Basic

175



flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RRH RRH.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female- / male thread G3/8 / G1 brass / stainless steel

RRH-025GMM

RRH-010GMMTECHNICAL DATA








MATERIALShousing Ms58 nickel plat. or 1.4305rotor PVDF with magnet RRH-010Gbearings Iglidur X RRH-010Aaxle ceramic Zr02-TZP RRH-025Gseal viton RRH-025A

no medium contact PVC cable * dimension F at Namur 8 mm cancel!1.4305, 1.4301

material options see nomenclature


The sensor consists of a rotor vane that is rotated by thespeed of the flowing medium. The speed of rotation isproportional to the volume flow per unit time. The rotationof the rotor is dedektiert by a Hall-sensor.

metal housing, with Hall-Sensor large wear liberty by high-qualityceramic axle and ceramic bearingsoutput circuit PNP, NPN or Namur no straight line in-out necessaryeasy measurement of flow ratesinherently safe propertiesmodular construction with the most versatileconnection systemsconnections can be plugged and rotated

183827,5 3325

122

pulse/ litreG PNbar

Type

0.5- 1.5 0.1-0.5100

weightkg

(1) (2) (3) (6)

Qmax.recom .

l/min H2O


4955 0.60100 12 0.2-10 2.0-10 0.2-2 1632

1.8 0.1- 1.5

0.4-2 860 0.60172100 16.8 0.4-12 2.0-12

33 3838

0.60

Xmm121418

1.90

F *mm38

D N 1 0 G3/8

D N 2 5 G1 2- 3 544

5- 60100 36 2- 30

Type

6-100

Cmm

50

3- 30

L1mm84

Lmm

Hmm50

1.90100

3- 5

10

1.90

SWmm2222

Bmm29

532323

110

Emm16,516,5

53

12,512,529

27,550

707050 84

G3/8

G1 7070

GDN

RRH-025...120RRH-025...160

3- 60120

100 724-100

frequencyHz of full

scale

(10)124272

272295210

RRH-010...020RRH-010...050RRH-010...070RRH-025...080

1264- 6295

Hz

l / min

(8)

(9)

(2)(1)

(3)(4)

pulse / litre

l / min

(8) (9)

(6) (5)

(7)

(2)(1)

(3)

(4)

Basic

176



flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RRH RRH.

ELECTRICAL DATAquiescent current consumption 30mAmax. output current 100mAsensor connection 2m cable or conection at

locking plugs M12x1, 4-poleshort-circuit proof ja

reverse polarity proof japrotection class IP67



oil up to 10mm²/s


basic typespecificationDN 010DN 025female threadmale threadconnection material brass Ms58 nickel platedconnection material stainless steel 1.4305housing material brass Ms58 nickel platedhousing material stainless steel 1.4305flow diameter Ø 2flow diameter Ø 5flow diameter Ø 7flow diameter Ø 8flow diameter Ø12flow diameter Ø16seal vitonseal EPDMseal NBRseal Kemrazrotor with 5 magnetrotor with 2 magnetrotor material PVDFPNP outputNPN outputNamur outputouput at suburb electronics (e.g. omni-RR)2 m cableconnection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-pole

special applications: Switching output, frequency converter, current output and omni/flex processor

COMBINATIONS

omni-RR further transformerslocal electronic unit, Flex switching and frequency exit, 0..10V or 4..20mA, pnp, npn2xNPN and PNP switch ESA1 electronic monitoring unit4(0)..20mA output ESK2 2 switchpoints - supply 24 V DCgraphical LCD display ESK3 1 switchpoint - supply 230 V ACwith flashing LED conceived for safety-relevantprogram ring applications

EFFS switch outputEFFI current output 4(0)..20mAEFFF frequency output




PN

050

K05

020KM

KM

AG

025010

RRH- 010 G M M 020 V 05 V P K

070080120160

VEN

02V

SK

E A

brown

black

blue

1

4

3

+ 10..30 VDC

signal

0 Vz

PNP

brown

blue

+ 7..12 VDC

0 V

NAMUR

Z

brown

black

blue

1

4

3

+ 10..30 VDC

Au sgan gssign al

0 V

z

NPN

E

Basic

177



flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RRO RRO.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female- / male thread G3/8 / G1, nozzle Ø11 PVDF

RRO-025GVV

RRO-010GVVTECHNICAL DATA








MATERIALShousing PVDFrotor PVDF RRO-010Gbearings Iglidur X RRO-010Aaxle ceramck Zr02-TZP RRO-010Tseal viton RRO-025G

no medium contact PVC cable RRO-025A1.4305, 1.4301 RRO-025T

material options see nomenclature * dimension F at Namur 8 mm cancel!


The sensor consists of a rotor vane that is rotated by thespeed of the flowing medium. The speed of rotation isproportional to the volume flow per unit time. The rotationof the rotor is dedektiert by a optical sensorr.

with optical sensor large wear liberty by high-qualityceramic axle and ceramic bearingsoutput circuit PNP or NPNno straight line in-out necessaryeasy measurement of flow ratesinherently safe propertiesmodular construction with the most versatileconnection systemsconnections can be plugged and rotated

2118

1845

Qmax.recom .

l/min H2O


pulse/ litreG PNbar

Type

16

G

weightkg

(1) (2) (3) (6)

frequencyHz of full

scale

(10)1.8 0.1- 1.5 0.5- 1.5 0.1-0.5

16 12 0.2-10 2.0-100.4-2 1703 0.20

11720 0.200.2-2 2960

293493341

27,5

27,527,5

0.20

33

3333

38

3838-302323

--

11-

12,512,512,523

RRO-025...120RRO-025...160

3- 30

50

Type

2- 3

G3/85050

50

D N 1 0 G3/8

D N 2 5 G1

Bmm

2656-100 4- 6

Cmm

Dmm

D N 2 5

16 36

16

D N 1 0

120 4-100

G1

122176

2929

5353

1102953

0.5516 72 3- 60 5- 60 3- 5 588 0.55

2- 30588

0.55

SWmm2222

Xmm1214

442

F *mm38

-

Emm16,516,516,5 38

38

70

Lmm

L1mm848496

70

7070

70

70

Hmm50

50

545

RRO-010...020RRO-010...050RRO-010...070RRO-025...080 1090

16 16.8 0.4-12 2.0-12

Hz

l / min

(8)

(9)

(2)(1)

(3)(4)

pulse / litre

l / min

(8) (9)

(6) (5)

(7)

(2)(1)

(3)

(4)

Basic

178



flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RRO RRO.

ELECTRICAL DATAquiescent current consumption 30mAmax. output current 100mAsensor connection 2m cable or conection at

locking plugs M12x1, 4-poleshort-circuit proof yes

reverse polarity proof yesprotection class IP67



oil up to10mm²/s aggressive liquids


basic typespecificationDN 010DN 025female threadmale threadhose nozzleconnection material PVDFconnection material brass Ms58 nickel platedconnection material stainless steel 1.4305housing material PVDFflow diameter Ø 2flow diameter Ø 5flow diameter Ø 7flow diameter Ø 8flow diameter Ø12flow diameter Ø16seal vitonseal EPDMseal NBRseal KemrazPNP outputNPN outputouput at suburb electronics (e.g. omni-RR)2 m cableconnection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-pole


COMBINATIONS

omni-RR further transformerslocal electronic unit, Flex switching and frequency exit, 0..10V or 4..20mA, pnp, npn2xNPN and PNP switch ESA1 electronic monitoring unit4(0)..20mA output ESK2 2 switchpoints - supply 24 V DCgraphical LCD display ESK3 1 switchpoint - supply 230 V ACwith flashing LED conceived for safety-relevantprogram ring applications





K

020V

KMV

T AG

025010

KV 020 V PRRO- 010 G V

050070080120160

VEN

PNE

SK

brown

black

blue

1

4

3

+ 24 V DC ±10%

signal

0 Vz

PNP

brown

black

blue

1

4

3

+ 24 V DC ±10%

signal

0 V

z

NPN

E

Basic

179



Flowmeter 4.2.rotor Rototron RR.-032 RR32

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Assembly clamp, assembly screwed-in probe,assembly welded pruning

RRI-032RMH000

RRI-032MHH065TECHNICAL DATA



increase abrasion, ∆p > 0.5 bar (5) pulse/litre (specification on the identification plate on each sensor)(6) average pulse/litre(7) tolerance ±3% of the measured value(8) variation ±10% of pulse/litre data (5) in the charge(9) reproducibility ( ±1% of full scale )

is the repetive accuracy of frequency related to l/min(10) frequency max. related to the applicable measuring range up to

approx 0.5 bar pressure loss over the Sensor

media temperature plastic max.60°C , stainless steel max.100°Cpressure PN10

MATERIALS

RRI (induktive sensor) RRH (hall sensor)

housing plastic PVC stainless steel 1.4305assembly clamp plastic PP plastic PProtor PVDF / stainless steel 1.4310 PVDF / magnetbearings Iglidur X Iglidur Xaxle ceramic Zr02-TZP ceramic Zr02-TZPseal viton vitonno medium contact PVC cable PVC cable

brass Ms58 nickel plated brass Ms58 nickel plated


1.4

60 - 300220 15 - 200

1.31.2

0.834 0.924

17,5

weightkg

(6)15 - 30 90 0.8

pulse/ litre

(3)

frequencyHz of full

scale

(10)300

48

50 - 100

15 - 6025 - 80

The sensor consists of a rotor vane that is rotated by thespeed of the flowing medium. The speed of rotation isproportional to the volume flow per unit time. The signalsare relayed by a variety of sensors, depending on thehousing materials emploied.

simple and economical flowmeter for pipe diametersfrom 32mm to 150mmproduced in plastic (stainless steel optional)Quickly fitted using the clamp mount. Evenretrospective fitting is easy!

DN metering rangel/min H2O

(1) (2)

Type Qmax.recom .

l/min

15 - 30030 - 200RR.-032MH032

50 480 25 - 400 80 - 400360

RR.-032MH050

3240

65 600

100 1200

40 - 500 100 - 500 40 - 10080 840 50 - 700 100 - 700

85 - 1000 100 - 1000 85 - 100 10,5RR.-032MH100 175

RR.-032MH040 240227200204

RR.-032MH065RR.-032MH080

Hz

l / min

(8)

(9)

(2)(1)

(3)(4)

pulse / litre

l / min

(8) (9)

(6) (5)

(7)

(2)(1)

(3)

(4)

Basic

180




DIMENSIONS

assembly clamp saddle with pipe and sleeve RR.-032MH…

assembly clamp saddle RR.-032BB…

customer

assembly welded pruning RR.-032RM… assembly screwed-in probe RR.-032VK...

customer

customer

MOUNTING


128 61DN 80 90 202 514,3

1,9 31

178154DN 65 75 3,656

DN 100

DN 150 160 130 180

DN 80 90 90 156

diameter

DN 40 50DN 32 40 142

49

36156 43

5,3 166

2,4

H

75 80

diameter B63 70

DN 65

nominalD

164

6681

DN 125 140 125 172DN 100 110 100

55 26

92 4479

3138

65

160 7,7 180 91

The Flowmeters are mounted as probes in a T-piece or in a mounting clamp; and marked for the correct insertion depth. The sensor mounting direction is longitudinally to the turbine wheel and is marked with arrows on the face of the probe. (With the electronics mounted,the direction of flow is longitudinal to the electronics housing. A deviation of up to ±3° in the angular orientation does not affect themeasurement. The sensor must be mounted with inlet and outlet sections of approx. 10 x the pipe diameter to avoid swirls and turbulence.The best mounting orientation (low contamination, good venting) is for upward flow direction or horizontal pipe route and an inclined sensor position of 45°.

DN 50

166

145

76DN 125 140 6,7 172 159

107

132145

232

nominal D

145DN 50

110156

63 3,0 145

H

L L1 L2 L3s

180312287

86DN 150

E

Basic

181




ELECTRICAL DATARRI (induktive sensor) RRH (hall sensor)

supply voltage PNP/NPN 5..30 VDC PNP/NPN 10..30 VDCNamur 7..12 VDC Namur 7..12 VDC

quiescent current consumption 10mA / Namur max. 7mA 30mAmax. output current 200mA / Namur max. 7mA 100mAsensor connection 2m cable or conection at 2m cable or conection at

locking plugs M12x1, 4-pole locking plugs M12x1, 4-poleshort-circuit proof yes yesreverse polarity proof yes yesprotection class IP67 IP67MOUNTING POSITION METERING SUBSTANCES

water

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationFlowmeter with inductive sensor Flowmeter with hall sensor screwed cap G1 1/4

clamp saddle with pipe and sleeve at PVCscrewed-in probe G1 1/4 with clamp ring and screwed capclamp saddle PPwelded pruning stainless steel 1.4305probe material PVCprobe material stainless steel 1.4305(at screwed-in probe or welded pruning)DN 032DN 040DN 050DN 065DN 080DN 100DN 125DN 150seal Vitonseal EPDMseal NBRrotor with 10 stainless steel clambs (RRI)rotor with 10 titanium clambs (RRI)rotor with 5 magnet (RRH)PNP outputNPN outputNamur outputouput at suburb electronics (e.g. omni-RR)2 m cableconnection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-pole





EV

150

100125

080065050040032

HRRI- 032

RRH-RRI-

032MH

BBRM

VK

05M

N

NP

E A

SK

10T10K

000

032 V

KH

MH 10K P K

The pipe which accepts the Flowmeter should becompletely filled under all operating conditions since air bubbles significantly affect the measurement results. Withfilling processes the valve should be fitted after thesensor. You should allow for a run-up time of approx. 0.5s and a delay time of several seconds.

air bubbles!

sediment!

brown

black

blue

1

4

3

+

signal

0 Vz

PNP

brown

black

blue

1

4

3

+

signal

0 V

z

NPN

brown

blue

+

0 V

NAMUR

Z

Basic

182



Flow Indicator 5.1.turbine Visoflow HV-...GM HV.


TECHNICAL DATA HV-015GM

pressure PN 10media temperature max. 100°Caverage pressure loss 0.2 bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

housing PA 66connector brass

turbine PA 66 redaxle PA 66bearing steinless steel sphereglass temperated glassseal NBR

MOUNTING POSITION

METERING SUBSTANCES NOMENCLATURE

basic typewater specification

DN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8

oil DN 15 - G1/2With higher viscosity instruments DN 20 - G3/4tend to higher starting values of the turbine. DN 25 - G1

female threadbrass connector




114

92

The flow indicators Visoflow provide a reliable indication of transparent liquids. A signal red turbine wheel is driven bythe flow and by the relevant revolutions offers indicativeinformation of the momentary flow rate involved. Theinstruments offer a 360° view and promise longoperational life span due to the design of turbine wheeland bearing concept.

bidirectionalvisibility of turbine 360°

G 3/4G 1

b r a s s

Qmax. rec.l/min H2O

610

284646

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

46 7070

3646

153050

G

G 1/2

Type

HV-008GMHV-010GMHV-015GMHV-020GM 5.0

5.02.12.1

3.73.7

Bmm

2236

114

Amm

6692 60

60

Cmm

44

weightkg

0.110.180.180.600.60

SWmm

2028

008M008

015010

025020

G

HV-025GM

HV-

GM

3.0G 1/4G 3/8

start of turbine l/min

0.61.2

3.5

4.03.01.2

40 mm²/s 41-150 mm²/s2.5

H2O

4.0

E

Basic

183



Flowmeter 5.1.turbine Rototron RO-...TV RO.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Nozzle Ø6.9 up to Ø16 PVDF

TECHNICAL DATA RO-012TV015

tolerance ±1%linearity ±1%repeatability ±1%media temperature max. 85°Caverage pressure loss 0.5 to 1bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

wetted parts PVDFseal polymerebearings PVDF

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAinfra red-opto-electricsupply 5..12 V DC 6..33 mAwith integrated wiring protectionexit signal 5..11 V square-wavefrequency 20-800 Hzcable 1 metre


water aggressive liquids nozzle Ø 6.9nozzle Ø10nozzle Ø12

oil up to 5mm²/s nozzle Ø16nozzle

Attention! For tranparent liquids only. PVDFmetering range 0.1 - 2 l/minmetering range 0.3 - 9 l/minmetering range 0.5 - 15 l/minmetering range 1.0 - 30 l/min

ACCESSORIES

For type RO-007TV a filtre FRP4174 is compulsory for protectionof the moving parts. Please order seperately.



The instruments are used for liquids while a turbine in full-plastic housing generates flow-dependent revolutionswhich are detected optically.

not straight inline/ outline requirementfull-plastic designfor transparent liquidsintegrated filter

0.5 - 151.0 - 30


0.1 - 20.3 - 9

PNbar

66

010

016012

009

007RO-

VT

002

030015

60

1660

007 T V 002

600.100.12

80003200

1372811224

1200

weightkg

0.060.0922

20

Lmm

95112

Xmm

36000

dmm

pulse/litre

RO-012TV015 12106.9

filter µm

-RO-010TV009

RO-016TV030


1.581223

Type

RO-007TV002

66


w hite

brow n (signal)

green(shielded)

Basic

184



Flowmeter 5.1.turbine Lineflow RRF RRF.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G3/8A PA

TECHNICAL DATA

tolerance ±3% of readingrepeatability ±0,5% full scalemedia temperature -20..100°Cambient temperature max. 80°C

PRESSURE LOSS

MATERIALS

housing PA 12turbine PA 12bearings PTFE 15% graphite


G3/8A RRF-010AN010 14 1.0 - 102200

pulse / litre frequency outputHz

3300 55 - 550

The Hall effect flow rate sensor consists of a full plasticenclosure and linear turbine wheel. The revolutions of theturbine are magnetically sensed by an external hall sensor and processed to a stable frequency output. Theadvantage of this principle is the independence frompressure conditions and the optional mounting position.

high accuracy, low costoptional installation

G Type PNbar


pressure losscode

weightg

G3/8A RRF-010AN005 14 0.5 - 5 6900 58 - 575 A 40 A 40

1000 33 - 500 B 4037 - 550 A 40G3/8A RRF-010AN015 14 1.0 - 15

G3/8A RRF-010AN030 14 2.0 - 30

1.2bar

l/min

3020100

0.8

0.4

0

A

B

E

Basic

185



Flowmeter 5.1.turbine Lineflow RRF RRF.

ELECTRICAL DATAinput power 5..24VDC at 8mAoutput NPN sinking open collector at 50mA max.(1 to 2,2K Ohm Pull-Up Resistor Required)(frequency output)cable 1 m or spade terminals 2.8/6.3 x 0.8mm

protection class cable IP 65spade terminals IP 00


a filter < 50µm is recommendedwater

oil up to 16mm²/s


basic typespecification

nominal diameter DN 10 - G3/8Amale threadhousing material nylonmetering range 0,5- 5 l/minmetering range 1,0-10 l/minmetering range 1,0-15 l/minmetering range 1,0-30 l/mincablespade terminals




F

010 A

005N

ARRF

015010

N 005 K

K030

010

-

+

black

red

0 VDC

5..24 VDC

outputbrow n

1k..2,2kohms (+ ) customer supplied

Basic

186



Flowmeter 5.1.turbine Rototron RRT RRT.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS female thread G3/4 POM / brass

TECHNICAL DATA

tolerance ±3% EWmedia temperature -25..90°Cambient temperature -25..60°C

PRESSURE LOSS ELECTRICAL DATAHall-sensor NPN, NPN open collector supply voltage 5..24 VDC; max 26.4 VDCquiescent current consumption 10mAconection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-poleprotection class IP67

MATERIALS NOMENCLATURE

housing POM or brass nickel plated basic typeturbine ULTEM 1000 nature, PEI specification

Rubin DU-B , strotzium ferrite nominal diameter DN20 - G3/41.4125, Bronze bridges PTFE plated female thread

housing POMMOUNTING POSITION housing brass

range 1 - 50 l/minrange 2 - 80 l/minelectronic output NPN ocelectronic output NPNelectronic output Namur (only for housing plastic)electronic output 2-Leiter electronic output by local

METERING SUBSTANCES electronic ( e.g.omni-RRT )connection atlocking plugs M12x1, 4-pole

water electronic output by localelectronic ( e.g.omni-RRT )



RRT-020GM

In a metal enclosure a plastic turbine is arranged insaphire cups and provides flow-dependent revolutionswhich are magnetically detected by an externally arrangedHall sensor.

two different turbine applicationsmetal or plasticlong life stabilitylarge dynamic (range)

1 - 502 - 80


1 - 502 - 80

PNbar

1010

0.60

150100150

weightkg

0.150.150.60

100

impulse/litre

RRT-020GM050RRT-020GP080

RRT-020GM080

Type

RRT-020GP050

100100


RRT- 020 G P 050 P S020

GPM

050080

MN

A

Z

E

S

-

NPN oc

1

4

3

black

blue

zsignal

0 V

+brow n

0 20 40 60 80

1

2

3pressure l oss/ bar

l/min

80l/min

50l/min

E

Basic

187



Flowmeter 5.1.turbine Rototron RRT1 RRT1.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS female thread G3/8 POM / brass

TECHNICAL DATA

tolerance ±3% EWmedia temperature -25..90°Cambient temperature -25..60°C

PRESSURE LOSS

MATERIALS

housing POM or brass nickel platedturbine ULTEM 1000 nature, PEI

Rubin DU-B , strotzium ferrite1.4125, Bronze bridges PTFE plated


In a metal enclosure a plastic turbine is arranged insaphire cups and provides flow-dependent revolutionswhich are magnetically detected by an externally arrangedHall sensor.

modular system with two different turbineapplicationseasy for installation and servicemodular system with check valve, filter and/or flow regulator large dynamic (range)

RRT1-010GM

RRT1-010GM080 100 2 - 80

10 2 - 80RRT1-010GM050 100 1 - 50

Type PNbar


impulse/litre

RRT1-010GP050 10 1 - 50 100

weightkg

0.10150 0.10100 0.50150 0.50

RRT1-010GP080

0 20 40 60 80

1

2

3pressure loss / bar

l/min

80l/min

50l/min

Basic

188



Flowmeter 5.1.turbine Rototron RRT1 RRT1.

ELECTRICAL DATAHall-sensor NPN, NPN open collector supply voltage 5..24 VDC; max 26.4 VDCquiescent current consumption 10mAconection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-pole

protection class IP67


water

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecification

nominal diameter DN 10 - G3/8female threadconnection brassconnection plastic POMhousing brasshousing plastic POMrange 1 - 50 l/minrange 2 - 80 l/minseal Vitonseal EPDMseal NBRelectronic output NPN open collector electronic output NPNelectronic output Namur ( only for housing plastic POM )electronic output 2-wireelectronic output by local electronic (e.g. omni-RRT1)connection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-poleconnection by local electronic (e.g. omni-RRT1)connection pureconnection with Filter ( intake )connection with check valve ( intake )connection pureconnection with flow regulator 3 l/min ( outlet )connection with flow regulator 5 l/min ( outlet )connection with flow regulator 6 l/min ( outlet )connection with flow regulator 8 l/min ( outlet )connection with flow regulator 10 l/min ( outlet )connection with flow regulator 12 l/min ( outlet )connection with flow regulator 15 l/min ( outlet )


OPTIONFlow regulator (options) Check valve (options)limiter flow rates 3 ; 5; 6 ; 8 ; 10 ; 12 ; 15 materials POM, NBRpressure range 2 - 10 bar max. differential 16 bar Filter (options)pressure mesh size 250µmtolerance ±15% materials POM, stainless steel 1.4301materials POM, NBR, stainless steel 1.4571




08060503O

RFO

-S

EZ ANM

NEV

080

010G

OP S O

M

G

PMP

050

RRT1- M P 050 V010

10

1512

NPN oc

1

4

3

black

blue

zsignal

0 V

+brow n

E

Basic

189



Flowmeter 5.1.turbine Rototron RT-...AK RT.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTIC Male thread G1/2A to G2A stainless steel

TECHNICAL DAT

tolerance ±1% of full scale<10 to 100% of metering rangeinclusive linearitaty and repeatability

media temperature max. 85°Ctolerated particles 0.5mmaverage pressure loss 0.3bar at Qmax.

OPTION

media temperatuer 150°C compatible to allHonsberg-electronics sensors or electronics heads

MATERIALS

housing stainless steelturbine stainless steelbearings wolfram carbitball bearings stainless steel


In a full stainless steel enclosure a stainless steel turbinearranged in saphire cups provides flow-proportionalrevolutions which are detected by a pre-triggered Hallsensor .

high accuracyno magnetic bearings in the wetted chamber high pressure duty

1.901.40

0.400.40

0.60

weightkg

0.300.40

Lmm

Xmm

64 19

RT-020AK004P

64 190.11 - 1.1 2900

1100

1.8 - 18250

Type

RT-015AK001.RT-020AK002. 250

PN metering range (1..5 mm²/s) pulses/litre

±10%l/min m³/h

74

RT-050AK068.

RT-020AK004.RT-020AK008.

RT-040AK034.RT-025AK016.

250 6.7 - 67 0.40 - 4.0

G Hmm

G 1/2 A 713.7 - 37 0.22 - 2.2 1700 G 3/4 A

G 3/4 A 74 64 19250 13.3 - 133 0.80 - 8.0 400 G 3/4 A 74 83 22250 26.7 - 267 1.60 - 16.0 190 G 1 A 78 88 23250 56.7 - 567 3.40 - 34.0 60 G 1 1/2 A 84 114 28250 113.3 - 1133 6.80 - 68.0 24 G 2 A 89 132 29

Basic

190



Flowmeter 5.1.turbine Rototron RT-...AK RT.

ELECTRICAL DAThall sensor, pre-triggered wiring 0.319 z=loadvoltage range 10-30 V DCcurrent 20 mA without loadmax. load 100 mAcontact for locking plug M12x1 , 4-pole

protection class IP 67MOUNTING POSITION METERING SUBSTANCES

water aggressive liquids

oil up to 5mm²/s


basic typespecificationDN 15 - G1/2ADN 20 - G3/4ADN 25 - G1ADN 40 - G1 1/2ADN 50 - G2Amale threadstainless steel design0.11 - 1.1 m³/h0.22 - 2.2 m³/h0.40 - 4.0 m³/h0.80 - 8.0 m³/h1.60 - 16.0 m³/h3.40 - 34.0 m³/h6.80 - 68.0 m³/hPNPNPNexit by local electronic (e.g. omni-TTH)flange design

BASIC temperature max. 120°C (NPN)DN 80-300 PN16design for air/gasrange from 0.05 m³/hEX amplifier EEV1 product information 80.1.EEV1.Counter EEZ904 product information 83.1.EEZ904.


COMBINATIONS

omni-RT further transformerslocal electronic unit, Flex switching and frequency exit, 0..10V or 4..20mA, pnp, npn2xNPN and PNP switch ESA1 electronic monitoring unit4(0)..20mA output ESK2 2 switchpoints - supply 24 V DCgraphical LCD display ESK3 1 switchpoint - supply 230 V ACwith flashing LED conceived for safety-relevantprogram ring applications





Programme option

Special optionVARIO

025020

040

015RT- 015 A K 001 P

A

NP

n o m i n a l d i

10 x diam. as smoothingsection on inlet andoutlet

002

K

050

E

⊕


( 1 - 5

m m ² / s )

004008

001

034016

068

AccessoriesPLUS

NPN

1

4

3

black

blue

zoutput

0 V

+brow nPNP

1

4

3

black

blue zoutput

0 V

+brow n

E

Basic

191



Flowmeter 6.1.gear wheel Volutron VHZ-...GA/GK VHZ.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 - G1 aluminium / stainless steal

TECHNICAL DATA

±3 % full skale MOUNTING(in reference to 20 mm²/s)±0.3%-25..80°Coptionally -25..120°C(only 2-wire-execution DN10-25)

MATERIALS

VHZ-...GA VHZ-010-025GK VHZ-008GKhousing aluminium anodized stainless steel 1.4404 stainless steel 1.4404gear and axle stainless steel 1.4462 stainless steel 1.4462 stainless steel 1.4462bearings Iglidur X Iglidur X stainless steel 1.4037/1.4016 /PVD platedseal viton viton Vitonsight glass glass ( only VHZO )


1.6VHZO-020GAVHZ-020GA

reproducebility Any installation position is possible and the the flow direction isindependent.Take care of a clean pipe line. With larger particles in flow theemployment of a filter of 30µm for protection is recommended.

6.31.6

VHZ-025GA

accuracy

VHZ-008GK 1.5VHZ-010GK 1.5

160200

0.02 - 20.1 - 6

0.02cm³=1Puls - max.833 Hz at 2l/min0.20cm³=1Puls - max.500 Hz at 6l/min

a l u m i n i u m

s . s .

VHZ-008GAG1/4G3/8G3/4G3/4G1G1/4G3/8

0.50.5VHZ-010GA 0.1 - 6

0.5 - 500.5 - 50

0.04cm³=1Puls - max.833 Hz at 2l/min

weightkg

Type frequencymetering rangel/min

G

media temperature

The Flowmeter VHZ was especially developed for themetering of viscous liquids.The units work volumetricallyas gear transmitters with high accuracy and full viscositystability.Gear wheel flow meter, with provides a linear frequencysignal by flow proportional revolution of a gear wheel andsensoring by a field biased Hall sensor. Viscositycompensated by volumetric operation.

operation independent of viscositylight and compact designfor cost sensitive application

PNbar

200200200100100

0.02 - 20.20cm³=1Puls - max.500 Hz at 6l/min2.00cm³=1Puls - max.417 Hz at 50l/min2.00cm³=1Puls - max.417 Hz at 50l/min

3.0 - 150 5.22cm³=1Puls - max.479 Hz at 150l/min

Basic

192




DIMENSIONS

VHZ-008 / VHZ-010 VHZ-025

VHZ-008 G1/4VHZ-010 G3/8

VHZ-020

FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS

Noise level / flow rate

VHZ-008 VHZ-020The noise level of the VHZ-008 is <50db (A) in case of 2 l/min.

VHZ-010The noise level of the VHZ-010 is <50db (A) in case of 6 l/min.

VHZ-025The noise level of the VHZ-025 is <70db (A) in case of 150 l/min.


55

60

65

70

500 10 20 30 40 50

l/min

db (A)

E

Basic

193




Gearwheel volume / flow rate

VHZ-008 VHZ-020

VHZ-010 VHZ-025

pressure loss / viscosity / flow rate

VHZ-008 VHZ-020

VHZ-010 VHZ-025


The volumetric displacement per gearwheel is a dimension for the for the functional accuracy of the unit.The max. tolerance related to fullrange is ±3%. All diagrams are based on a viscosity of 20mm²/s.

0,200

0,205

0,210

0,195

0,1900 2 3 4 5

cm 3

l/min

1 6

0,041

0,042

0,043

0,040

0,0390 1 1,5

cm 3

l/min

0,5 2

2,00

2,05

2,10

1,95

1,900 10 20 30 40 50

cm 3

l/min

5,20

5,30

5,40

5,10

5,000 30 60 90 120 150

cm 3

l/min

0 0.5 1 1.5 2

1

2

3


l/min

100mm²/s

34mm²/s

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

3

4


l /min

1000mm²/s

100mm²/s

34mm²/s

10mm²/s

0 10 20 30 40 50

1

2

3

4

5

pressure loss / bar

l/min

1000mm²/s

100mm²/s

34mm²/s

10mm²/s

0

0 50 10 0 15 0

4

8

12


l/min

1000mm²/s

600mm²/s

34mm²/s

5mm²/s

Basic

194




ELECTRICAL DATA

PNP/NPN-Execution VHZ-010 to 025 VHZ-008 2-Wire-Execution VHZ-010 to 025 VHZ-008supply voltage 10..30 V DC 24V±10% supply voltage 4,5..24 VDC (V12) 12 VDCquiescent current <25mA without load <30mA without load quiescent current low 6mA examplary 7mAshort-circuit proof yes yes high 6mA + V12/330Ohm 14mA

Kurzschlussfest yes ja short-circuit proof yes noconnection plug DIN 43650-A plug DIN 43650-ASchutzart IP 65 Schutzart IP 65

Please be sure that there is the right power supply before you connect the device.


water

oil


basic typespecificationFlowmeter Flowmeter with sight glass ( only VHZO-020 - 100 bar )nominal diameter DN 8 - G1/4nominal diameter DN 10 - G3/8nominal diameter DN 20 - G3/4nominal diameter DN 25 - G1female threadaluminiumstainless steel DN 8 (160 bar) and DN 100.02 - 2 l/min (VHZ-008)0.1 - 6 l/min (VHZ-010)0.5 - 50 l/min (VHZ-020)3 - 150 l/min (VHZ-025)PNP outputNPN output2-wireouput at suburb electronics (for axamples omni-VHZ)media temperature -20°C..120°C

VARIO (only 2-Wire-Execution VHZ-010 and VHZ-020 without sight glass)EX amplifier EEV1 product information 80.1.EEV1.Universal preset counter EEZ904 product information 83.1.EEZ904.

special applications: Switching output, frequency converter, current output and omni/flex processor COMBINATIONS

omni-VHZ further transformerslocal electronic unit, Flex switching and frequency exit, 0..10V or 4..20mA, pnp, npn2xNPN and PNP switch ESA1 electronic monitoring unit4(0)..20mA output ESK2 2 switchpoints - supply 24 V DCgraphical LCD display ESK3 1 switchpoint - supply 230 V ACwith flashing LED conceived for safety-relevantprogram ring applications





VHZ- 008 G A 002 P

connection

VHZ-VHZO-

008010020025

AK

G

Zubehör ⊕

SonderoptionEZNP

050150

002

PLUS

006

PNP

1

2

3

black

blue zoutput

0 V

+brow nNPN

1

2

3

black

blue

zoutput

0 V

+brow n +

output

0 V

2-w ire

R1

2

E

Basic

195



Flowmeter 6.2.oval wheel Volutron VHO-...GP VHO.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thead G1/4 to G3/4 POM

TECHNICAL DATA

tolerance ±2,5% off full scalemedia temperature -10...+60°Caverage pressure loss 1bar at max. nominal flow rate

MATERIALS

housing POMcover POM, option PMMA (transparent)oval wheel POMsignal initiator 1.4301axle 1.4301seal NBR * with transparent covers +3mm


68

Amm

G

G 1/4

1199968

G 1/2G 3/4

G 1/413,514161817

Hmm

454971 *

L1mm

21,52119

84,5 *VHO-020GP.400

Type

VHO-008GP.080VHO-008GP.100VHO-015GP.250

0.4 - 10.00.15 - 4.0

1.0 - 25.00.4 - 10.00.3 - 8.0

1.6 - 40.0

0.3 - 8.0

52,5

320mm²/s429224

0.2 - 5.00.3 - 8.01.0 - 25.0

0.1 - 2.00.4 - 10.0

measuring range l/min

800mm²/s100mm²/s10mm²/s

Qmax. rec.l/min

121230

PNbar

101010

G

G 1/4G 1/4

Type

VHO-008GP.080VHO-008GP.100

1.0 - 25.01.6 - 40.050VHO-020GP.400 1.6 - 40.0 0.95 - 24.0

VHO-008GPT

10VHO-015GP.250G 1/2

G 3/4

weightkg

0.4

1.128

0.40.7

pulse/litre

L2mm

The oval wheel flowmeters are used to measure, monitor and meter viscous liquids.

compactviscosity range 10-800mm²/soption transparent cover

P O M

Basic

196



Flowmeter 6.2.oval wheel Volutron VHO-...GP VHO.

ELECTRICAL DATAinductive sensor PNP, asymmetrically 18..30 V DC max. 120mA (typ. 10mA)cable 2 mprotection class IP 65


oil 10-800mm²/s

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 8 - G1/4nominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2nominal diameter DN 20 - G3/4female threadhousing material POMhousing material Aluminiumcover material POMcover material PMMA (transparent)cover material Aluminiummeasuring range 0.3 - 8 l/minmeasuring range 0.4 - 10 l/minmeasuring range 1.0 - 25 l/minmeasuring range 1.6 - 40 l/minexit PNPexit Namur

PRESSURE LOSSVHO-008GP.080 VHO-008GP.100

VHO-015GP.250 VHO-020GP.400




400250

APT A

080 PP

015

008 G P

P

080

A

100

008VHO-

P

020G

PNP brow n

black

blue

+ 18..30VDC

o la 120mA

- GND

02 4 6 8

0,25

0,5

0,75

1

pressure loss / bar

l/min

100mm²/s

10mm²/s

46mm²/s

320mm²/s800mm²/s

02 4 6 8

0,25

0,5

0,75

1

pressure loss / bar

l/min

100mm²/s

10mm²/s

46mm²/s

320mm²/s800mm²/s

10

05 10 15 20

0,25

0,5

0,75

1

pressure loss / bar

l/min

100mm²/s

10mm²/s

46mm²/s

320mm²/s800mm²/s

250

10 20 30 40

0,25

0,5

0,75

1

pressure loss / bar

l/min

100mm²/s

10mm²/s46mm²/s

320mm²/s

800mm²/s

E

Basic

197



l Housing in plastic or metal with Õ installation comfortturnable connector

l Cover transparent Õ additional visual control

l Sensor option Õ inductive, optical ormagnetic

l Rotor with magnetic or Õ contactless actuationstainless steel tips

l Ceramic shaft and high grade Õ wear free operationplastic bushing

Why to use a rotor instrument


198

Basic



Market segments

Application

l Semiconductor

l Medical installation

l Welding

l Continuous flow related signals in wafer productionl Continuous flow signals in cooling panels for X-ray installationsl Continuous signals to command cooling rate in welding

automates

Where to use a rotor instrument

199

Basic




l Stainless steel sensor Õ for aggressive liquids

l No moving parts Õ reliable

l For all diameters Õ versatile

l Thermal and inductive principle Õ for water and viscosities

l LED chain or LCD display Õ clear visual impression

l Magnetic calibration Õ easy programming onlocation

Why to use a electronic flow instrument

200

Basic



Calorimetric, magnetic inductive

The technology

Concept Probe


Connection stub-connection

PN 6 - 25


Signal threshold, 4 [0]..20 mA

Adjustable yes

Materials stainless steel

Installation position any

Metering materials liquids

Technical data


Contents

Calorimetric 202

magnetic inductive 205

Vortex 206

Gerätebeschreibungen 207

201

CalorimetricThe difference in temperature between

two temperature sensors is directly pro-portional to the flow rate and/or flowspeed if one of the temperature sensorsis heated.

Magnetic inductive

The conductive metering medium moves vertically to a magnetic field and thusinduces a metering voltage which isdirectly proportional to the flow speed.

Vortex A small triangular piece that covers theentire cross-section of the flowmetercreates a vortex in the flow. The vortexfrequency is proportional to the flow rateand is detected by a Piezo sensor that islocated behind the triangular piece.

Application

l Flow monitoring and material using sensor technologyl No moving parts inside

Advantages

l Simple structure and installationl Independent of nominal diametersl Wear-free and low pressure loss function

F





203

The operation of the thermal metering and control principle is dependingon the liquid quality and temperature of the metering substance.

Thermal standard instrumentation is calibrated for water in temperatureranges of 15..70°C.

With diverging liquid quality f.i. discourses, air temperature environment of more than 70°C or less than 15°C an individual advice of the manu-factures is recommended.

Different Designs and OptionsCalorimetric sensors are manufactured by Honsberg in probe configura-

tion. The probe type is suitable for use with a wide range of pipe cross-sections. Both designs are manufactured either as compact sensorswith integral electronic units or as sensors for use with external electro-nic units.

This temperature switch can be used as a safety switch for prohibitive temperature ranges (please take into account an accuracy of 10%,reproducibility of 1% and hysteresis of 10%).

Explaination of Terms RelatedTemperature gradient = change of medium temperature per time unit (K/min). When rapid temperature changes occur in the medium, theycan only be compensated within a certain range. Correct operation isguaranteed in the specification range quoted. If the temperature of themedium exceeds this temperature, the system may generate a fault indication for a short time. Of course, such fault signal can be filteredby switching delays, compromising the standard on-off response time.

The stand-by time is the time for the sensor to reach its specified ope-rating mode. With a supply voltage, all the indicating LEDs illuminate.After approx. 3 s the display changes to the range set via the potentio-meter. Then the switch-off range can be defined by turning the potentio-meter.

The switch-on and switch-off times are the periods after which theregular measuring variable is acquired following a rapid increase ordecrease in the flow rate. With a medium temperature of approx. 25°C and with a stainless steel sensor used in water, the average switch-on and switch-off times are approx. 2 s. Please bear in mind that this

time depends on the operating conditions. In cases where the media or

sensor materials are poor thermal conductors, the switching timesmight increase.

The temperature range of the medium is the range of medium temperature in which the calorimetric sensor works without problem.

The ambient temperature is the temperature surrounding the sensor.This mainly involves devices and equipment generating or dissipatingheat in the vicinity of the sensor.

The housing material is the material exposed to the medium. Criticalissues for instrument selection:

l the chemical compatibility of wetted materialsl abrasive properties of the materiall reaction time of the sensorl pressure and temperature characteristics

compact types in the form ofprobes

sensors in the form of probesexternal transmitters

sensors in form with elektronic anddisplay (omni-F)

sensor with switching and frequencyexit 4..20mA / 0..10V (Flex-F)

F




Basic

204

Mounting instructions

In principal all installation locations are feasible where the sensor hou-sing may be positioned into circumferent contact with the liquid (seedrawing):

Contamination and air bubbles shoud be avoided. In case of bending tube sectors the liquid conditions may change which might cause flowwhirls and other instability effecting the quality of emitted signals.

After insertion and sealing (e.g. using a Sikurit seal) all sensors can berotated with continuous adjustment of the head. This feature facilitates

the precise orientation of the cable and, for the compact-type of sensor, the easy alignment of the indicating head.

socket and nominal size (standard):

G probe- Type nominal socketlength diameter DN dimension H

G1/4A 28 ...-008HK028 DN 10-15 20DN 20-25 15

G1/2A 29,6 ...-015HK029 DN 15-32 18G1/2A 45 ...-015HK045 DN 25-.... 32

Installation position and conside-ration of different flow rates

thread projection of the sensor

As accessories for direct installation by female thread fittings (type TS)in brass and stainless steel are available.



205

Electrical InstallationProbe-type sensors without integral evaluation units are supplied with acable of length 2 m (0.25 mm²) as standard. This cable cross-section isused if the external electronic units are less than 20 m away. If longerdistances need to be covered, the use of an extension cable with fullshielding is recommended, along with the selection of an appropriatediameter corresponding to the cable length.

Instructions for Handling and CalibrationSubsequent to power access the instrument will display full scale opera-

tion (all LED’s lit) for approx. 3 sec.

Once resuming operational temperature the instrument displays a flowrate which is referring to the setting position of the potentiometer.

If you have provided the required flow velocity in your system, select apotentiometer position which keeps the red LED in operation while all

green LED’s are off duty.Turning the potentiometer counter clock wise you determine the sensiti-

vity of the sensor of the calibration setting effects few LED’s only the threshold contact will be triggered by minor changes in flow velocity, if achain of green LED’s is activated minor flow changes are required tocreate the alarm.

Attention! Please avoid any mechanical strain to the 360° potentiometer.

Potentiometer min(turn counter clock)

low flow indication, sensitivity lowand no green LED’s activated.(Temperature alarm activated)

Potentiometer max(turn clock wise)

high flow indication, sensitivityhigh and chain of green LED’sactivated.(Temperature alarm activated)

recommended cable cross-sectionfor various lengths

(1) switch-point indicator for flow (red)(2) trend indicator for flow (green 8 LED’s)(3) switch-point setting for flow(4) switch-point setting for the

temperature (only with EFKT)(5) overtemperature indicator (red)

(1) switch-point indicator for flow(red)

(2) switch-point setting for flow

1

2

5

4

3

1

2

F

Cross-section of cable conductor (mm 2)

cable length (m)

The magnetic-inductive probe is assembled into the pipe by support of asleeve welded into the relevant pipe to receive the sensor (min.pipe dia-meter DN 5o). For installation position and depth see diagrams alterna-

tively a clamp saddle arrangement may be used.

Advantagel no moving partsl one sensor for a wide range of pipe diametersl low pressure loss

Magnetic inductive




Basic

206

PrincipleIf a conductor moves vertically in relation to a magnetic field, the move-ment will induce an electrical potential U in the conductor. In this mea-suring principle the electrically conductive measuring medium is the con-ductor. The magnetic field B is produced at right angles to the flow. The

induced electrical potential U is directly proportional to the local speedof flow v.

U = k · B · v · D

k = constant for the instrument B = strength of magnetic field

v = local speedD = distance between electrodes

The potential U is tapped at the electrodes, midpoint and earth (tube)electrodes, and converted to a proportional 4(0)-20 mA signal.

MountingThe magnetic-inductive FIS probe is assembled into the pipe by support of a sleeve welded into the relevant pipe to receive the sensor (min.pipediameter DN 5o). For installation position and depth see diagrams alter-natively a clamp saddle arrangement may be used.Inlet and outlet sections must be >= 10x diameter of pipe. Weld theconnector sleeve vertically to the centre of the pipe according to thepipes nominal diameter (see marking = external pipe diameter). Do not use force! The Probe must be screwed in hand tight.

The positions vertical are not recommended due to air bubbles orsediments in pipe.

After putting in place, the probe can be aligned by rotation (see electri-cal connection). The complete measuring probe is removable without damaging the carrier, so that the electronic part can be exchanged incase of defect.

Vortex A small triangular piece (1) that covers the entire cross-section of theflowmeter creates a vortex in the flow (Karmann vortex, vortex effect).The vortex frequency is proportional to the flow rate and is detected bya Piezo sensor (2) that is located behind the triangular piece. The entireunit, vortex piece and sensor, is designed as a module (3) and is inser-

ted into the meter. Thus, the flowmeter and the entire measuring unit can be separated quickly.

Advantagesl No moving parts in the flow (e.g. a turbine or floating meter)l Very exact l High protection in case of excess loads

Calibrated socket welded into pipe at

diameter related mark of scale.



207

m i s c e

l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s

i v e

g a s

/ a

i r

o i l

i n d i c a t i o n

t y p e

c o n t r o

l

c o n n e c t i o n


l

o n s



b a r


° C

w a t e r

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r

l standard m standard option special option current data sheets can be found under www.honsberg.com

Special sensors for system connections or special threads and lengths

Standard G1/2A G1/2A G1/4A Food flangesensor

F c a

l o r i m e t r i c

V o r t e x

HONSBERG KOMBISYSTEM

EFKP 10 - 400 male thread stainless steel l l 100 70 l 3 3 20850-400 foodstuffs sensor l l 100 70 l 3 3

EFKM 10-400 male thread stainless steel l l 100 70 l 3 3 20850-400 foodstuffs sensor l l 100 70 l 3 3

EFK2 10-400 male thread stainless steel l l 100 70 l 3 3 21050-400 foodstuffs sensor l l 100 70 l 3 3

Flex-FIN 6 - 10 pipe stainless steel l l 100 70 l 3 3 212

EFKS 10 - 400 male thread stainless steel l l 100 70 l 3 3 21550-400 foodstuffs flange l l 100 70 l 3 3

EEFK converter 60 215

FIS 25- 400 welding socket stainless steel l 25 150 l 3 21750-150 assembly clamp saddle PP l 10 150 l

CF 8 - 32 female thread brass l 16 80 l 3 2208 - 32 female thread stainless steel l 16 80 l 3 2208 - 32 female thread plastic l 16 80 l 3 220

i n d u

k t i -




Flow Switch 10.2.calorimetric EFKP/EFKM EFKP/M

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1/4A bis G1/2A stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATAoperating ranges water 20-50 cm/s (1-150)

oil (on request)standard values shown bold

operating pressure max. 100 bar, option 200 bar foodstuffs sensor 60bar

operating temperature 15..70°C (other temperatureon request)

temperature gradient 4°C/sweight 0.35 kg (EFKP-015HK028PS)

0.60 kg (EFKM-015HK028PS)

MONTAGE

locking plug (accessories)

Advantages EFKM:

- durable metal housingprotection class IP 67- transparent nature glass cover - option opac metal covers

MATERIALSmedium contact stainless steel 1.4571other brass nickel plated

PA6.6 only EFKP

“goose-neck” option for higher temperatures

The EFKP/M... Flow Switch monitor liquid and gaseousmedia. In a compact design they combine the integralprobe, an LED trend display (for FLOW) with two-colour status indicator and a switching point with PNP or NPNoutput, adjustable via a potentiometer.Optionally, an additional temperature limit can be set andmonitored with a PNP or NPN output.Similarly, there is also the possibility of inserting a flexibleswan-neck between the sensor probe and the electronicshousing to provide the best angle for viewing the sensor display even at awkward mounting points.

both flow and temperature monitoring possibleno moving parts in the medium being monitoredmounting largely independent of pipe diameter

If you would like to exploit the highest possible sensor sensitivity (for particularly low flow rates or for use ingases), orientate the cross on hexagonal body of probe(liquids) or the red dot (gases) into a position againstflow direction ( flow meets cross or dot). See also thegeneral description on calorimetric sensors.


Basic

208



Flow Switch 10.2.calorimetric EFKP/EFKM EFKP/M

ELECTRICAL DATAtemperature output only with EFKT

display 9 LED's (red = limit,green 1-8 = min.-max. flowsingle-threaded24 V DC ±20%70mAPNP or NPN200mA max.at locking plug M12x1, 4-pole z=loadyesyesEFKP IP 60, EFKM IP 67


water for aggressive liquids

oil


with plastic headwith plastic head and temperatur switchwith metal headwith metal head and temperatur switch

connection G1/4Aconnection G1/2Aconnection footstuffs sensor ISO 2852 size 38socket threadfootstuffs sensor stainless steel 1.4571probe length 29.6mmprobe length 28mmprobe length 45mmprobe length 56mmPNP outputNPN outputLocking plug KPU-02SGM12x1, 4-polr, cable 2 m, straight plugwith goose-neck

ACCESSORY

Locking plug M12x1basic typespecificationready-made cableself makable cable 4-polematerial PURlength 2 mlength 5 mlength 10 mmoulded-on plugstraight plugangled plug 90°



calorimetricFlow Switch

H

S

NP

056045028

K 029 P S

EFKM-

EFKP-

EFKMT-

029

038

L

015 H

015

EFKP-

EFKPT-

008

K

H

load

reverse polarity proof protection class

setting potentiometer supply voltagecurrent consumptionsignal

KB04K

PU-02

G

1005

S

connectionshort-circuit proof

K PU- 02 S G


W

PNP

1

2

3

w hite

blue zTemp.

0 V

+brow n

4 Flowzblack

Flow

0 V

Temp.

+

NPNbrown

w hite

blue

black

1

2z

z3

4

F

Basic

209



Flow Switch 10.2.calorimetric EFK2 EFK2.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1/4A or G1/2A stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATAoperating ranges water 20-50 cm/s (1-150)




temperature gradient 4°C/sweight 0.3 kg

MOUNTING

locking plug (accessories)

MATERIALS

medium contact stainless steel 1.4571other stainless steel 1.4305



The Flow Switch EFK 2 controls liquid and gaseoussubstances. The instrument combines compactdimensions, an easy switch setting by potentiometer, adual colour LED and a Galvanic insulated switch signal(NO) or transistor outputs (PNP/NPN). As option, aninclineable swan neck is available as a connection of sensor to housing to receive higher temperature ratingsand better reading possibilities.

compact Flow Switchno moving parts in the medium being monitoredmounting largely independent of pipe diameter


210

Basic



Flow Switch 10.2.calorimetric EFK2 EFK2.

ELECTRICAL DATA

display red/green LED(red < limit value,green > limit value)single-threaded24 V DC / AC ±10%max. 70mA

signal galvanic separation,Relais contact (NO) or transistor PNP/NPN

load 2A / 30 V DC/ AC (Relais)24V 100 mA (Transistor) z=loadat locking plug M12x1, 4-poleyesyesIP65



oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationcalorimetric Flow Switchconnection G1/4Aconnection G1/2Aconnection footstuffs sensor ISO 2852 size 38socket threadfootstuffs sensor stainless steel 1.4571probe length 29.6mmprobe length 28mmprobe length 45mmprobe length 56mmrelay contact (NO)relay contact (NC)PNP outputNPN output

Locking plug KPU-02SGM12x1, 4-pole, cable 2 m, straight plugwith goose-neck




029 O

K

N

056045

SH

CO

P

008

028029

SEFK2-

H038015

L

015 H

setting potentiometer

KEFK2-

reverse polarity proof protection class

connection

supply voltagecurrent consumption

short-circuit proof NPN

1

4

3

black

blue

zoutput

0 V

+brow n

PNP

1

4

3

black

blue zoutput

0 V

+brow n

relay contact (NO)

1

3

2

blue

w hite

24V DC / AC

signal

brow n

4 black

Basic

211

F



Flow and Temperature Sensor 52.2.calorimetric Flex-FIN Flex-FIN

TERMINAL ASSIGNMEN

flow switch/transmitter of low flow ratespossible combination with temperature switch or transmitter no movable parts in monitoring medium MOUNTINGonly a material in contact with mediaeasy uselow pressure losses

different nominal diameter very fast reaction times for a calorimetric systemlinearized and temperature-compensated

BENEFIT

PROGRAMMING

The following output combinations are available:

Designs with a limit switch have a magnetic contact by means of which the current measurement value can be assumed as a limitvalue. It is programmed by applying a magnet to the marking on thetype plate for 0.5 to 2 seconds. If the contact time is too short or toolong, no programming will take place (protection against magneticfields). Immediately after programming, the switching output entersthe OK state (LED on, output switched through, e.g. PNP = high or NPN = low).

The Flex-FIN flow sensor monitors liquid media. In a compactdesign, it combines the installation sensing element and evaluationelectronics that, according to the respective version, control a limitvalue output with a PNP or NPN transistor output or an analogueoutput (4..20 mA or 0..10 V) or both. The limit switch canalternatively be replaced by a frequency output.The evaluation electronics record two processing parameters: theflow speed of the medium and its temperature. Both parameters canbe assigned to the analogue output or the switching output.

The analogue output can be designed as a 4..20 mA output or as a0..10 V output.

The standard design of the switching output is as a limit switch Pushpull (PNP or NPN). It can be ordered as a minimum switch or maximum switch. Alternatively, the switch is available as a frequencyoutput.

For further options, see page 3

Before the electrical installation, make sure that the supply voltagecorresponds to the data provided!


Please you use shielded cable, signal lines < 30m andpower supply lines < 10m.

flow temperatureanalogue switching output analogue switching output

To maintain the greatest possible interference insensitivity of thesensor, the flow should be from the bottom to the top (best

ventilation even in case of the lowest flow velocity). For theconnection, conventional crimp connectors, hoses with crimpfasteners, or Honsberg's own crimp connectors can be used.For the best possible insulation from the outside environment,insulating hoses that may not be removed can be used.

1

4

3

black

A nalogue Output0 V

+ 24 V DC ±10%brow n

2

Sw itch-/Frequency-Output

w hite

blue

z z

PNP NPN

Z = Last

212

Basic




TECHNICAL DAT

range 6 mm-pipe (0.001) 0.01..2 l/min supply voltage 24 VDC ±10%(water) 8 mm-pipe 0.025..5 l/min power consumption max. 100 mA

10 mm-pipe 0.05..10 l/min switching output transistor output "push pull"() = special range on request short circuit proof,

temperature gradient 4°C/s reverse polarity protected,measurement range 0..70°C I out = 100mA max.temperature (-20..100°C on requeston request) switching hysteresis flow: 4% F.S.storage temperature -20..80°C temperature: approx. 2°Cpressure max. 10 bar (other on request) display (only in case of yellow LEDpressure loss max. 0.3 bar at max. flow switching output) (ON = OK /OFF = alarm)connection at locking plug M 12x1, 5-pole adjustment via magnet

IP65 4..20 mA, max. load 500 Ohmweigth appr. 200 g or 0..10V. min load 1 kOhm

media contact stainless steel 1.4305other: PPS, PA66, brass nickel plated

DIMENSIONS


materials

analogue outputprotection class

locking plug M12x1, 5-pole(accessory)

Basic

213

F




NOMENCLATURE

sensor family: Options:calorimetric sensor inline designconnection size: special measurement range, flow:

pipe Ø 6 mm / 0.5 mm wall thickness measurement range initial valuepipe Ø 8 mm / 0.5 mm wall thicknesspipe Ø 10 mm / 0.5 mm wall thickness measurement range final valueother pipe on request

type of connection: filter time (standard = 0.5 sec.)pipe Possible values: off/0.2/0.5/1/2/4/8/16/32 sec.

material (in contact with media):stainless steel 1.4571 special measurement range, temperature:

analogue output: maximum 120°C (standard = 70°C)current output 4..20 mAvoltage output 0..10 V minimum -20°C (standard = 0°C)

no analogue outputthe analogue output is actuated by the following: special range - analogue output:flow <= meas. range (standard = meas. range)temperature

switching output: special range - frequency output:push pull PNP and NPN <= meas. range (standard = meas. range)no switching output

the switching output is actuated by the following: end frequency (max. 2000 Hz)flowtemperature turn-on delay (from alarm to OK)

switching signal:minimum switch turn-off delay (from OK to alarm)maximum switchfrequency output power-on delay

no switching output (time after the supply is created; in this timeinversion of output: the switching output is not activated)

standard outputinverted output switching output with permanent setting

special hysteresis (standard = 1% full scale)

In case of empty fields, the standard setting will be selected automatically.

ACCESSORIES

Locking plug M12x1basic typespecificationassembledself makable cable 4-polematerial PURlength 2 mlength 5 mlength 10 mmoulded-on plugstraight plugangled plug 90°shielded




K

J

L

R

K

O

S

s

G

T

F

H

U

%

I

02PU-

cm/s°C

, l/min

J

G

s

H

Is

Hz

cm/s°C

l/min

cm/s°C

°C

°CE

FF

s

UI

CR

DK

BA

006 R

Flex-FIN

Flex-FIN

CB

xxx

A

006

K

010008

T

05

GW

PU-

10

02

KKKB04

,

F

F G

S

D

I L

IH

U FExample: K O

E

S

S

214

Basic



Flow Switch 10.2.calorimetric EFKS + EEFK EFKS.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1/4A bis G1/2A stainless steel

EFKS

EEFK

TECHNICAL DATAoperating ranges water 20-50 cm/s (1-150) EFKS




temperature gradient 4°C/sweight 0.12 kg EFKS

0.35 kg EEFK

MOUNTING

EEFK

MATERIALS

medium contact stainless steel 1.4571other stainless steel 1.4305electronic housing polycarbonate / ABS / makrolon

The EFKS... Flow Switch are compact screw-insubmersible probes which incorporate the temperaturesensors and the heater. They are intended for operationonly with the appropriate EEFK... External EvaluationUnits and are emploied where application of sensors inthe compact range would not be practicable (e.g. noaccess required or possible).The sensors are available with various lengths and threadconnections.

mounting largely independent of pipe diameter no moving parts in the medium being monitoredmounting largely independent of pipe diameter



Basic

215

F



Flow Switch 10.2.calorimetric EFKS + EEFK EFKS.

ELEKTRISCHE DATEN

display red/green LED BK= black (yellow) WH= white(red < limit value, BN= brown BU= blue (green)single-threaded (only for DIN colours!) Temp. outputs only with EEFKT24 V DC ±20% / 70mA for unloaded output230 VA / 7 VAPNP or NPN / 200mAadd. change over contacts230V AC 5A (only for 230 VDC types)PNP or NPN / 200mAadd. change over contacts230V AC 5A (only for 230VDC types)floor mounting or clip fastening on mountingrails (DIN EN 50 022)at locking plug M12x1, 4-polescrew terminals

< 1.5mm² withwire-end ferrulesyesyes

protection class IP 67 EFKSIP 30 EEFK front



oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationcalorimetric Flow Switchconnection G1/4Aconnection G1/2Aconnection footstuffs sensor ISO 2852 size 38socket threadfootstuffs sensor stainless steel 1.4571probe length 29.6mmprobe length 28mmprobe length 45mmprobe length 56mmLocking plug KPU-02SG - M12x1, 4-polr, cable 2 m, straight plug

basic typespecificationexternal evaluation units at calorimetric sensorsexternal evaluation units at calorimetric sensors with temperature switch24 V DC (only PNP or NPN)230 V AC (additional change-over contacts)output PNPoutput NPN



signal Temp.temperature (EEFKT)

housing mounting

connection EFKSconnection EEFK

S

wire-core cross-section

short-circuit proof reverse polarity proof

EFKS-

EEFK- 015 H

029

015

KLH

setting potentiometer supply voltage

038

015 H

signal flow

EEFK-

EFKS-008

K

024EEFKT-

029

230PN

045028

056


S

brown

blue (green)

black (y ellow )

w hite

Sensor EFKS...

externalelectronicsEEFK...

1112

13

14

13

4

2

(only for DIN colours!)

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

BN BU BK WH

Sensor

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

230 V AC

0VDC +24VDC

OUTFlow

OUTTemp.

Flow Temp.

top

bottom

216

Basic



Flowmeter 11.1.magnetic inductive FIS FIS.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS assembly welded pruning, assembly clamp DN 50-150

TECHNICAL DATA PRINCIPLEmeasuring ranges end range 1 to 8 m/s

in steps of 1 m/saccuracy ±5 % of measured value

(calibration on site + 2 % of measured value

reproducibility ±2 % of measurement valuetime constant 5 second fixedmeasurement lagely homogeneous fluids, U = k . B . v . Dsubstance pastes can also include k = constant for the instrument

solid Particles B = strength of magnetic fieldmedia conductivity min. 20 µS/cm v = local speedflow temperature -25..150°C D =distance between electrodesambient temperature -25..60°Csystem pressure max. 25 bar welded tube

max. 10 bar clamp saddleweight 2.4kg without clamp saddle

Maße ab Außendurchmesser Rohr

FIS-...BB

MATERIALS

probe stainless steel 1.4435isolation ceramic (zirkonium oxide)clamp saddle PP, 1.4305housing stainless steell 1.4305

viton, klingerit 150 160 143

The magnetic-inductive FIS probe is assembled into thepipe by support of a sleeve welded into the relevant pipeto receive the sensor (min.pipe diameter DN 5o). For installation position and depth see diagrams Alternativelya clamp saddle arrangement may be used.

mesurement of conductive liquidsone sensor for a wide range of pipe diametershigh grate materialsno moving partschangeable sensor with no lost of liquid

10090

DN D H50 63 11065 75 11380

125

B7080

90 120100

130140 135 125110 125


If a conductor moves vertically in relation to a magnetic field, the movementwill induce an electrical potential U in the conductor. In this measuringprinciple the electrically conductive measuring medium is the conductor. Themagnetic field B is produced at right angles to the flow. The induced electricalpotential U is directly proportional to the local speed of flow v.

The potential U is tapped at theelectrodes, midpoint and earth (tube)electrodes, and converted to aproportional 4(0)-20 mA signal.

FIS-025VK

Basic

217

F




MOUNTING

ELECTRICAL DATA

supply voltage 24V DC ± 10%

current consumtion 50mA (bei 24VDC und 20°C)output 4..20mA (passiver Strom-

ausgang) Lastwiderstandmax. 500 W

protection class IP 65 cable gland

IP 67 locking plug

1 DIP switch for end of scale2 Push bottom for zero-adjustment3 Terminal block

Sample : to the DIP switch

1

2 = 3m/s48

separate power connection

FE<10 OhmEarth

same power connectionMust beinstalled!

no error : measurment activity,current output 0(4)-20 mA

error : current output reads 3 mA, error!


Power supply (24V DC) at the terminals 12 and 11 withmax 1.5mm² Current consumption at 24V DC max 50mA(at 20°C) Current output : 24V DC (terminals 6 (-) and 5(+). Check polarity! Max load 500 Ohm.Zero setting: Fill pipe completely with measuring sub-

stance. Flow speed in the pipeline must be "zero"! Pressbutton marked "ZERO CAL". After a minute, the de-vicewill have self-calibrated.

An automatic self-test will be carried out when the device

Do not unscrew completeley! Rotate the electronics unitas appropriate, then tighten the screws again. Thedirection of the arrow is not asserted to the alignment of the housing.

Output signals are set using the DIP switch(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 m/s, see sketch).

To make the electrical connection, open the cover (heldby security band) and remove the 3 hexagonal headscrews inside (take care not to loose the screws!)Thearrow on the electronics unit must point into the directionof the flow release screw (19) 2 turns.

The magnetic-inductive FIS probe is assembled into the pipe by support of a sleeve welded into the relevant pipe to receive the sensor (min.pipe diameter DN 5o). For installation position and depth see diagrams Alternatively a clamp saddle arrangement may be used.Inlet and outlet sections must be >= 10x diameter of pipe. Weld the connector sleeve vertically to the centre of the pipe according to thepipes nominal diameter (see marking = external pipe diameter). Do not use force! The Probe must be screwed in handtight. After putting in place, the probe can be aligned by rotation (see electrical connection). The complete measuring probe is removable withoutdamaging the carrier, so that the electronic part can be exchanged in case of defect.

2

5

3

4

1

24 V DC

12 1156

6 5 12 11

24 V DC

24 V DC

218

Basic






measurement of conductive liquids

NOMENCLATURE

basic typespecificationDN 025 (welded tube)DN 050

DN 065DN 080DN 100DN 125DN 150welded tubeclamp saddlestainless steel (welded tube)PP (clamp saddle)1 m/s2 m/s3 m/s4 m/s5 m/s6 m/s7 m/s8 m/scable gland Pg9 (cable not included)connection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-pole

special application smart-FIS

ACCESSORY

Locking plug M12x1

basic typespecificationready-made cableself makable cable 4-polematerial PURlength 2 mlength 5 mlength 10 mmoulded-on plugstraight plugangled plug 90°

counter EEZ904, product information 83.1.EEZ904.




WG

S

05

PU-02

G02 S

S

006005

The positions vertical are not recommended due to air bubbles or sediments in pipe

FIS-

004003

10

K PU-

KB04K

001002

008G

007 e n

d o

f s c a

l e

BK

BV

150125100080065

050

G025

025 V K 001

The FIS transducer is also available with a smart-electronic cover. This electronic includes a display, twoprogrammable switch points, frequency output, progr. filter, linearisation, memory of extrem values, totaliser,choiseable unit on the display.

Basic

219

F



Flow switch / flowmeter 14.1.vortex Centriflow CF CF.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G1 1/4 brass/stainless steel/plastic

CF-025GMM135UIS

TECHNICAL DATA

CF-006GM.CF-008GM.CF-010GM.CF-015GM.CF-020GM.

CF-025GM.CF-032GM.

tolerance ±2% of measured valuemedia temperature 5..80°Cstorage temperature -25..80°Ccavitation not with P withdrawal / P difference 5.5average pressure loss 0.1 bar at Qmax.

OPERATION

MATERIALS

housing brass nickel plated, s.s.1.4571 or POM GFconnectors brass nickel plated, s.s.1.4571 or POMdetector ETFE PA6T6I 40%GFseal EPDM


15305085

38114

96

8.5 - 135 l/min

38

rangel/min H2O

0.6 - 7 l/min1.0 - 15 l/min2.5 - 30 l/min4.5 - 50 l/min6.0 - 85 l/min

38

G 1 1/4114

G 1/216

16

114

G 115 - 240 l/min 11416

G 3/8 16

G 3/4

38100

1638

14.516.5

18.5

16

Type

G 1/8G 1/4

12.5

Lmm

7

G PNbar

1612.512.5


SWmm

Hmm

114 88 38

Xmm

114 88

114 9288

135240 108 46

A narrow, triangular body (1) that goes through the entirecross-section of the meter tube creates a vortex when aflow is present (Kármán's vortex effect). The frequency of the vortex is proportional to flow and is detected by apiezo sensor (2) lying behind the triangular body. Theentire unit, vortex body, and detector as designed as amodule (3). They are inserted into the tube. The meter tube and the entire measuring unit can thus be separatedfrom each other extremely quickly.

high accuracylarge overload securityno moving partsfast installation and removal by clamp attachmentmodular construction with the most versatileconnection systems

The vortex flowmeter requires a feed distance of 5 - 10xDto achieve its nominal precision. If deposits are feared, thesensor should not be installed with the electronics pointing

downward. Please observe that the sensor is installed inthe direction of the flow arrow. For possible cleaning of thesensor, loosen the clamps and remove the device (in theprocess, the line should be depressurized. Make surethat the vortex does not expose the oscillating body toimpacts (the spraying unit contains a very sensitiveceramic piezo transducer that can break).

22.5

11 2

3

flow

220

Basic



Flow switch / flowmeter 14.1.vortex Centriflow CF CF.

ELECTRICAL DATsupply voltage 10..30 V DC idle current 100 mAconnection for locking plug M12x1, 4-pole output current 4..20 mAshort-circuit proff yes voltage 0..10Vreverse polarity proff yes frequency output / programmable switchprotection class IP 67 idle current < 20 mA (without load)

output PNP and NPN10..2000 Hz


water

oil

NOMENCLATUREFor combinations see table "technical data".

basic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 006nominal diameter DN 008nominal diameter DN 010nominal diameter DN 015nominal diameter DN 020nominal diameter DN 025nominal diameter DN 032female threadmale threadnozzleconnection material brass Ms 58 nickel plated

connection material stainless steel 1.4571connection material POMhousing material brass Ms 58 nickel platedhousing material stainless steel 1.4571housing material POMrange 0.6 - 7 l/minrange 1.0 - 15 l/minrange 2.5 - 30 l/minrange 4.5 - 50 l/minrange 6.0 - 85 l/minrange 8.5 - 135 l/minrange 15 - 240 l/minseal EPDMseal Viton

seal NBRvoltage output 0..10Vcurrent output 4..20mAfrequency outputprogrammable switch (push pull PNP and NPN)ouput at suburb electronics (e.g. omni-CF)connection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-pole

COMBINATIONSomni-CF Flex-CFlocal electronic unit, switching and frequency exit2xNPN and PNP switch 0..10V or 4..20mA4(0)..20mA output pnp, npngraphical LCD display with flashing LED

program ring All technical changes reserved



006008

U S

current - / voltage output

CF- 006 G M M 007 E

G A

010015020025032

T

K

M

PM

PK

015007

030050085

240135

VE

NUIF

ES

S

At a viscosity of >1mm²/s (water), theresponse threshold rises since the vortexforms at a higher flow speed.

PNP / current- / v oltage output

1

4

3

black

blue zoutput

0 V

+brow n

2 programmingw hite

NPN

1

4

3

black

blue

zoutput

0 V

+brow n

2 programmingw hite

Basic

221

F



Market segments

Where to use aelectronic flow instrument

Application

l Machine tools

l Sewage

l Semi conductorindustry

l Welding

l Low pressurecleaners

l Flow rate monitoring and display in wafer productionl Flow rate alarm in control panels of robot weldersl Pump command in cleaning installations


222

Basic



223

Sight glass, flap, sphere

Sight glassThe liquid medium enters the sight glass and can thus be checked opticallyfor quality and consistency.

FlapThe liquid medium enters the sight glassand can thus be checked optically forquality and consistency. Quantitativeindication of the flow rate is possibledepending on the flap’s position in theglass.

SphereThe liquid medium enters the sight glassand can thus be checked optically forquality and consistency. Quantitativeindication of the flow rate is possibledepending on the sphere’s position in

the glass.

Contents



l Indicating

Concept Housing with window or tubeNominal diameter 8 - 50Connection female threadPN 6 - 16Max. temperature 200 °CSignal –Adjustable –Materials brass, stainless steelInstallation position any or definedMetering materials liquids and gases

Technical data

The technology

Application

l Visual flow monitoring of liquids

Advantages

l Simple structurel Double-faced viewing fieldl Reliable function

G




Basic

224

System description

Device systemsSight glassThe medium enters the device body and is usually visible through double-faced glass windows.

Function: sight glass onlyApplication: monitoring dark or coloured metering materials

FlapThe medium moves a flap built into the medium space. The position of

the flap is an indication of flow rate.

Function: quantitative indicationApplication: monitoring transparent, clean liquids

Flap indicates the position in the sight glass

SphereThe position of the sphere in the glass dome indicates intensity of flow.It may be used for liquids and gases.

Function: yes/no displayApplication: monitoring transparent liquids or gases

By its position in the sight glass the sphere showsa quantitative trend of flow rate.



225

m i s c e

l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s

i v e

g a s

/ a

i r

o i l

i n d i c a t i o n

t y p e

c o n t r o

l

c o n n e c t i o n


l

o n s



b a r


° C

w a t e r

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r

FH 15 - 25 female thread bronze l 16 200 l 3 226

ON 8 - 15 female thread brass l 6 70 l 3 227

OW 8 - 50 female thread brassl

6 70l 3

228

WO1 8 - 40 female thread brass l 16 100 l 3 2298 - 40 female thread stainless steel l 16 100 l 3

FK 15 - 50 female thread bronze l 16 170 l 3 230

FQ 15 - 25 female thread bronze l 16 200 l 3 231

SK 15 - 25 female thread bronze l 16 200 l 3 232

BL 8 - 40 female thread stainless steel l 16 200 l 3 3 3 233

f l a p

s p

h e r e

s i g h t g

l a s s

G





Flow Indicator 7.1.sight glass Visoflow FH-...GR FH.


FH-015GRTECHNICAL DATA

media temperature water max. 100°Coil max. 200°C

average pressue loss 0.06bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

body bronze Rg5ring brass Ms58window soda-lime glassseal klingersil C4400

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2nominal diameter DN 20 - G3/4nominal diameter DN 25 - G1female thread

bronze

METERING SUBSTANCES

water

oil



weightkg

1616FH-025GR

Xmm

251.10

74

1.20141416 1.25

383842


020

FH-

4565

FH-015GR 16

RG

G

015

R

68

025

015

PNbar

Lmm

858595

Bmm

68

Mechanical Flow Indicator as sight glass for contaminatedor coloured substances. Rugged design in brass / bronzecombination.

no moving partsoptional installationoptical control of liquid qualityfor contaminated or coloured liquidsdouble-faced, wide windowsnatural glass

AFmm

FH-020GR b r o n z e G 1/2

G 3/4G 1

G Type


Basic

226



Flow Indicator 7.1.sight glass Visoflow ON-...GM ON.


ON-015GMTECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

housing stained brasstube natural glass

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREOperation of the drip nose basic typewith downward flow only. specification

nominal diameter DN 8 - G1/4nominal diameter DN 10 - G3/8nominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2female thread

brass

METERING SUBSTANCES

water

oil




0.1611812

M

Xmm

11

Type AFmm

19

G

15

M

G

0.2032

008

4066

weightkg

Dmm


102720

0.085

G 1/2

008ON-

G

G 1/4G 3/8

PNbar

6ON-008GMON-010GM

Mechanical Flow Indicator with sight glass for contaminated or coloured substances. Drip nose allowsreliable flow indication even for low flow rates. Ruggeddesign in brass.

no moving partsfor contaminated or coloured liquidsnatural glass

ON-015GM b r a s s

015010

G

Basic

227



Flow Indicator 7.1.sight glass Visoflow OW-...GM OW.


OW-025GMTECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

G1/4-G1/2 G1-G2body stained brass brass nickel platedtube natural glass acrylic

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 25 - G1

DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2female threadbrass

METERING SUBSTANCES

water

oil




Mechanical Flow Indicator with sight glass for contaminated or coloured substances. Rugged design inbrass.

no moving partsoptional installationfor contaminated or coloured liquidsnatural glass

PNbar

66

OW-008GMOW-010GMG 3/8

G Type

2325

weightkg

0.080.160.200.621.401.50

Xmm

11109

AFmm

192732

Lmm

7070


1520

130148

6065

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

220

010015

6

G 1/2 6

M

250

008

040

025

193090G 1 OW-025GM

OW-015GM 7090 466

MG

G 1/4

b r a s s

G 1 1/2 OW-040GMG 2 OW-050GM

050

6

008

GOW-

Basic

228



Flow Indicator 7.1.sight glass Visoflow WO1-…GM/GK WO1.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/4 to G1 1/2 brass/stainless steel


MATERIALS

WO1-...GM WO1-...GKhousing brass Ms58 nickel plated stainless steel 1.4305tube duran glass duran glasswipers NBR vitonseal NBR viton

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1

DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2female threadbrass design

METERING SUBSTANCES stainless steel designPro gramme option seal / wiper EPDMBASIC

water

oil




weightkg

Xmm

SWmm

0.3936

WO1-025G. 16 90

0.60.6

10494

1346

651646

46 16

Mechanical Flow Indicator with sight glass for contaminated or coloured substances. Rugged design inbrass or stainless steel.

optional installationtube-shaped sight glass withinternal cleaning wipersfor contaminated or coloured liquids360° visibility

60

7186

G 3/8 WO1-010G. 16 20

Lmm

710.3936

0.6

1.61.6

WO1-040G. 16 220 20120130 65

19

WO1- 008

16

M008

G

G 1/2 WO1-015G. 16 30G 3/4

G 1 1/2

G 1G 1 1/4 WO1-032G. 16 150

WO1-020G.

020015

025


010

040032

MK

G Type PNbar


G 1/4 WO1-008G. 16 15

G


WO1-010GMTECHNICAL DATA

G

Basic

229



Flow Indicator 8.1.flap Visoflow FK-...GR FK.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/2 to G2 bronze/cast iron

FK-020GRTECHNICAL DATA


average pressure loss 0.06bar at Qmax.

MATERIALSbody bronze / cast iron

cover cast ironwindow hard glassseal flexicarb with metal enforcementbody stainless steel 1.4436flap polysulfon

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationDN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2female threadbronze/cast iron

METERING SUBSTANCES

water

oil




Mechanical Flow Indicator for liquids. A finger flaparranged in the flow chamber provides indication of themomentary flow rate. The partition into three finger elements makes a dynamic indication possible, as eachlight-weight finger-component reacts to the slightestchange of flow characteristic. Rugged design in bronze or cast iron.

double-faced wide windownatural glass

b r o n z e / c a s t i r o n

025

015

170

Type

FK-015GRFK-020GRFK-025GR

0.80G 1

401.6016 60

90

3.00

020015

0.85

G PNbar

weightkg

16


25

Lmm

90

Dmm

G 1/2

G 1 1/2G 2

1616

FK-040GRFK-050GR

G 3/4

G

FK- G

120250

16

5.90

R

114

R

050040 n

o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

40

Bmm

74

130

Amm

60607690

110116138

9574

6080

Xmm

1414182025

4049

6174

AFmm

363643

Basic

230



Flow Indicator 8.1.flap Visoflow FQ-...GR FQ.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/2 bis G1 bronze

TECHNICAL DATA FQ-015GR017

Scale increments 1 to 10. Calibration see nomenclature.


average pressure loss 0.09bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

body bronzering brass

window soda-lime-glassseal klingersil C4400bolt stainless steel 1.4305flap stainless steel 1.4310scale stainless steel 1.4310

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationnominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2nominal diameter DN 20 - G3/4nominal diameter DN 25 - G1female threadbronzeindication range 2.1- 17 l/min H 2Oindication range 2.1- 20 l/min H 2Oindication range 2.1- 24 l/min H 2O

METERING SUBSTANCES

water




Scale increments 1 to 10. Indication value is indicated for horizontally increasing flow.

14.0 17.8 247.0 7.8 9.2 11.12,1- 24 2.1 4.0 5.0

Mecanical Flow Indicator for liquids. A solid stainless steelflap arranged in the wetted chamber is lifted by theincoming flow and indicates the actual flow rate on anexternal reading scale. Rugged design in bronze/brasscombination.

high temperature dutydouble-faced wide windownatural glass

indication rangel/min H 2O

scale increments

2.1 7.5 8.92.1 3.2 3.8 4.3 4.7 5.0

11.6 206.33.2 4.5 5.2 5.6

10

5.7 9.5 17

7 8 9

7.5

2 3 4 5

8525

6

2.1 - 17 68

025

FQ-015GR017

G PNbar

b r o n z e G 1/2

G 3/4G 1 FQ-025GR024

FQ-020GR0201436

74

020

16

1616

weightkg

Type Qmax. recom .l/min H 2O

Lmm

Bmm

Xmm

AFmm

indication rangel/min H 2O

1.201.10

015

017G R

85

G

1.2568 1436

1642

015

952.1 - 202.1 - 24

4565

FQ-

2,1- 17

R

020017

2,1- 20

1

For combinations see table"technical data".

oil

024

G

Basic

231



Flow Indicator 8.1.flap Visoflow SK-...GR SK.GR

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/2 to G2 bronze/cast iron

TECHNICAL DATA

Scale increments 1 - 10. Calibration see nomenclature.


average pressure loss 0.07bar of full scale.

MATERIALSbody bronze / cast ironcover cast ironwindow crown hard glassseal flexicarb with metal enforcementbolt stainless steel 1.4436

flap stainless steel 1.4436scale aluminium

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationDN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2

female threadbronzeindicating range 3 - 25 l/min H 2O

indicating range 5 - 40 l/min H 2OMETERING SUBSTANCES indicating range 10 - 76 l/min H 2O

indicating range 15 - 195 l/min H 2OSpecial option stainless steel design

water VARIO flange connector in cast ironflange connector in stainless steel

Scale increments 1 to 10. Indication value is indicated for horizontally increasing flow.oil



15- 195

Qmax. recom .l/min H 2O

30

250

60

076

Mechanical Flow Indicator for liquids. A solid stainlesssteel flap arranged in the wetted chamber is lifted by theincoming flow and indicates the actual flow rate on aninternal reading scale. Rugged design in bronze/cast ironcombination.

high temperature dutydouble-faced wide windowdirt-resistant

5- 4010- 76

Type indicating rangel/min H 2O

3 - 253 - 25

SK-015GR025SK-020GR025

SK-050GR195

5 - 40

10 - 7615 -195

SK-025GR040

SK-040GR076

G

G 1/2G 3/4

b r o n z e / c a s t i r o n

G 1

195

scale increments

7615 23 29 35 41 46 59 79 118

21 2810

36 44 63

255 7 9 10 40

2013 15 18

6

10 14 19

8 9

22 27 30

10

3 4 5 7

71 2

14

8

130

025R

040

543

195

G

040050

SK- 015

020

43

025

R

Amm

90

1.01.01.8

40 143649 18

20 3.4

weightkg

025

Lmm

9090

110

114

95

120

9

806174


605.925

Xmm

AFmm

40 14366040

Dmm

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

116

7460

138

Bmm

16

1616

PNbar

1616

76

170

74

SK-020GR025

3- 25

G 1 1/2G 2


015

G


Basic

232



Flow Indicator 9.1.sphere Visoflow BL-...GK BL.

GENERAL CHARACTERISITICS Female thread G1/4 to G1 1/2 stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA BL-010GK

media temperature max. 200°Caverage pressue loss 0.2bar at Qmax.

MATERIALS

housing stainless steel 1.4436, 1.4410sphere PTFEdome borosilikateseal viton and klingersil C4400

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationDN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4

DN 25 - G1DN 40 - G1 1/2female threadstainless steel

METERING SUBSTANCES

water gas/air

aggressiveoil liquids




Amm

Hmm

Lmm

Qmax.recom .

l/min H 2O

weightkg

Xmm

AFmm

Bmm

010

Mechanical Flow Indicator for liquids, gasses or aggressive metering substances. The liquid enters a valvehousing and lifts the ball from the valve seat placed inglass dome. Rugged design in stainless steel.

high temperature duty

BL-040GK s t a i n l e s s s t e e l

G 1 1/2

015

G

020

025

2.5

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

3062

BL-015GK8

12G 1/2G 3/4 7889BL-020GK 25G 1

60BL-025GK

11811 2316 408

0.860

76

122876 67

42 0.760 1628

7760

184267

42

16 1.5

4

6776

89

008

42

50954278 1.3

146060

4545

K

281.4

18

0.7

040

KG

Not recommendable for dark or contaminated liquids.

16

16

G Type

BL-008GK

BL-010GK

G 1/4

G 3/8

PNbar

16

5

BL- 008

164

sphere l/min H 2O

fistmovement

fullvisibility

0.3 1.5

0.3 1.50.32.5

G

Basic

233




Basic

234

Honsberg at work

Monitoring and indicating air flow in paintingsystems

In painting machines, compressed air is used as a carrier for the paint.The constant air flow rate is decisive for the painting result. Honsbergcomponents are used for such applications.

Flow control instrument MR1K

The flow meter monitors the homogenous air flow and immediatelysignals when this has been undercut or exceeded.

l Piston technology using special stainless steel pistonsl Additional movement dampingl Soft piston stop

Flow indication instrument WR1

l Additional visual monitoring due to the rotation of a bright red rotorin a glass tube with an all-round view

l Special rotor bearing in ball bearings guarantees wear-free functionand start-up even where minimum flow quantities are involved



235

Orifice

The technology

The dynamic orifice adapts the size of the cross-section on the basis of flow-dependent differential pressure, thuslimiting the flow rate to a defined

value.

Application

l Independent limitation of flow quantities without external power, forexample during distribution of central feed among consumers.

Advantages

l Can be installed in any positionl No power required Contents



l Regulatingl Switching

Concept Metal or elastomer orifice in the housingNominal diameter 10 - 25Connection female threadPN 100 - 200Max. temperature 300 °CSignal thresholdAdjustable –Materials brass, stainless steelInstallation position anyMetering materials liquids

Technical data

H




Basic

236

System description

Device systemsLimiting liquid flow.

The medium produces a certain differential pressure at the orifice whichleads to the metal or elastomer elements being pushed into a sphericalcap. This effects a narrowing of the cross-section which limits the flow

to a fixed value.

There are spring-supported orifices available for complex tasks. Thesemove over a certain flow-dependent path and then rest against an endstop. The advantage of such devices is the greater load capacity withregard to the maximum differential pressure, which allows these devices

to be used for limiting even very large flow quantities.

These flow limiters [KH] are optionally available with a threshold fixturewhich triggers a threshold contact at zero flow.

Type Signal sensor Full metal Differential Max. Max.pressure pressure temperature

bar bar °CKH + - 2.5 - 30 200 110KM - + 1.5 - 10 200 300WK - - 2 - 10 100 65WP - - 1.0 - 10 16 70WT - - 1.5 - 8 100 100

Differential pressure:

Dynamic orifice [KH]

Static metal orifice [KM, WM]

1.5 bar 10 bar

2.5 bar 30 bar

Static elastomer orifice [WK, WP, WT]

2.0 bar 10 bar

Automatic distribution of a centralsupply into individual lines

F l o w r a t e a s

%

o f r e g u l a t i n g q u a n t i t y

KHK



237

m i s c e

l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s

i v e

a i r / g a s

o i l

i n d i c a t i o n

t y p e

c o n t r o

l

c o n n e c t i o n


l

o n s



b a r


° C

w a t e r

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r


Honsberg at work

Independent limitation of cooling systems in X-ray tubesand nuclear magnetic resonance tomographs

X-ray tubes and nuclear magnetic resonance tomographs require precisecooling systems to prevent the tubes from overheating.

Honsberg limiters guarantee independent limitation of the coolant quantity to the required flow rate in the cooling units on the basis of differential pressure,both in the main pipe and in the bypass.

Type KHK limitation in the main flowand additional threshold for interrup-

ting the liquid flow.

Type KH for limitation within thebypass.

KH 15 female thread brass l 200 120 l 23815 female thread stainless steel l 200 120 l

KM 15 - 20 female thread brass 200 300 l l 239

15 - 20 female thread stainless steel 200 300 l l

WK 15 - 25 female thread brass 100 65 l 24015 - 25 female thread stainless steel 100 65 l

WP 15 female thread brass 16 70 l 241

WT 15 female thread brass 100 100 l 242

m e t a

l

e l a s t o m e r e r e

H




Flow Regulator 12.1.orifice Fluvastop KH-...GM/GK KH.


TECHNICAL DATA

* Max. differential pressure 30 bar !differential pressure 2.5 - 30 bar tolerance ±15% minimum 1l/minmedia temperature max. 120°C

MATERIALS ELECTRICAL DATAKH.-015GM… KH.-015GK… reed switch - wiring 0.378 n.o.

body brass Ms58 s.s. 1.4305 300 V AC 0.15 A 10 VAorifice brass Ms58 s.s. 1.4305 Signal is activated by approx.30% of magnet bariumferrite bariumferrite nominal flow ratespring s.s. 1.4310 s.s. 1.4310 connection for locking plug M12x1, 4-polesnap ring copper s.s. 1.4310 protection class IP 65seal NBR vitonswitch head POM POM NOMENCLATURE

MOUNTING POSITION basic typespecificationflow regulator flow regulator with switch headnominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2female threadbrass designstainless steel design

METERING SUBSTANCES

Sondero ption special rangeswater VARIO entrance/male thread

special thread




Ms G 1/2 200VA

KH.-015GM...1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,12,16,20,25,30

KHK-

150G 1/2 KH.-015GK...

The orifice moves against the force of a supporting springin flow direction and reduces the free flow symmetry of thehousing. By a variation of holes the maximal flow may belimited to a fixed rate.

metal designoptional installationno additional power supplyswitch head

G PN *bar

regulation ratel/min H 2O

Type Lmm

KHK-015GM006

5959

1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,12,16,20,25,30

Installation position mayinfluence regulate rate.

bar

015

015

KHK-KH-

KM

001

030...

G

G

M 001

f l o w r a t e %

o f r e g u l a t i o n r a t e

regulation rate 001 - 030 l/min H 2Osee table

weightkg

0.20.2

SWmm

2727

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

0 2 4 86 10 12

1brown

2white

3blue

4black

free

KH-015GM006

Basic

238



Flow Regulator 12.1.orifice Fluvastop KM-...GM/GK KM.


KM-020GM016TECHNICAL DATA

* Max. differential pressure16 bar !differential pressure 1,5 - 10 bar media temperature max. 300°C

MATERIALS NOMENCLATUREKM-...GM KM-...GK basic type

body brass Ms58 s.s. 1.4301 specificationorifice s.s. 1.4310 s.s. 1.4310 nominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2insert s.s. 1.4301 s.s. 1.4301 nominal diameter DN 20 - G3/4

s.s. 1.4122 s.s. 1.4122 female threadMOUNTING POSITION brass design

stainless steel design

Special option special rangesVARIO entrance/female thread

exit/male threadMETERING SUBSTANCES special thread

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDERwater - Please indicate metering substance and regulation quantity with your order.

- With viscous liquids indicate viscosity, temperature andmetering substance (e.g. ISO VG68) (regulation rate on request)




f l o w r a t e %


For combinations see table"technical data"

regulation rate 001 - 030 l/min H 2Osee table

12 161.2

201.20.5

Mechanical Flow Regulator. The regulator consists of astar shaped stainless steel diaphram which is pressed intoa metal funnel component according to flow-proportionaldifferential pressure.

optional installationno wear-partsno additional power supply

regulation ratetolerance ±

251.50.7

0.130.30

Xmm

PN *bar

200

weightkg

1036 14

030

001

Type AFmm

Lmm

42 27


0.22

50

l/min

KM-

200

0.7301.50.5

40.4

6

015

015 G

10

4 - 3010

G 1/2G 3/4

14

KM-020GM...1 - 16

l/min3

bar

1

KM-015GM...

200

0.2 0.48

G

001M

42

M s

020G

K

...

0.30 V A G 1/2 KM-015GK... 200 1 - 16 27 0.13

G 3/4

oil max. 30mm²/s

4 -30 50 36KM-020GK...

M

120

100

80

60

40

20

00 2 71 3 4 5 86

H

Basic

239



Flow Regulator 12.1.orifice Fluvastop WK-...GM/GK WK.


TECHNICAL DATA WK-015GM012

* Max. differential pressure16 bar !

differential pressure 2 - 10 bar tolerance ±15%media temperature max. 65°C

MATERIALS NOMENCLATUREWK-...GM WK-...GK basic type

body brass Ms 58 s.s. 1.4305 specificationinsert POM POM nominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2o-ring NBR NBR nominal diameter DN 20 - G3/4spacer s.s. 1.4571 s.s. 1.4571 nominal diameter DN 25 - G1

female threadMOUNTING POSITION brass design

stainless steel design3 l/min



METERING SUBSTANCES Special option special rangesVARIO entrance/female thread

exit/male threadwater

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate metering substance and regulation quantity with your order.- With viscous liquids indicate viscosity, temperature and

metering substance (e.g. ISO VG68) (regulation rate on request)



015

025


G

b r a s s G 1/2

G 3/4G 1

WK- 015 G 003M

46

MK

0.18

weightkg

AFmm

020

100

100


40

Xmm

1230

Lmm

40

10036WK-020GK...

Type PN *bar

403,5,6,8,10

60

4060

0.700.180.18

30

0.70

20121220

12 0.183646

G

006005

003

For combinations see table"technical data"

012015

008010

r e g u l a t i o n r a t e

H 2

O

f l o w r a t e %


bar

6,8,10,12,153,5,6,8,10

6,8,10,12,156,8,10,12,15WK-025GK...

WK-025GM...WK-015GK...

s t a i n l e s G 1/2

G 3/4G 1

Mechanical Flow Regulator for liquids. The regulator consists of a perforated plastic housing and an integratedo-ring which is pressed into a plastic housing according toflow-proportional differential pressure.


WK-020GM...WK-015GM...

6,8,10,12,15100100

100

120

100

80

60

40

20

0 0 2 71 3 4 5 86

Basic

240



Flow Regulator 12.1.orifice Fluvastop WP-015GM WP.


WP-015GM050

TECHNICAL DATAregulation rate 0.5 ; 1 ; 1.5 ; 2 ; 3,2 ; 4 ; 5 ; 7 ; 8 ; 10 ; 12 ; 15 ; 18 ; 20 l/minsystem pressure PN 16 bar differential pressure 1 - 10 bar tolerance ±10%media temperature max. 70°Cstorage temperature -25 to 100°C

weight 0.2 kg

MATERIALS NOMENCLATUREbody brass basic typeinsert NBR specification

nominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2MOUNTING POSITION female thread

brass designstainless steel design

0.5 l/min1.0 l/min1.5 l/min2 l/min3.2 l/min

METERING SUBSTANCES 4 l/min5 l/min7 l/min

water 8 l/min10 l/min12 l/min15 l/min18 l/min20 l/min

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate metering substance and regulation quantity with your order.




r e g u l a t i o n r a t e

H 2

O

200

070

100120

080

050

020032040

015

f l o w r a t e %


015

G

KM

005M

Mechanical Flow Regulator for liquids. The regulation isprovided by a modification of the flow symmetry during arestriction of the free rubber chord diameter of theregulator element.


bar

WP- 015

G

180150

005010

120

100

80

60

40

20

00 2 71 3 4 5 86

H

Basic

241



Flow Regulator 12.1.orfice Fluvastop WT-015GM WT.


WT-015GM050

TECHNICAL DATAregulation rate 5 ; 7.5 ; 13.5 l/minsysrem pressure PN 100 bar differential pressure 1.5 - 8 bar tolerance ±15%media temperature max. 100°Cweight 0.2 kg

MATERIALS NOMENCLATUREbody brass Ms58 nickel plated basic typeinsert perbunan specification

nominal diameter DN 15 - G1/2MOUNTING POSITION female thread

brass designregulation rate 5.0 l/min H 2Oregulation rate 7.5 l/min H 2Oregulation rate 13.5 l/min H 2O

IMPORTANT FOR YOUR ORDER- Please indicate metering substance and regulation quantity with your order.

METERING SUBSTANCES - With viscous liquids indicate viscosity, temperature andmetering substance (e.g. ISO VG68) (regulation rate on request)

water



WT-

G015

bar

135

M

075050

f l o w r a t e %


G 050

Mechanical Flow Regulator for liquids. The regualtion isprovided by a modification of the flow symmetry during arestriction of the free rubber chord diameter of theregulator element.

optional installationno wear partsno additional power supply

M

015


120

100

80

60

40

20

00 2 71 3 4 5 86

Basic

242



Level

FloatMagnetic-equipped float follows the levelin the guide tube and triggers a thres-hold contact or reed switch chain.

Sight glassOptical display of the filling level ofa container

Concept sight glass, float, ultrasonicNominal diameter 1/8 to 2Connection screw-in thread, flange, female threadPN 5 - 40Max. temperature 200 °CSignal threshold, 4[0]..20 mA, W , 0..10 V Adjustable yesMaterials brass, stainless steel, plasticInstallation position cover or wall mountingMetering materials liquids or solids

Technical data


Contents

System description

Device systems 244

Function and advantages 245

Metering materials and accuracy 246Handling and operation 247

Honsberg products in practical use 248


The technology

Application

l Liquid level monitoringl Containers in vertical or horizontal installation positions

Advantages

l Simple device structurel Adaptation of the device to individual applicationsl Threshold value or measured value sensor

I

243




Basic

244

System description

Device systemMonitoring and metering levels using floats is a reliable method ofmonitoring and metering filling levels in containers and apparatus.

Vertical installationThe level sensor is installed in the required length and with the requirednumber of contacts vertically in the container. The level moves a float which is equipped with a magnet, and in this way activates the reedcontact which is hermetically sealed in the tube and triggers the thres-hold value.

This may include a n.o. or n.c. contact or open contact depending on the required function, e.g. rising level or falling level is critical for theprocess.In this way comprehensive monitoring can be established.

In case of vertical design, the switching point can be selected in thosecases where the contact units have been arranged adjustably

in the tube [NR].

In addition, the fixed-setting threshold contacts [NM, NMM, SB] arereplaced by a resistor chain [LC] which creates a level-proportionateresistance signal through the magnetic field of the float, thus allowingcontinual level measurement in the container.

Protection tube(1) with basic disk

(2) stabilises levelindications inextreme workingconditions.

1

2



245

Horizontal installationIn the case of horizontal devices the monitor is installed in the wall at

the same height of the level to be monitored. In this way different levelscan be monitored by different devices arranged in different positions.

Functions and advantagesThe advantage of the system is the versatility to individual applications bychoice of pipe length and the purely physical basis of the float operation.It is important for the float to be of the correct weight which has to be

in relation to the density of the flow medium.

Metering materials and accuracy The metering materials concentrate on all types of liquids, with a min.specific density of 0.34 g/cm³.The accuracy of the threshold sensors is 1 %, partly depending on thecontact bracket used in level transducers.

Handling and operationMechanical and electrical recommendations must be observed duringinstallation. The devices are largely maintenance-free.

The devices can be operated as make contact or break contact depen-ding on their installation position.

Sight glassSight glasses [NA, NB, NBS, NG] are available for optical monitoring. Make contact Break contact

high lowdensity density

I




Basic

246

Honsberg products in practical use

Level management in construction machinery In construction machinery (wheeled loaders/chain movers etc.) reliableand sturdy monitoring of the water, oil and fuel situation plays a majorrole in load capacity and maintenance freedom of the drive unit.

The demands made on relevant metering and monitoring devices arehigh on account of the special operating conditions in the constructionmachinery environment:

Impact, vibration, temperature and tilt.

Examples

Honsberg is an original equipment manufacturer for important machin-ery manufacturers and supplies level-monitoring devices for oil andwater as well as metering devices for fuel.

The monitoring devices work as minimum threshold level sensors andproduce a warning signal when the minimum level is reached whereas

the fuel sensors provide a continual level-dependent output which is transferred to a display instrument in the cockpit.

Types NRK [fuel]NRW [water]

NROE [oil]Length 150 to 900 mmThreshold value min. and/or max.Output signal OhmOptional Temperature monitor, surge pipe

Metering Monitoring

Single-float technologywith surge

pipe

Multiple-float technologywith surge

pipe

Max.level

monitoring

Min.level

monitoring

Max.level

monitoring + temperature

monitoring

Advantages:

l Close grid in meteringchain

l Metering chain cast inplastic pipe

l Linear function optional temperature monitoring

l External assemblypossible

Advantages:

l Threshold value with optional temper-ature monitoring

l Contacts cast in plastic pipel Stable operation even in tilted positions

Linearized graph of tank level to resistance value

Full



247

m i c e l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s

i v e

a i r / g a s

o i l

c o n t r o

l

t y p e

c o n n e c t i o n

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r


l

o n s



b a r


° C

w a t e r


I

NM-..HP male thread plastic l 5 60 l l 248NM-..HK male thread stainless steel l 15 105 l l 248

male thread stainless steel l 40 105 l l 248NMS-..HK male thread stainless steel l 12 105 l l 249

SB-..HM male thread brass l 12 105 l l 250

NR flange aluminium l 15 100 l l 1-4 switch 252male thread stainless steel l 15 100 l l l 1-4 switch

LC male thread brass m m l m 20 105 l l 254male thread stainless steel m m l m 40 105 l l l

RW-..HK male thread stainless steel l 6 200 l l 256RWI-..PP male thread plastic l 6 80 l l 257RWI-..PV male thread plastic l 6 130 l l 257

MW3/NW3 male thread brass l 25 110 l l 258male thread stainless steel l 10 110 l l l

NW1 male thread brass l 25 110 l l 259male thread stainless steel l 10 110 l l l

CWE male thread brass l 11 120 l l 260

MWI male thread brass l 15 180 l l 261male thread stainless steel l 15 180 l l

NG female thread aluminium l l 8 75 l l 262

NBS male thread brass l 50 l l 263

NA male thread brass l 80 l l 264NB male thread brass l 80 l l 264

NL male thread steel l 100 l l 265male thread stainless steel l 100 l l l

i n f r a r e

d

f l o a t

s i g h t g

l a s s




Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix NM-...HK/HP NM.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1/8A - G1/4A stainless steel / Pg7 PP

NM-007HPNM-004HK2

TECHNICAL DATA NM-008HK

Instrument is supplied without seal!

NM-007HP NM-004HK2 NM-008HK

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATA Operation can be modified byreed switch reversing the position of the float.wiring 0.225n.c. or n.o. depending on installation positioncable 1,5 mNM-007HP - 250 V AC 0,5 A 10 VANM-004HK2 - 300 V AC 0,5 A 50 VANM-008HK - 250 V AC 1,3 A 80 VAprotection class IP 65

Installation position influences operation!


BeispielBeschreibung

water male thread Pg7 connection thread plasticmale thread G1/8A connection thread stainless steelmale thread G1/4A connection thread stainless steel

oil




polypropylene

NM-

G 1/8 APg7

NM-004HK2NM-007HP

15

G

G 1/4 A

max. 60°Cmax. 105°Cmax. 105°C

≥ 0.80≥ 0.70≥ 0.66NM-008HK

1.45711.4571

5

media temperature°C

PNbar

liquid densityg/cm³

Type material

PP / PA

40

007HP007HP004HK2008HK

stainless steelstainless steel

Mechanical Level Switch for liquids. A magnet-equippedfloat triggers a reed switch in a pre-fixed position.

top or bottom assembly for min. or max. controlreliablegood repeatability

weightg

4060

130

Basic

248



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix NMS-004HM NMS.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1/8A stainless steel/spansil

TECHNICAL DATA NMS-004HM40 NMS-004HM47 NMS-004HM77


Instrument is supplied without seal!

MATERIAL

body brass Ms58float spansilnuts bronze / NMS-004HM47 stainless seel

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATA Operation can be modified byreed switch reversing the position of the float.wiring 0.225n.c. or n.o. depending on installation positioncable 1.5 mNMS-004HM40 - 300 V AC 0,5 A 70 VANMS-004HM47 - 300 V AC 0,5 A 70 VANMS-004HM77 - 250 V AC 1,3 A 80 VAprotection class IP 65

Installation position influences operation!

METERING SUBSTANCES NOMENCLATUREBeispielBeschreibung

water male thread G1/8Aconnection threadbrass

oil length 40 mmlength 47 mmlength 77 mm



NMS-004HM47 ≥ 0.38G 1/8 A NMS-004HM77 ≥ 0.34

Mechanical Level Switch for liquids. A magnet-equippedfloat triggers a reed switch in a pre-fixed position.

top or bottom assembly for min. or max. controlreliablegood repeatability

47Messing G 1/8 A NMS-004HM40 ≥ 0.40

L0mm

40G 1/8 A

G Type liquid densityg/cm³

PNbar

004

12

NMS- 004

12

HM

weightg

55

Bmm

10

Dmm

3020

20

L1mm

12 6534 30 1020

75

H M

12 77

40

404777


I

Basic

249



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix SB-025HM SB.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1A brass

punctual guidance of the plastic floatsupport reliable operation

even with contaminated liquids

TECHNICAL DATA SB-025HM0100

tolerance ±5mmmedia temperature max. 105°C

MATERIALS

tube brass Ms58gfloat spansilhousing brass Ms58


L1mm

100


≥ 0.34

Lmm

400500SB-025HM0500

1212

≥ 0.34≥ 0.34

SB-025HM0300SB-025HM0400

G1 A

G

b r a s s

Type

SB-025HM0100SB-025HM0200 160

weightkg

0.35

0.550.60

0.40

460

60

3600.50≥ 0.34 300 260

1212

≥ 0.34 200

A magnet equipped float follows the liquid an activates areed switch scaled into the tube in a fixed position.

top assembly

PNbar

12

Basic

250



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix SB-025HM SB.

ELECTRICAL DATA

reed switch - wiring 0.280 change over 220 V AC 0.5 A 60VAplug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65


water

oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationsocket thread G1 A brass - float spansiltube length L= 100mmtube length L= 200mmtube length L= 300mmtube length L= 400mmtube length L= 500mmspecial tube lengthtemperature 120°C




025HM0100


SB-

05000400

025HM

02000300

0100

1 3 2

I

Basic

251



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix NR-...HK/EA NR.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G2A stainless steelFlange Ø120 aluminium

TECHNICAL DATA NR-120EA1000


MATERIALS

NR-050HK NR-120EAtube s.s. 1.4571 brassflange - aluminiumfloat s.s. 1.4571 s.s. 1.4571housing aluminium aluminium


NR-120EA0750NR-120EA1000

≥ 0.8≥ 0.8

Mechanical Level Switch for liquids in full metal design. Amagnet-equipped float triggers adjustable reed switches.

top assemblyadjustable switch value in 10mm incrementsup to 4 separate contacts

NR-050HK0500G2A NR-050HK0250

s t a i n l e s s

s t e e l


≥ 0.8≥ 0.8≥ 0.8

2

NR-050HK1000NR-050HK0750

flange

a l u m i n i u m

NR-120EA...

1.31.41.61.71.01.11.3

TypeG

NR-120EA0250NR-120EA0500

750≥ 0.8 5003

750

max. number of switch contacts

(to order separately)

Lmm

NR-050HK...

15151515

≥ 0.8

4

weightkg

4

42

3

1.41000

250500

≥ 0.8

PNbar

151515

154

1000250

Basic

252



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix NR-...HK/EA NR.

ELECTRICAL DATA

See switch module.


water design stainless steel NR-050HKfor aggressive liquids

oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationsocket thread G2A stainless steelflange Ø120 aluminiumtube length L= 250mmtube length L= 500mmtube length L= 750mmtube length L=1000mmprotection tube aluminium (flange design only)special tube length up to 2500mmcombination flange and tube stainless steel

SWITCH MODULE

Switch modules to order seperately.

reed switchwiring 0.225 n.o. or n.c.cable gland Pg13,5250 V AC , 1 A , 250 VAprotection class IP 65

180°

Pull installation rail out of the tube, The markings on the rail allowposition switch module into the a precise positioning of therail holes and connect electrical switch module.connector in switch head




The switch modules can be operated as n.o. or n.c. by aturn of 180°. Minimal distance 80mm between moduls.

0250

RSpecial optionVARIO

10000750

0250

050HK050HK

Depending on tube length up to 4 contacts per instrument, see table "technical data"

NR-

⊕ NR-000

0500

120EA

S

O

I

Basic

253



Level Transmiter 20.1.float Nivofix LC-...HM/HK LC.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1A to G2A brass/stainless steel

punctual guidance of the plastic floatsupport reliable operation evenwith contaminated liquids

LC-S45HM0250 LC-K52HK0250TECHNICAL DATA

* +1000 Ohm series resistancelength tolerance ±5mmmedia temperature max. 105°C resistance output

max. 85°C 4..20mA, 0..10V

option option option standard4..20mA , 0..10V 4..20mA , 0..10V resistor resistor locking plug plug DIN 43650-A locking plug plug DIN 43650-A

MATERIALS

LC-S4.HM LC-K52HKtube Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571float Spansil stainless steel 1.4571housing Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571 LC-S45 LC-S44 LC-K52


1.1LC-K52HK2000 40 ≥ 0.66 20 0 - 4741 ±144 2000 1910 1.1

0 - 3493 ±120 1500 1410LC-K52HK1500 40 ≥ 0.66 20

1.0LC-K52HK1000 40 ≥ 0.66 20 0 - 2246 ± 94 1000 910 1.1

0 - 1647 ± 83 750 690LC-K52HK0750 40 ≥ 0.66 20±280 500 510 1.0LC-K52HK0500 40 ≥ 0.66 20

LC-K52HK0250 40 ≥ 0.66 10

0.8LC-S44HM2000 20 ≥ 0.44 20 0 - 4790 ±146 2000 1930 .08

0 - 3543 ±121 1500 1430LC-S44HM1500 20 ≥ 0.44 20

0.7LC-S44HM1000 20 ≥ 0.44 20 0 - 2295 ± 95 1000 930 0.7

690LC-S45HM1000 20 ≥ 0.34 10 0 - 2055 ± 64 1000 940

500 440 0.6LC-S45HM0750 20 ≥ 0.34 10 0 - 1503 ± 52 750

20 ≥ 0.34 10 ±1860 - 4300

toleranceOhm

at max

Lmm

L1mm

0 - 1800 ±136 250 190

0 - 1500 ±1300 - 4000

reso-lution

mm

resistor Ohm *

LC-S45HM050010

Type PNbar

liguid densityg/cm³

LC-S45HM0250 20 ≥ 0.34G1 A

0.6

250 160 1.0

b r a s s

A magnet equipped float activates a reed chain inside atube which is connected to resistors comparable to apotentiometer. The gapless positioning of the sensorsprovides a continuous signal with good resolution andrepeatability.

top assemblyselectable material combinations

G1 1/2 A

s t a i n l e s s s t e e l G2 A

G weightkg

0.5

Basic

254



Level Transmiter 20.1.float Nivofix LC-...HM/HK LC.

ELECTRICAL DATA plug DIN 43650-A locking plug M12x1 - 4pole

24 V DC 50 mAresistance value see table 'technical data'potentiometer resistance 500-2000 Ω

protection class IP 65

option:


water design stainless steelfor aggressive liquids

oil


basic typespecificationsocket thread G1 A brass - float Spansilsocket thread G1 1/2 A brass - float Spansilsocket thread G2 A stainless steeltube length L= 250mmtube length L= 500mmtube length L= 750mmtube length L= 1000mmtube length L= 1500mmtube length L= 2000mmresistor 4..20mA output (2-wire)4..20mA output (3-wire)0..10V outputplug DIN 43650-Aconnection for locking plug M12x1 4-polespecial tube lengthtemperature 120°C

PRINCIPLE COMBINATIONS

omni-LClocal electronic unit,2xNPN and PNP switch4(0)..20mA outputgraphical LCD displaywith flashing LEDprogram ring

Flex-LCswitch- or frequency output0..10V oder 4..20mA

Switching sequence: reed 1 switches PNP, NPNreed 1+2 switchesreed 2 switchesreed 2+3 switches




brown

113

black1

0250

WS45HM

0250 BLC- S45HM

S44HMK52HK

brownlocking plug

4..20mA 2-wire+(10-30VDC) ou tput

1plug DIN 43650-A

cable

T

1

1500

Z

1000

2000

SB

V

07500500

black blue

output 0VDC

4 32 3

output

1 2+(10-30VDC)

4..20mA 3-wire

3+(10-30VDC)


W

0V

blue

24

black brown4

0..10V

reed contact

plate

resistor

float

magnet

pipe

1

2

3

+ OUTGND

1 2 3

1kOhm

+ groundC

1 4 3

1kOhm

brow n blueblack+ groundC

I

Basic

255



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix RW-...HK RW.HK

GENERAL CHARACTERISITICS Male thread 1/8 BSPP - 1/2 BSPT stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATARW-015HKS RW-015HKL

pressure PN 5 bar PN 6 bar media temperature max. 120°C max. 200°Cweight 110g 120 gliquid density ≥ 0.75 g/cm³ ≥ 0,70 g/cm³

MATERIALS

RW-015HKS RW-015HKLbody stainless steel 1.4301 stainless steel 1.4571float stainless steel 1.4436 stainless steel 1.4571

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAreed switchwiring 0.225 n.c. or n.o. depending on installation positionplug design 250 V AC 0.5 A 50 VA

plug similar to DIN 43650-Ccontact distance 9.4mm

lead design 220 V AC 0,28 A 30 VAlead 600 mm

protection class IP 65

Installation position may influence operation!


water connection thread 1/2 BSPTsocket threadstainless steel

oil plug (only RW-015)leads



Mechanical Level Switch in full metal design for liquids. Amagnet-equipped float triggers a pre-fixed reed switch.

wall mountingreliablehigh temperaturegood repeatability

H

RW- 015 H015

K

K


SL

S

1 2 1 2

Basic

256



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix RWI-016PP/PV RWI.P

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Compression glandMale thread M16x1,5 polypropylen/PVDF

RWI-016PPTECHNICAL DATA

assembly internallyhole diameter 16.5

MATERIALS

RWI-016PP RWI-016PVbody polypropylen PVDF assembly externallyfloat polypropylen PVDF hole diameter 23seal viton viton

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAreed switchwiring 0.225 n.c. or n.o. depending on installation positioncable 0.5 m250 V AC 0.5 A 50VAprotection class IP 65




water compression glandpolypropylen PPPVDF

oil cablefaston clampseal silikonchange over 175 VAC 0.25 A 3VA

RWI-020HMRWI-016PPF with brass connection

version faston clamp male thrtead G3/4A





PVDF M16x1,5 RWI-016PV

016 PP

V

polypropylen M16x1,5

RWI-

weightg

75

media temperaturemax °C

90

Type liquid densityg/cm³

75130RWI-016PP ≥ 0.6

≥ 0.75 6

PNbar

3

KF

Mechanical Level Switch in full plastic for liquids. Amagnet-equipped float triggers a pre-fixed reed switch.

assembly externally up to wall thickness of 4mmor internally up to wall thickness of 6 mmwall mountingreliablegood repeatabilty

P

M

P K

I

Basic

257



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix MW3/NW3-020HM/HK MW3/NW3

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G3/4A brass/stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA NW3-020HM


-HM20spansil

MATERIALS

MW3/NW3-020HM MW3/NW3-020HK -020HKhousing Ms58 nickel plated stainless steel 1.4305 stainlesssocket Ms58 nickel plated stainless steel 1.4571 steelwetted parts stainless steel stainless steel

1.4310 ; 1.4571 1.4310 ; 1.4571float spansil stainless steel 1.4571 optionmagnet oxyd 300 oxyd 300 ball PVDFseal NBR viton

INSTALLATION POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAMW3 NW3micro switch reed switchwiring 0.374 change over wiring 0.225 n.c. or n.o. depending

Type 250 V AC 5 A on installation positionMW3 -020HK plug DIN 43650-A 230 V AC 1 A 50 VAlliquid density protection class IP 65 plug DIN 43650-A

≥ 1g/cm³ protection class IP 65



water micro switchdesign stainless steel reed switchMW3/NW3-020HK socket thread G3/4A

oil for aggressive liquids brass designstainless steel designcontact for locking plug M12x1, 4-pole

VARIO float ball PVDF



0.35

Special option

M

weightkg

brass G 3/4 A ≥ 0.7 0.35

PNbar

Lmm

7225

K

M

HNW3-

stainless steel

020MW3-

Mechanical Level Switch for liquids with magnetictriggering of an adjustable micro switch or rees switch.

high switch capabilitywall mountingreliablegood repeatability


≥ 0.9

G

G 3/4 A

H

10 76

Type

MW3 / NW3-020HMMW3 / NW3-020HK

MW3-


1 2 1 21 2 3 1 2 3

Basic

258



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix NW1-020HM/HK NW1


TECHNICAL DATA NW1-020HM


NW1-020HMMATERIALS spansil

NW1-020HM NW1-020HKhousing Ms58 stainless steel 1.4305socket Ms58 stainless steel 1.4571 NW1-020HKwetted parts stainless steel stainless steel stainless

1.4310 ; 1.4571 1.4310 ; 1.4571 steelfloat spansil stainless steel 1.4571magnet oxyd 300 oxyd 300seal NBR viton

optionINSTALLATION POSITION ball PVDF

ELECTRICAL DATAreed switchwiring 0.225 n.c. or n.o. dependingon installation position230 V AC 1 A 50 VAcable 1.5m

protection class IP 65Installation position may influence operation!


water socket thread G3/4Adesign stainless steel brass designNW1-020HK stainless steel design

oil for aggressive liquids switch ATEXBASIC (product information 92.1.U1)

special cable lengthVARIO float ball PVDF



MK

M


A

0.35

Programme option

weightkg

brass G 3/4 A ≥ 0.7 0.35

PNbar

Lmm

7425

H

H

stainless steel

020MW1-

G

G 3/4 A


Mechanical Level Switch for liquids with magnetictriggering of an adjustable rees switch.

high switch capabilitywall mountingreliablegood repeatability

10

Special option

80

Type

NW1-020HMNW1-020HK ≥ 0.9

1 2 1 2

I

Basic

259



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix CWE-025HM CWE.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread R1" brass

CWE-025HMTECHNICAL DATA


MATERIALS

socket brass Ms58wetted parts brass Ms58float policarbonatebellow tombakcap ABSplate steel zinc coating

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAmicro switch - wiring 0.391 change over 250 V AC 15(8) Acable gland M20protection class IP 65



water connection thread DN25 - R1"brass designgold contacts 125 V AC / 1 A

VARIO




Special option


M

weightkg

0.8

Lmm

232

R Type liquid densityg/cm³

PNbar

≥ 0.9 11

H M

Mechanical Level Switch for liquids. A bellow-supportedfloat triggers mechanically an adjustable micro switch.

high switch capabiitywall mountingreliablegood repeatability

H

025CWE-

CWE-025HMbrass R1"

white red blue

Basic

260



Level Switch 20.1.Float Nivofix MWI-025HM MWI.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1A brass

TECHNICAL DATA MWI-025HM


MATERIALS

housing brass Ms58float stainless steel 1.4571

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATA2 micro switchwiring 0.392 change over 250 V AC 5 Acable gland Pg 9protection class IP 65


water socket thread G1Abrass design

oil





G 1 A

G Type

MWI-025HMbrass ≥ 0.7

H M

PNbar

hysteresismm

MWI-

20 - 3015

weightkg

1.3


MH

Mechanical Level Switch for liquids with magnetictriggering of an adjustable micro switch.

temperature 180°Chigh switch capability2 micro switch, change over wall mountingreliablegood repeatability

025

21 3 54 6

I

Basic

261



Level Switch 20.1.float Nivofix NG-...GA NG.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread 1/2"NPT aluminium

NG-015GA1TECHNICAL DATA

media temperature max. 75 °Cswitch point 55mm middle thread entrance

ON (NG-015GA1)NG-015GA2 see sketch

MATERIALS

body aluminiumfloat stainless steelglass acrylicseal NBR NG-015GA1

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAreed switchleads 0.5 metre120 V AC 0.4 A140 V AC 0.2 A

24 V DC 1.0 A120 V DC 0.4 A220 V DC 0.2 Aprotection class IP 65 NG-015GA1 NG-015GA2

wiring 0.372 wiring 0.292


water female threadaluminium1 switch point

oil 2 switch points



A

Mechanical Level Switch for liquids. In a transparenthousing the magnet-equipped float follows the actual levelof the liquid and magnetically triggers a reed switch in anidentified and fixed position. Designed for bypassmounting.

level differences in bypassreliablegood repeatability

NG- 015

NG-015GA21/2"NPT

G

1

weightkg

PNbar

A

NG-015GA2

NG-015GA1 ≥ 0.8

NPT Type liquid densityg/cm³

aluminium> 0.8

2

G

1

8 0.90.88


1

2

Basic

262



Level Indicator 20.2.sight glass / float Nivofix NBS-010HM NBS.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G3/8A brass

NBS-010HM080

TECHNICAL DATA

media temperature max. 50°C length 40-200 from length 250

weight 95g (NBS-010HM040)195g (NBS-010HM300)

vent holein the cover

MATERIALS

body brasstube natural glasssight ring PVCrod acrylicfloat spansilbuffer NBR

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationconnection thread G3/8Asocket threadbrasslength 40 mmlength 60 mmlength 80 mmlength 100 mmlength 125 mmlength 150 mm

METERING SUBSTANCES length 200 mmlength 250 mmlength 300 mm

water length 50,70,90,175 and >300 mmconnection thread G1/2A

oil



100080

125150

Mechanical Level Indicator for liquids. In a sight glass afloat optically indicates the actual level.

top assemblydirect indication

040

Special option300

M

040H MNBS-010

010

VARIO

H

250

060

200


I

Basic

263



Level Indicator 21.1.sight glass Nivofix NA- / NB-010HM NA./NB.

GENERAL CHARACTERISITCS Male thread G3/8A brass

NA-010HM125 NB-010HM125TECHNICAL DATA

media temerature max. 80°C NA- NB-weight 90 g (NA-010HM040) length 40-200 from length 250 length 40-200 from length 250

130 g (NA-010HM300)

vent holein the cover

MATERIALS

body brasstube natural glass

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationstraight connectangled connectconnection thread G3/8Asocket threadbrasslength 40 mmlength 60 mmlength 80 mmlength 100 mm

METERING SUBSTANCES length 125 mmlength 150 mmlength 200 mm

water length 250 mmlength 300 mmlength 50,70,90,175 and >300 mm

oil connection thread G1/2A




M

VARIO

H

060

125

Special option300

100

NA-

010

010NA-NB-

040H M

200250

150

040

Mechanical Level Indicator which displays the actual leveldirectly in a tube shaped glass compartment.

no moving partswall mounting or top assembly

080

Basic

264



Level Switch 22.1.infrared Nivolock NL-015HS/HK NL.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread 1/2" NPT steel/stainless steel

NL-015AKT05

TECHNICAL DATA

NL-015HST05NL-015HST24NL-015HSN05NL-015HSN24NL-015HKT05

NL-015HKT24NL-015HKN05NL-015HKN24

* except freezing liquids

MATERIALS

NL-015HS. NL-015HK.body steel nickel plated stainless steelglass fused glass fused glass


NPT weightg

5

1/2" NPT

s . s

1/2" NPT

The electro optical sensor consists of a robust metalhousing and a fused glass prism which contains aninfrared LED and a light receiver. When rising liquidimmerses the prism the light is refracted out into the liquidleaving lithe or no light to reach the receiver. Sensing thischange the receiver actuates electronic switching withinthe unit to operate an external alarmunit.

small sizesolid state integrated elctronicsno moving partssimple installation

Type

s t e e l

function

wet - signal when sensor has no contact to liquiddry - signal when sensor has contact to liquid

inputpower VDC

5

5

wet - signal when sensor

has no contact to liquiddry - signal when sensor has contact to liquid

repeataccuracy

mediatemperature

°C *

PNbar

±1mm

±1mm

±1mm

±1mm

75

75

24

524

24

24

75

75

160

160

160

160

-40 .. 100

-40 .. 100

-40 .. 100

-40 .. 100

receiver

light from LED

prism

LED

receiver

light

LED

lost inliquid

I

Basic



Level Switch 22.1.infrared Nivolock NL-015HS/HK NL.

ELECTRICAL DATA

current consumentation ca. 45 mAinput power 5 VDC or 24 VDC (optional 12 VDC)output NPN open collector

transistor output whit 10K pull up resistor

may sink 18 mA max.wires 300mmprotection class IP 64


design stainless steelwater for aggressive liquids

oil

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationmale thread 1/2" NPTconnection thread steel nickel platedconnection thread stainless steelwet - signal when sensor has no contact to liquiddry - signal when sensor has contact to liquid

12 VDC24 VDC




015015

HKTN

T

1224

HS

NL- HS 05

functional limit- crystalline liquids- reflecting surfaces nearer than 50 mm- freezing liquids (temperature range)

black

red

0 VDC

12 VDC or 5VDC

outputw hite

load / 18mA max.

Basic

266



l Fully sealed enclosure Õ IP67

l Various electrical connectors Õ versatility

l Probe length 100 - 5000 mm Õ wide application

l contact structure alarm, Õ combination of controlsreed chain, additional in one instrumenttemperature sensor

l Float symmetry and material Õ adjustment to lowdensities

Why to use a level instrument

267

Basic



Market segments

Application

l Earth movers

l Air conditioners

l Motor technology

l Level control of water, oil and gasoline tanks in constructionmachines

l Level control of condensatel Level control of food oils

Where to use a level instrument


268

Basic



Temperature

The technology A bimetal element is triggered whena pre-set temperature threshold is reached.

A diaphragm with adjustable characteristicallows adjustable temperature control.

A platinum resistance sensor[PT100/1000] produces a linear tempera-

ture-dependent signal.

Application

l Temperature monitors and transmitters are used in wide areas ofindustrial plant construction as safety components to prevent prescribed operating temperatures being undercut or exceeded oras metering devices for the continual recording of temperaturedevelopments in processes.

Advantages

l Simple yes/no monitoringl Extremely accurate temperature measurement

Concept Built-in housingConnection: Screw-in thread G1/2A to G3/4A, R1/2”PN 16 - 200Max. temperature 145 °CSignal threshold, 4[0]..20 mAAdjustable yesMaterials brass, stainless steelInstallation position anyMetering materials liquids or gases

Technical data

Contents




J

269




Basic

270

System description

Device systemSturdy temperature monitors in brass or stainless steel housings areavailable for monitoring and metering temperature. Thanks to thestub-connection thread these can be installed directly in the pipeline.

BimetalA bimetal switch with a jump characteristic closes or opens when thepre-set temperature has been reached and triggers a threshold signal.

DiaphragmA temperature probe filled with an expansion fluid is used for deviceswith an infinitely variable switching point that can be selected via ascale.As temperature increases this metering material expands and acts on aspring-supported diaphragm which triggers a contact. A spring charac-

teristic is changed via the setting, thus influencing the triggering of the threshold value. Greater preliminary tension makes a greater triggeringforce necessary which in turn occurs at a higher temperature value.

Platinum resistance sensorThe temperature transmitters comprise a temperature sensorPT100/1000 resistance sensor which shows good dynamic behaviour

thanks to the small sensor diameter. The temperature-dependent change in resistance is transformed into a linear output signal4[0]..20 mA by the downstream electronics.


The devices provide a wide range of problem solutions for temperaturemonitoring and metering.

The material alternatives brass or stainless steel make their use possi-ble even in aggressive mediums.

Metering materials and accuracy Both liquids and gases can be considered as metering materials. The tolerances of the monitoring devices are 5K of the final value, in thecase of the temperature transmitters 1 % of the final value.



271

m i s c e

l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s

i v e

g a s

/ a

i r

o i l

i n d i c a t i o n

t y p e

c o n t r o

l

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r


l

o n s



b a r


° C

w a t e r


Honsberg at work

Temperature monitoring of pumps inhigh-pressure cleanersBimetal temperature switch TF1 installed in the pumphousing of high-pressure/low-pressure cleaners asoverheating protection, adjusted to 105 °C, to switchoff if this is exceeded.

TF1 male thread brass l 100 140 l l l 272male thread stainless steel l 100 140 l l l 3

TR male thread brass l 16 145 l l l 1-2 switch 273

ETS male thread stainless steel m m l m 25 80 l l l 3 274

ETSD male thread stainless steel l 25 80 l l l 3 differential 276

J

c o n t r o

l

m e a s u r e m e n t




Temperature Switch 30.1.bimetal Thermofix TF1-...M/K TF1.


TECHNICAL DATA TF1-040M015HS

Sensor has to be fully wetted. Switch value is indicated for increasing temperature 2K/min.

tolerance ±10°Kmedia Temperature switch value + 50°C

MATERIALS

TF1-...M015H.. TF1-...K015H..body Ms58 1.4305plug PA6.6 PA6.6

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATA wiring 0.212 wiring 0.214250 V AC 10 A n.o. n.c.plug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65


water gas/air

oil brass designstainless steel designconnection thread G1/2Aconnection thread G3/4A (36 AF)socket threadwiring 0.212 n.o.wiring 0.214 n.c.diode integrated in plug




Sensor has to be fullywetted!

TF1-...M015H..

PNbar

100100

switch value°C in increments to 10°

40 - 130

G Type

brass

040

040

G 1/2 AG 1/2 A TF1-...K015H..


TF1-

weightkg

0.12

hysteresisK

10 - 2010 - 2040 - 130

H S015

0.12

M

switch value 40 - 130°Cin increments of 10°...

130M

SO

A totally sealed bimetal thermostat opens or closes whenthe pre-fixed switch value is overrated or undercut.

optional installationcompact dimensionsn.o. or n.c. position

015

stainless steel

K

020H

1 2 1 2

Basic

272



Temperature Switch 30.1.diaphragm Thermofix TR-015HM TR.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1/2A brass

TECHNICAL DATAadjustable range TR-015HM1 externally adjustable 50 - 130°C

TR-015HM2 externally adjustable 35 - 95°Cinternally adjustable 50 - 130°C

adjustment in 5°C incrementstolerance ±5°K TR-015HM1 TR-015HM2pressure PN 16 bar media temperature max. 145°Cambient Temperature max. 80°Chysteresis TR-015HM1 8K

TR-015HM2 5Kweight TR-015HM1 0.3kg

TR-015HM2 0.5kg

MATERIALS

body brass nickel platedimmersion sleeve brass nickel platedprobe copper nickel platedcap plastic

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAmicro switchwiring 0.342 change over 250 V AC 15 A (8 A inductive)cable gland Pg13.5protection class IP 43


water gas/air connection thread R1/2"socket threadbrass design

oil 1 contact2 contactslength of pobe 200mm switch range on requestprobe stainless steel 1.4301protection class IP 54



015 H M


1015

TR-

The sensor probe contains a metering liquid whichexpands with increasing temperaure and by means of anflexible diaphragm triggers an adjustable micro switch.The adjustment of the micro switch is provided by anexternal adjustment dial.

externally adjustableoptional installation

H

TR-015HM1

1M

2Programme optionBASIC


1 23

J

Basic

273



Temperature Transmitter 31.1.platinum resistance sensor ETS ETS.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS male thread G1/2A stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATArange 0..100°C with connection at locking plugs M12x1, 4poleoption temperature <0°Caccuracy 1% FSdynamics ( τ ) 5 s

operating pressure max. 25 bar operating temperature max. 80°C

(with “goose-neck” max. 250°C) with plug DIN 43650-Aoperating temperature 0..80°Cof the electronicweight 0.2kg

recessMOUNTING DIN 3852 Bl.2


MATERIALStemperature probe stainless steel 1.4571

other materials brass nickel plated, PP


The Temperature Transmitter consists of a PT100resistance sensor with very good dynamic behavior due tothe small diameter of the measurement probe. Thechange in resistance generated by temperature isconverted to a 4..20 mA signal proportional to temperatureby the linearised electronic. As the sensor is supplied with< 4 mA a double wire connection could be realised. At thesame time this type of sensor can be emploied as anopen circuit monitor.The temperature probe is welded to the threaded housing.Because the whole upper housing can be rotated, you canorientate your cable connection in any positionsubsequent to final assembly.

4..20 mA double wire transmitter small probe dimensionsfast respons timerotating plug connection (infinitely variable)

The sensors are installed with appropriate sealing (Teflontape or triplex etc.) in a connection piece or a T-piece of the pipe. To tighten the sensor please use only thehexagonal key provided (AF27mm). The tip of the probeshould be completely surronded by the medium when inuse. Please avoid installing in high temperature siteswhere the sensor housing is exposed to the convected

heat of the pipe. After sealing, you can turn the sensor into the correctcable input position. An over turn security limits the turnrange to nearly 360°.

Basic

274



Temperature Transmitter 31.1.platinum resistance sensor ETS ETS.

ELECTRICAL DATA

10..30 V DC ±10%4..20 mA700W at 24 V (100W at10V - 1K at 30V, linear tothe operation voltage )for locking plugM12x1, 4poleor plug DIN 43650-AIP 67 looking plugIP 65 plug DIN 43650-A


water air/gasses


NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationrange 0 - 100 °Crange 0 - 250°C only with “goose-neck”probe stainles steel 1.4571connection G1/2Aconnection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-poleplug DIN 43650-Aprobe length 50 mmprobe length 100 mmprobe length 150 mm

probe length 200 mmwith goose-neck

ACCESSORY COMBINATIONS

Locking plug M12x1 omni-Tlocal electronic unit,

basic type 2xNPN and PNP switchspecification 4(0)...20mA outputready-made cable graphical LCD displayself makable cable 4-pole with flashing LEDmaterial PUR program ringlength 2 mlength 5 m Flex-T

length 10 m switch- or frequency outputmoulded-on plug 0..10V or 4..20mAstraight plug PNP, NPNangled plug 90°




analogue outputmax. load

connection

200 H

150100050

S

K

100

B 050

protection class

B

250

015

supply voltage

100 K 015

Before carrying out the electrical installation, make sure that thesupply voltage corresponds to the data specification.

ETS-

GK

K PU- 02 S

KB04PU-

0502

10G

S

W

+ (10-30VDC)

outputsensor

1

2

brow n

w hite

J

Basic

275



Differential Temperature Transmitter 35.1.platinum resistance sensor ETSD ETSD.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Außengewinde G1/2A Edelstahl

TECHNICAL DATA

differential T1-T2: 20, 30 or 50 Kelvintemperatureaccuracy ±1 Kelvintransient time 2 minmax. pressure max. 25 bar operating temperature 0..80°Cfor electronicsmeasurement range -20..80 °CT1 optional -20..120 °C

(goose-neck)measurement range -20..120 °CT2 recessweight 0.45kg DIN 3852 Bl.2

CHARACTERISTIC CURVESExamples for measurement range20 Kelvin differential temperature


MOUNTING

MATERIALStemperature probe stainless steel 1.4571

other materials brass nickel plated, PP


Measurement of differential temperature between twooperating sites with lowest possible installation expenseand a 4..20 mA two wire system which is complying toindustrial standards. The sensing elements T1 and T2measure the temperature at each location by a platinumresistance sensor at the same time. T1, as well asrecording temperature, includes electronics which build upthe differential of both temperatures (T1-T2) and emitsthis via a current amplifier as a proportional 4..20 mAsignal. Two different characteristic curves are available asa standard. The electronic circuit involves a total of < 4 mA, so that a two wire system can be used.

simple recording of differential temperatureself assembly connectorslarge distance possible between twosensing elementsvariable rotating plug connectiondifferent characteristic curves possible

By means of the enclosed Sikurit seals the sensors are tightened into the Tpiece of the pipe. Please only use the hexagonal head for tightening! Takecare to locate the tip of the sensing device fully into the flow area and avoiddirect contact to pipe wall. Accordingly the upper part of the sensor with theplug connectors can be turned to any position in order to orientate proper with the cable connectors.

Typ A

0

4

20

24

-25 -20 20 25

mA

T1-T2/K

Typ B

0

4

2021

20 21.25

mA

T1-T2/K3.6 mA

Basic

276



Differential Temperature Transmitter 35.1.platinum resistance sensor ETSD ETSD.

ELECTRICAL DATA

15..30 V DC4..20 mA (2-wire)yes up to 25V (pin 1..4)up to 40V (pin 1 and 2)

yesplug DIN 43650-AIP 65


water air/gasses


NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationreference temperature sensor T1difference 0 K corresponds with 4mAdifference 20 K corresponds with 20mAdifference 30 K corresponds with 20mAdifference 50 K corresponds with 20mAmaterial medium contact stainless steel 1.4571sensor length 28 mmsensor length 29.6 mmsensor length 45 mmsensor length 50 mmsensor length 100 mmsensor length 150 mmsensor length 200 mmcharacteristic curve type Acharacteristic curve type Boption goose-neck

basic typespecificationreference temperature sensor T2material medium contact stainless steel 1.4571sensor length 28 mmsensor length 29.6 mmsensor length 45 mmsensor length 50 mmsensor length 100 mmsensor length 150 mmsensor length 200 mm

For a complete temperature difference test station, sensor ETSD1 and ETSD2 must be ordered !Attention! Use ETSD1 and ETSD2 with pairing serial number only.

ACCESSORIES

display connects with switch point GIA-0420VO product information 91.1.GIA.VO




other ranges on request

connectionprotection class

supply voltageanalogue outputreverse polarity proof

short circuit proof

050100

ETSD2-ETSD2-

K028

050

150

02004-

050030

150200

K

K

K 050 AETSD1-

04-ETSD1- 020

028029045

100

200

B A

H

029045

050

T2 T1

locking plugs M12x1 plug DIN 43650-A

1

2 4..20mA

+

-

1

2

4

1

2

4

3 3

J

Basic

277




Why to use a temperature instrument

l Versatile sensor configurations, variety of applications

l Fixed or selectable switch point

l Rugged stainless steel enclosures

l Variety of electrical connectors

Where to use a temperature instrument

Market segments

l Pumps

l Gears

lLubrication

l Water circuits

Application

l Overheat protection in pumps

l Maximal temperature control in gears

l Continuous temperature monitoring in machine tools278

Basic

Basic



Pressure

The technology A piston moves dependent on pressureand transfers this movement to adjustablecontacts.

A diaphragm moves dependent on pressureand transfers this movement to adjustablecontacts.

A piezoresistive strain relief element produces a pressure-dependent linearoutput signal either as an open ceramicsensor or as a closed flush design.

Applicationl Pressure transmitters take over complex metering tasks in pres-

sure management and processes e.g. pressure-dependent valvecontrol.

Advantages

l Tried and tested technology in pressure monitoring and materiall Direct evaluation of contact and sensor signals

Concept built-in housingConnection screw-in thread

R1/8 to R1/4, G1/8A to G1/2APN 0.3 - 600Max. temperature 125 °CSignal threshold, 4[0]..20 mA, switchAdjustable yesMaterials brass, stainless steelInstallation position anyMetering materials liquids or gases

Technical data

Contents




279

K




Basic

280

Device systemSturdy devices made of brass and stainless steel are available for moni-

toring and metering pressure and are installed directly into the pipework thanks to a stub-connection thread. Pressure is applied to a diaphragmor a piston in the case of the higher pressure ranges, which move acertain defined path against spring force. This leads to a switch being

triggered when the pre-set threshold has been reached.

Pressure transmitters work according to the tried and trusted systemof strain gauge with piezoresistive sensor structure. Integrated lineari-zed electronics produce pressure-related linear outputs of 4[0]..20 mA.

Brass and stainless steel materials allow possible applications even with

critical metering materials.


The devices represent an economical possibility of monitoring andmetering pressure in a sturdy structure and with high excess pressureprotection.


Both liquids and gases can be considered as metering materials.In relation to the monitoring ranges, the tolerances of the monitoringdevices are an average 0.5 bar. The metering devices work in an accu-racy range of 1 % of the final value.

System description



281

m i s c e

l l a n e o u s

p a g e

a g g r e s s

i v e

g a s

/ a

i r

o i l

i n d i c a t i o n

t y p e

c o n t r o

l

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r


l

o n s



b a r


° C

w a t e r


m e a s u r e m e n t

Honsberg at work

Dosing powdered material in printing machines

PH male thread brass l 30 60 l l 3 282male thread steel l 300 60 l 3

male thread stainless steel l 300 60 l l 3 3

PM male thread brass l 30 60 l l 3 282male thread steel l 300 60 l 3

male thread stainless steel l 300 60 l l 3 3

PI male thread aluminiuml

600 60l l 3

284

VP male thread steel l 20 60 l 3 vacuum 285male thread stainless steel l 20 60 l l 3 vavuum

MD nozzle l 0,3 60 l differential 286

PS male thread stainless steel l 200 125 l l 3 287

EPS male thread stainless steel m m l m 600 80 l l 3 3 288

EPS1 male thread stainless steel m m l m 400 80 l l 3 3 290

EDP1 female thread stainless steel m m l m 400 85 l l 3 3 differential 292

In printing machines, the printed sheetsare covered with a fine layer of powder toprevent them sticking to one anotherduring stacking. The powder material issprayed by an air carrier, whereby thepressure ratios are decisive for the homo-geneity and thickness of the powder layer.In this process, Honsberg PM pressureswitches are responsible for homogenouspressure data in the 0.8 bar range and apermissible tolerance of ± 0.1 bar

K

c o n t r o

l

Powdercontainer




Pressure Switch 40.1.diaphragm / piston Mikropond PH / PM-...M/K/S PH./PM.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread R1/8" brass/stainless steel/steel

PM-002K004HS PH-002M004HS

TECHNICAL DATA

Adjustable range is indicated for increasing pressure.


PM- PH-

MATERIALS

P.-002M to P.-020S to P.-...K..P.-010M P.-150S

body brass steel stainless steeldiaphragm NBR NBR NBRpiston - NBR NBRspring s.s. 1.4310 s.s. 1.4310 s.s. 1.4310cap /Typ PM NBR NBR NBRcap /Typ PH nylon nylon nylon


PNbar

Mechanical Pressure Switch for liquids or gaseous media. A diaphragm (low pressure) or piston (high pressure) ispre-triggered via spring with the possibilty to change thespring characteristic. During the modification a switchvalue can be selected within a certain range.

good repeatabiltyhigh pressurelow hysteresis

R1/8"

R Type adjustable rangebar (rel.)

0.15- 22 - 10

0.3

tolerance(25°C) bar

±0.2±0.3

10 - 20

piston

diaphragm

±2.00.85.5

±0.4

±5.0

±1.0

P.-010K004H.

150

0.15- 22 - 10

50 - 80150150 10

±1.0±2.0

20 - 50

50 - 150

30080P.-010M004H.80

300P.-050S004H.

P.-050K004H.

R1/8" P.-002K004H.

10 - 20

weightkg

hysteresis(25°C) bar

operationprinciple

0.15 0.08diaphragm0.2

100.08

0.30.2

piston

0.15 diaphragm

5.50.8

0.0820 - 50

±5.0

80150

±0.3

50 - 80

±0.28050 - 150

300P.-080S004H.

±0.4P.-020K004H.

P.-150S004H.

P.-080K004H.P.-150K004H.

300

b r a s

s t e e l


P.-002M004H.

P.-020S004H.

R1/8"

setting sc rewprotected by cap

Basic

282



Pressure Switch 40.1.diaphragm / piston Mikropond PH / PM-...M/K/S PH./PM.

ELECTRICAL DATA wiring 0.212 wiring 0.214mechanical switch n.o. n.c.48 V AC 0.5 A (0.2A inductive)Typ PM- : plug 6.3 DIN 46224 form A

protection class IP 54Typ PH- : induction clamp

protection class IP 65 P.-...S P.-...OMOUNTING POSITION METERING SUBSTANCES

water gas/air

Attention!oil Do not use steel

body for water


basic typespecificationpressure switch with rubber cappressure switch with plastic cap0.15 - 2 bar (rel.)

2 - 10 bar (rel.)10 - 20 bar (rel.)20 - 50 bar (rel.)50 - 80 bar (rel.)50 - 150 bar (rel.)brass design (only 2 to 10 bar)steel design (only 20 to 150 bar)stainless steel designconnection thread R1/8"socket threadwiring 0.212 n.o.wiring 0.214 n.c.mebran viton




Programme option BASIC

M

150M

004

SK

S004

H

002 H

010


080

002

050

PM-

020

OS

PM-

PH-

Basic

K

283



Pressure Switch 40.1.diaphragm / piston Mikropond PI-...A PI.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread R1/8" to R1/4" aluminium

TECHNICAL DATA PI-300A008H

Adjustable range is indicated for increasing pressure.

media temperature max. 60°Chysteresis <30% from switch value

MATERIALS

body aluminiumdiaphragm NBRpiston brassspring stainless steel 1.4310

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAmechanical switchwiring 0.280 change over 250 V AC 3A (2A inductive)plug DIN 43650-Aprotection class IP 65


water gas/air 0,2 - 5 bar (rel.)0,5 - 10 bar (rel.)

10 - 25 bar (rel.)oil 25 - 80 bar (rel.)

30 - 150 bar (rel.)150 - 300 bar (rel.)aluminiumconnection thread R1/8"connection thread R1/4"socket thread




0.22


10

12

0.10

H008004

300

±0.2

±0.5±1.0

R Type

R1/8"

PI-025A004HPI-080A004H

PI-005A004H

weightkg

H1

mmoperationprinciple

tolerance(25°C) bar

Xmm

H2

mm

±7.0

A

010

080150

025

A

piston

diaphragm

H004005

PI- 005

78

44

46±7.0

±0.10.5 - 1010 - 2525 - 80

750.2 - 5

PI-300A008H

60

R1/4" PI-150A008H 600600

100

Mechanical Pressure Switch for liquids and gaseousmedia. A diaphragm (low pressure) or a piston (highpressure) is pre- triggered via spring with the possibility tochange the spring characteristic. During this modificationa switch point can be selected within a certain range.

compact dimensionsgood repeatabilty

100150

PNbar

adjustable rangebar (rel.)

a l u m i n u m

30 - 150150 - 300

PI-010A004H


2 3 1

external settingscrew

Basic

284



Pressure Switch 40.1.diaphragm Mikropond VP-900K/S VP.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread R1/8" stainless steel/steel

TECHNICAL DATA VP-900S004HS


MATERIALS

VP-900S004H. VP-900K004H.body steel stainless steeldiaphragm NBR NBRspring s.s. 1.4310 s.s. 1.4310cap nylon nylon

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATA wiring 0.212 wiring 0.214mechanical switch n.o. n.c.48 V AC 0.5 A (0.2A inductive)induction clampprotection class IP 65

VP-...S VP-...O


water gas/air adjustable range 200 - 900 mbar steel design

Attention! stainless steel designoil Do not use steel connection thread R1/8"

body for water socket threadwiring 0.212 n.o.wiring 0.214 n.c.




PNbar

A

S

H

H

OS

004

20

K

VP- 900

hysteresis(25°C)mbar

weightkg

adjustable rangembar

±50 20 0.07200 - 900

tolerance(25°C)mbar

20 200 - 900 ±50

S004900

stainless steel

Mechanical Vacuum Pressure Switch for liquids or gaseous media. A diaphragm is pre-triggered via springwith the possibility to change the spring characteristic.During this modification a switch point can be selectedwithin a certain range.

up to 0,2bar good repeatabiltycompact dimensionslow hysteresis

20 0.07

Type

VP-900S004H.VP-900K004H.

R

R1/8"R1/8"

steel

setting screwprotected by cap

Basic

K

285



(Differential) Pressure Switch 40.1.diaphragm Mikropond MD-...P006T MD.

GENERAL CHARACTERICS Nozzle Ø6,2 ABS

TECHNICAL DATA MD-006P006T

Adjustable range is indicated for increasing pressure and vertical installation.

media temperature max. 80°C MD-003P006T MD-006P006Ttolerance ±10% MD-010P006T

of selected switch value

MATERIALS

body ABSdiaphragm NBR

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAmechanical switch gold contactwiring 0.280 change over 250 V AC 5(0.5)A

24 V AC 1(0.2)Acable gland Pg 9protection class IP 54


gas/air adjustable range 0.2 - 3 mbar (rel.)adjustable range 0.4 - 6 mbar (rel.)adjustable range 1.0 - 10 mbar (rel.) ABSnominal diameter DN 6nozzle




A diaphragm triggers a contact while reaching thepressure or differential pressure value selected. Theswitch point is adjusted by means of a calibrated dialwhich is arranged below the transparent cap.

optional installationgood repeatabiltylow pressure ranges

Attention! During horizontal installation theselected switch point is reduced or extendedby 0.2 mbar.

hysteresismbar

0.1 - 0.150.2 - 0.300.2 - 0.35

PNbar

0.3

adjustable rangembar (rel.)

0.4 - 6

weightkg

0.300.250.25

P

DN Type

MD-003P006T

A B S

MD-010P006T

003

6 0.15MD-006P006T

0.3

0.2 - 3

1.0 - 10

MD- 006P

006

T

010006003

T

2 3 1

Basic

286



Pressure Transmitter 41.1.thick film Mikropond PS-...K008H PS.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Male thread G1/4A stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA PS-006K008H

media temperature max. 125°Ctolerance ±0.5%hysteresis <0.2%repeatabiltiy <0.5%temperature compens. <0.02%/Kdelay <3ms

MATERIALSPlease use the six-angular area to install the sensor into the socket.

body stainless steel 1.4305 Maximum torque 100Nm

MOUNTING POSITION ELECTRICAL DATAsupply 11.5..30 V DCvoltage deviation <0.02%/Vnominal voltage 24V DC voltage peak

4..20mAmay not be surpassed

burden (U-11.5V)/0.02Aconnection plug DIN 43650-A 1(+) and 2(-)protection class IP 65


water gas/air 0 - 6 bar 0 - 10 bar 0 - 16 bar

oil 0 - 25 bar 0 - 40 bar 0 - 100 bar stainless steel 1.4305male thread G1/4Asocket threadmale thread G1/2A



008H

120

K

PS- 006 H006

18

G Type PNbar

PS-040K008H 1

. 4 3 0 5

G 1/4 A

PS-100K008H

PS-006K008HPS-010K008H

PS-025K008H

weightkg

0.150.15

0.150.15

016

measuring rangebar (rel.)

0 - 6

008K

0 - 25

0 - 10

200

75

30

010

0.150.15

0 - 400 - 100

r a n g e

Mechanical Pressure Switch for liquids or gasses. A thickfilm sensor provides a bridge signal which is converted byan integrated electronic into a pressure-proportional 4-20mA exit.

mechanical protection of the pressure cell

100040

PS-016K008H 48 0 - 16

Special optionVARIO

025


Basic

K

287



Pressure Transmitter 41.1.diaphragm EPS EPS.



MATERIALSpressure transducer stainless steel 1.4301other materials brass nickel plated, PP, NBR


options

accuracyreproducibility

The pressure sensor measures pressures in liquids andgases. The strong all-metal construction enables thedevice to be universally emploied throughout industry.With flush membrane this sensor is suitable for applications with sticky fluids like glue components or other critical liquids. The pressure sensor consists of ameasurement probe (four strain gauges in thin-film polysilicon technology accommodated on a monolithic siliconsubstrate, oil filled cavity with flush diaphragm) and theevaluation electronics which converts the bridge signalinto a 4..20 mA signal proportional to the pressure. Thesensor requires less than 2 mA for a supply so that a two-wire connection can be realised. This type of connectionenables monitoring of cable defects.

4..20 mA, two-wire connectionall stainless steel diaphragmrotating plug connection (infinitely variable)

operating temp.for electronics

The sensors are screwed into a sleeve or a T-piece in thepipework using a suitable sealing material (Teflon tape,Sikurite seal, etc.). The mounting of the sensor should notcause any significant change of cross-section in the pipesystem. When tightening the sensor, be sure to only usethe proper hexagonal wrench (27mm AF). Avoid points of installation subject to high pressure shocks (see overloadlimit). After sealing the sensor can be turned into the correctposition for the cable connection. A mechanical blocklimits the total range turnable of 360°.

TECHNICAL DATAmeasurement range overload with connection at locking plugs M12x1, 4poleranges 0 - 1 4relative pressure 0 - 2,5 10overload limit 0 - 6 24(bar) 0 - 10 40

0 - 25 1000 - 60 2400 - 100 4000 - 250 6000 - 400 600additional measurement rangesabsolute pressure metering(low limit 10mbar abs.)1% / of 60°C 0,02% /°C0.5% with plug DIN 43650-A0..80°C recess

DIN 3852 Bl.2operating max. 80°C (with optiontemperature goose-neck option 125°C max.)weight 0.3kg

MOUNTING

Basic

288



Pressure Transmitter 41.1.diaphragm EPS EPS.

ELECTRICAL DATA

10..30 V DC ±10%4..20 mA700 Ω at 24 V (100 Ω at10V - 1K at 30V, linear tothe operation voltage )for locking plugM12x1, 4poleor plug DIN 43650-AIP 67 looking plug It is recommended to use shielded cable < 30 m, supply lines < 10 mIP 65 plug DIN 43650-A


water air/gasses


NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecification0 - 6 bar 0 - 25 bar 0 - 60 bar 0 - 100 bar 0 - 250 bar 0 - 400 bar relative pressureabsolute pressurematerial medium contact stainless steel 1.4301

connection G1/2Aconnection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-poleplug DIN 43650-Awith goose-neck


looking plug omni-Plocal electronic unit,

basic type 2xNPN and PNP switchspecification 4(0)...20mA outputready-made cable graphical LCD displayself makable cable 4-pole with flashing LED

material PUR program ringlength 2 mlength 5 m Flex-Plength 10 m switch- or frequency outputmoulded-on plug 0..10V or 4..20mAstraight plug PNP, NPNangled plug 90°




r a n g e

S

HB

400

K 015 SEPS-006

100

006 R

250

R

Before carrying out the electrical installation, make sure that thesupply voltage corresponds to the data specification!

025

protection class

060

A

015

K

K PU- 02 S GKKB04

PU-020510

GS

W

supply voltageanalogue outputmax. load

connection

+ (10-30VDC)

outputsensor

1

2

brow n

w hite

Basic

K

289



Pressure Transmitter 41.1.ceramics cell EPS1 EPS1.


TECHNICAL DATAmeasurement (relative pressure, differential with connection at locking plugs M12x1, 4poleranges pressure to environment)relative pressure range burst

0 - 1 4burst pressure 0 - 2 6(bar) 0 - 5 15

0 - 10 400 - 20 600 - 50 1500 - 100 2800 - 200* 4000 - 400* 1050

* for gas applications only onrequest

1% / of 60°C 0,02% /°C with plug DIN 43650-A0.5% recess0..80°C DIN 3852 Bl.2

operating max. 80°C (with optiontemperature goose-neck option 125°C max.)weight 0.3kg

MOUNTING


MATERIALS

pressure transducer stainless steel 1.4571, Al 2O3, vitonother materials brass nickel plated, PP, NBR


The pressure sensor measures pressures in liquids andgases. The strong allmetal construction enables thedevice to be universally emploied throughout industry. Thepressure sensor consists of a measurement probe (four strain gauges in thickfilm technology accommodated on aceramic substrate) and the evaluation electronic whichconverts the bridge signal into a 4..20 mA signalproportional to the pressure. The sensor requires lessthan 2 mA for a supply so that a two-wire connection canbe realised. This type of connection enables line breakagemonitoring. Medium access to the diaphragm is providedby an 8mm diameter hole. The pressure cell is safelyprotected from mechanical damage by this method of construction.

4..20mA, two-wire connectionceramic measuring cell in AL 2O3

strong all-metal housingrotating plug connection (infinitely variable)

The sensors are screwed into a sleeve or a T-piece in thepipework using a suitable sealing material (Teflon tape,Sikurite seal, etc.). The mounting of the sensor should notcause any significant change of cross-section in the pipesystem. When tightening the sensor, be sure to only usethe proper hexagonal wrench (27mm AF). Avoid points of installation subject to high pressure shocks (see overloadlimit). After sealing you can turn the sensor into the correctposition for the cable connection. A mechanical blocklimits the total range turnable of 360°.

accuracyreproducebilityoperating temp.for electronics

Basic

290



Pressure Transmitter 41.1.ceramics cell EPS1 EPS1.

ELECTRICAL DATA

10..30 V DC ±10%4..20 mA700 Ω at 24 V (100 Ω at10V - 1k Ω at 30V, linear tothe operation voltage )for locking plugM12x1, 4poleor plug DIN 43650-AIP 67 looking plugIP 65 plug DIN 43650-A


water air/gasses


NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecification0 - 1 bar 0 - 2 bar 0 - 5 bar 0 - 10 bar 0 - 20 bar 0 - 50 bar 0 - 100 bar 0 - 200 bar relative pressure

material medium contact stainless steel 1.4571connection G1/2Aconnection at locking plugs M12x1, 4-poleplug DIN 43650-Awith goose-neck


looking plug omni-P1local electronic unit,

basic type 2xNPN and PNP switchspecification 4(0)...20mA outputready-made cable graphical LCD displayself makable cable 4-pole with flashing LED

material PUR program ringlength 2 mlength 5 m Flex-P1length 10 m switch- or frequency outputmoulded-on plug 0..10V or 4..20mAstraight plug PNP, NPNangled plug 90°




WG

S1005

PU-02

K

KB04K

PU- 02 S G

200

S

HB

100

supply voltage

protection class

analogue outputmax. load

connection

EPS1- S001 R K 015

020

001

r a n g e

002

010


005

050

R

015K

+ (10-30VDC)

outputsensor

1

2

brow n

w hite

Basic

K

291



Differential Pressure Transmitter 45.1.Ceramics cell EDP1 EDP1.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS female thread G1/8 stainless steel

TECHNICAL DATA

measurement range burstranges 0 - 1 4relative pressure 0 - 2 6

0 - 5 15burst pressure 0 - 10 40(bar) 0 - 20 60

0 - 50 1500 - 100 280

differential to be specified by customer pressure range minimum: 10% of operating range

maximum: operating rangeaccuracy ±1% of full scaletemp.-coefficient <0.05% / Koperating -40..85°Ctemperatureweight 0.5 kg

MOUNTING

MATERIALS

connection stainless steel 1.4571

ceramics cell Al2O3seal Vitonother materials anodised aluminium,

stainless steel 1.4305


Join your pipework to P1 and P2 (see also Accessories).When sealing, ensure cleanliness during assembly

If you need to clean the pressure cells from the wettedside, you only have to undo the screws of the connector block, the electronic part is not involved. Cleaning iseffected by soft cotton buds making sure that there are noresidues left on the metering cell.

The standard version is designed

for P1>P2 (a defect does notoccur if the connections areinterchanged).

The differential pressure measurement cell is manufacturedwith two separate ceramic sensors in thick-film technology.The bridge signals are compensated for the relevant celland are converted by an integrated signal converter to a4..20 mA signal which is linear to the differential pressure.The values from the separate cells are accepted by a 14-bitconverter and microcontroller and converted into thedifference of the pressures. The microcontroller alsopermits special output signals to be emploied (pleaseinquire). Only high quality materials are exposed to theliquid. ( s.s,Viton,Al 2O3)

two-wire model for industrial applicationsideally suitable for liquid/liquid applicationscan also be used for high differential pressureshigh chemical resistance through the use of highquality materials

P1 P2

Basic

292



Differential Pressure Transmitter 45.1.Ceramics cell EDP1 EDP1.

ELECTRICAL DATA

4..20 mA (two-wire)10..30 V DCfor locking plugM12x1, 4pole Do you want to adapt a voltage input:

short-circuit proof yespolarised yesprotection class IP 67


water air/gasses


NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecification0 - 1 bar 0 - 2 bar 0 - 5 bar 0 - 10 bar 0 - 20 bar 0 - 50 bar 0 - 100 bar Relativdruck

material parts in contact with the medium stainless steel 1.4571connection G1/8connection for locking plug M12x1, 4pole

ACCESSOR Y COMBINATIONS

Locking plug M12x1 omni-DP1local electronic unit,

basic type 2xNPN and PNP switchspecification 4(0)...20mA outputready-made cable graphical LCD displayself makable cable 4-pole with flashing LEDmaterial PUR program ringlength 2 mlength 5 mlength 10 mmoulded-on plugstraight plugangled plug 90°




S

S

0001...

1000

Differential pressure range - example 0055 = 5.5 bar

(min. 10%, max. 100% of nominal pressure range)

EDP1- 0050

r a n g e o f t h e

i n d i v i d u a l c e l l .

R

020050100

005010

S004

S004

K

W

KB04K

K G

0510

G

02

PU- 02

PU-

output signalsupply voltageconnection

K

002

001001

R

+ (10..30V DC)signal output 2-10VSensor

1

w hite0 VDC

500Ohm

brow n

2

+ (10..30VDC)

signal outputSensor

1

2

brow n

w hite

Basic

K

293



294


Basic

Honsberg at work

Monitoring exhaustgases in vacuum pumps

Special versions of the Honsberg pressure switches of the PM seriesare used for monitoring exhaust gases in vacuum pumps.

Pressure switch PM

The devices are calibrated to a fixed switching point of 1.5 bar abs , witha permissible tolerance of 0.22 bar and are used on the basis of thefollowing features:

l Fixed setting of the switching point including sealingl Good repeatabilityl Very low hysteresisl Protection capl Special lead and plug connection

On account of the media quality involved, the devices have Teflon dia-phragms. Contacts with gold coating are used for very small switchingcapacities. This demanding application is mastered reliably by Honsbergpressure switches.



Why to use a pressure instrument

l Fully protected switch ortransducer electronic

l Flushing stainless steel sensor

l Open ceramic sensor element

l Strain relief and piezo resistive

operation

295

Basic




Market segments

l Vacuum pumps

l Printing machines

l Pressure generators

l Compressors, Filters

Application

l Monitoring of exhaust gas

l Pressure monitoring in paper powder coating

l Triggering second energy supply in dual cell compressors

l Monitoring differential pressure with filters

Where to use a pressure instrument

296

Basic



Integrated Systems

flow level temperature pressure

Applicationl Universal use as threshold alarm or/and transmitter.

Advantagesl The system comprises identical components for the various

parameters in compact dimensions.

Omni

l two switching pointsl 4(0)..20mA analogue output l hysteresis selectable in magnitude and directionl graphical LCD display (increased temperature range, illumi-

nated, units in the display, incl. super-bright signalling LED)l dialogue messages in the displayl programming ring

(can be operated when wearing protective gloves)l programming protection by turning through 180° or by

removing programming ringl stainless steel housingl mineral glass (tempered, scratch and breakage proof) for

covering the displayl M12x1 connector systeml system mounting to all HONSBERG primary sensors

(rotatable)l compact dimensionsl IP 67

Flex

l 4..20 mA or 0..10 V output l switch or frequency output pnp, npnl LED switch indicator surroundl hysteresis variablel switch on delay variablel switch off delay variablel delay subsequent to supplyl high level of variation selectionl easy programming using magnet l M12x1 connector systeml identical handling of different sensorsl system mounting to all HONSBERG primary sensors

(rotatable)l stainless steel housingl compact dimensionsl IP 67

Contents

Omni

General description 298

System of instruments 299

Handling and operation 300

Technical data 300

Terminal assignment 301

Mounting 301

Device description 301

Flex

General descrition 305

System of instruments 306

Technical data 306

Terminal assignment 307

Mounting 307

Device description 307


L

297




Basic

298

Omni general description

2x NPN and PNP switches:l Push pull driver offers easy set up. You set the interface as a

PNP and it is a PNP. You connect it as a NPN and it is a NPNswitch.Without any program settings !

l Independent hysteresis of switch 1 and 2.l Two point regulator possible.l Short circuit and reverse power protected.

4(0)...20mA output:l The 3 wire design offers a 0..10V output, too.l Programmable span for best fit to the application.l Select 4 or 0...20mA with the parameter setting at the sensor

(program ring).

flashing LED:l Additional bright indicator, to read messages on the display.

graphic LCD display:l Guarantee of best human interface and flexibility.l Illuminated transparent-reflex design.

Even good contrast in bright sun or in darkness.l Best temperature range (-20...+70°C).l

Select units for US or European market.

Stainless steel housing with toughened glass front:l Small (diameter 35mm) and rugged design, even for outdoor

applications.l IP 67l Easy to keep the instrument clean (flush front)!l Head can be turned for alignment after installation.

A mechanical block limits the total range turnable of 360°.

program ring:l No weak parts (as touch panels, potentiometers ...)

to enter parametersl Manual lock by turning the ring (easy!)



299

Systems of Instruments

Switching points can be set directly on site with these sensors forupward and downward excursions of process values. Using the display

this setting can also be carried out without the process. The momenta-

ry values at the measuring point are always visible and all the important parameters can be called up at the point of measurement (this saves

time during installation and set-up and when trouble-shooting in yourprocess). The analogue current signal can be evaluated over longdistances and the momentary value made available remotely. The sen-sor is configured to your specification. It is therefore immediately readyfor use without you having to do any programming. If you need tochange parameters, then you can do this directly on the sensor with

the programming ring without any additional device or tool.

The complete omni sensor range is formed in an extremely modular wayusing a kit system (hardware and software). A 16-bit microcontrollerwith a 14-bit A/D converter and a 12-bit D/A converter provides the

necessary processing speed and measurement accuracy. The signal isdisplayed with units using a back-lit LCD graphical display and converted

to a 4(0)..20mA signal. Two switching points with alternatively a PNP orNPN output can be programmed over the complete range.

The switching point hystereses can be set separately in value and direction (min./max. switching value). Upward and downward crossings ofswitching points and error messages are shown in the display with aflashing red LED, easily visible at a distance, as well as a messageOther parameters can be changed using a code:Signal filter, selectable unit (bar, psi ...) incl. automatic conversion of the

values, selectable 0 or 4..20mA output, value assignment of 4(0) and20 mA (setting of zero point and span).

The complete housing can be rotated about the mechanical connectionso that the correct reading position can be set after sealing.

During commissioning the sensor supports a simulation mode of theanalog signal. It is possible to create a programmable mA value related

to the support signal. The range is 0..20 mA. Doing so the user may test the connection between sensors and electronic. Correction byCode 311.

Customer related 0 calibration with pressure sensors. Customer pro-grams 0 bar and selects the automatic 0 correction by Code 211. Thesensor shifts the total diagramm related to new 0 position. Overratingof output will be detected, indicated on display and the output.

With this sensor it has been a primary objective to simplity the operation by establishing a dialogue with the display messages (this smallsensor can also be set when wearing protective gloves if necessary).

Reset to factory setting possible by code 989.

The combination options of the omni transducer

The omni transducer is usable with a variety of mechanical sensorsystems for flow, level, temperature and pressure. This has generated asensor family which may serve miscellaneous applications.

L

Omni-converter

flow pistoninline design

dynamicflap

rotor

turbine

gear wheel

calorimetric

Vortex

level float

ultrasonic

temperature PT100

pressure strain-gaugedifferential- measuringpressure bridge

combination




Basic

300

Handling and Operation

The program ring can be geared into pos.1 or pos 2 the following per-formances can be selected:

Display of parameters with Pos. 1l Switching points S 1 and S 2: Switching points in the selected

unit.l Hysteresis direction of S1 and S2:

Max = Hysteresis under S1 or S2Min = Hysteresis above S1 or S2

l Hysteresis Hyst 1 and Hyst 2:Hysteresis values of the switching points in the selected unit.

l Code:After entering the code 111 other parameters can be set (shouldonly occur if necessary):

l Filter: Selectable filter constant in s (affects display and output).l Units: e.g. bar or psi …l Output: 0..20mA or 4..20mAl 4 (0) mA: Value specification for 4 (0) mAl 20mA: Value specification for 20mA

Editing with Pos. 2l Turn the ring gap to Pos. 2 and a flashing “cursor” appears sho-

wing the position to be changed. By repeated turning to Pos. 2 the values are increased and by turning to Pos. 1 you obtain thenext position. Each position can be edited in this way. If no actionis made within 5 s, the device returns to the normal display sec-

tion without the change being accepted.

Saving the change with Pos. 1l Turning 1x to Pos. 1 after quitting the last value signifies accep-

tance of the change.

The programming ring can be pulled off, turned through 180° andreplaced. Then programming is no longer possible on turning the ringfurther.

Technical Data

supply voltage typically 18…30V (see separate data sheets)power consumption typically <1W (see separate data sheets)measurement ranges see separate data sheetsaccuracy typically 1% FS (see separate data sheets)

reproducibility typically 0,1% FS (see separate data sheets)operating temperature -20..70 °Cstorage temperature -20..80 °Csignal output 4(0) -20mA, 2(0) -10V through

500 Ohm termination resistanceswitching points PNP or NPN selectable, 300mA loadS1 and S2 in sum max., programmable as min.

or max. value, short-circuit proof,reverse-polarity proof

hysteresis adjustable, position of hysteresisdepends on min or max.

display graphical LCD display extended temperature range -20 ... 70°C,32x16 pixels, back-lit, shows valueand units, LED signalling lamp withsimultaneous message in display.

connection at locking plug M 12x1,5 poleprotection IP 67material see separate data sheets

The programming ring can beswivelled to Pos. À and Pos. Á .The following are actions possible:

Example of hysteresis setting:S1 as max. switching point and asmin. switching point:

The omni calibration ring with inte-grated magnet is responsible for

the functional detection of theinstrument.

By position the central partition of the ring to pos.1 or 2 a test signal

is activated. The neutral position is the centre between pos. 1 + 2

principle :Pos. 1 = look or next stepPos. 2 = modification



Terminal assignment

The switchpoints are changing to PNP or NPN depending to your inter-face automaticly. Please you use shielded cable, signal lines < 30m andpower supply lines < 10m.

MountingPlease refer to the separate sensor description

Device descriptionPlease send for our Omni cataloque for detailed device description

omni MR1K/HD1K/HD1KV/HR1M

A mechanical spring-supported pistonis deflected by the flow. The flow-proportional position of the piston is

transmitted to an analogue hall sensor via a magnet.

l Pistonl Female thread DN 8-50l Hall-Sensorl Ranges from

0.4-150 l/minl Pressure stage PN 200l Max. temperature 150 °Cl Brass material

l Dynamic flapl DN 8-20 internal threadl Range: 1 - 80 l/minl Max. temperature: 60 °Cl Material: brass/copper

Dimension

primary-sensor omni-electronic

L

301

omni-XF

The flowing liquids move a thin springyflap that covers the entire flow area. Amagnet on the flap creates a changingmagnetic field, which is detected by aHall sensor, when the flap is moved.Due to the spring-like quality of the flap

and the molded stop, even strongimpacts caused by the water areabsorbed well.

Flow meters




Basic

302

l Turbinel Female thread DN 25l Ranges from 1-80 l/minl Temperature max. 60 °Cl POM PN 10l Brass PN 10Ol Optional: filter, flow limiter,

check valve

l Toothed gearl Female thread DN 8-25l Ranges from 1-150 l/minl Temperature max. 85 °Cl PN 100l Aluminium or stainless steel

material

l Turbinel Female thread DN 15-50l Ranges from 0.11-68 m 3 /hl Pressure stage PN 250l Temperature max. 150 °Cl Stainless steel material

omni-RR

This flow meter comprises a rotorwhich is set into motion by the flowspeed. The number of resolutions isproportional to the flow rate per timeunit. Rotation speed is recorded by diff-erent sensor systems depending on

the different housing materials involved.

l Rotorl DN 10-200l Ranges from 0.5-60 l/minl

Temperature max. 100 °Cl Plastic PN 16l Brass/ stainless steel

PN 100

omni-RRT

A turbine serves as the primary mea-sured value recorder, with its numberof rotations in linear proportion to theflow rate

l Turbinel Female thread DN 25l Ranges from 1-80 l/minl Temperature max. 60 °Cl POM PN 10l Brass PN 10O

omni-RRT1

A turbine serves as the primary mea-sured value recorder, with its numberof rotations in linear proportion to theflow rate. Can be combined with adap-

ters including check valve, flow limiteror filter.

omni-RT

A turbine serves as the primary mea-sured value recorder, with its numberof rotations in linear proportion to theflow rate

omni-VHZ

The flow meter measures the flowaccording to the volumetric principleand is suitable for viscous, liquid, self-

lubricating media. Also suitable forliquids containing water such as soaps,pastes, emulsions with non-abrasiveproperties.

omni-FIN

The calorimetric sensor measures lowflow rates. The calorimetric concept of the flow sensors is based on the useof 2 temperature sensors. One of thesensors constantly maintains a level

temperature, thereby creating a leveldifference in temperature between the

two sensors when the liquid to bemeasured stands still.

l Calorimetricl Meter diameter: 6 - 10l Range: 0.01 - 10 l/minl Max. temperature: 7 °Cl Material: stainless steel



303

l Vortexl DN 8-25 internal threadl Range: 0.6 - 240 l/minl

Max. temperature: 80 °Cl Material: brass

Level meters

l Reed switch chainl Length from 250-2000 mml Temperature max. 105 °Cl Brass/stainless steel

material

l Ultrasonicl Range from 100-2500 mml Temperature max. 70°Cl Material PET / POM

L

omni-CF

A small triangular piece that covers theentire cross-section of the flowmetercreates a vortex in the flow (Karmann

vortex, vortex effect). The vortexfrequency is proportional to the flowrate and is detected by a Piezo sensor

that is located behind the triangularpiece. The entire unit, vortex piece andsensor, is designed as module and isinserted into the pipe. Thus, the flow-meter and the entire measuring unit can be separated quickly.

l Calorimetricl Nominal diameter

from DN 10l Ranges 1-150 cm/sl Pressure range PN 200l Temperature max. 70 °Cl Stainless steel material

omni-F

The calorimetric principle of flow monitoring is based on two temperaturesensors. One of these sensors is hea-

ted constantly so that there is a con-stant difference in temperature bet-ween the two temperature sensorswhen the metering material is at astandstill.

omni-LC

A float fitted with a magnet switches areed chain within the slide pipe whichis equipped with resistors like a poten-

tiometer. Safe level detection is achieved thanks to the switching statesoverlapping. The resolution is up to

10-20 mm and has good repeatabilityqualities.

omni-L

The sensor consists of the primarysensor, an ultrasonic sensor, whichdetermines in a non-contact mannerdistances to materials of various types(liquids, bulk goods, solids) and the eva-luation electronics. The ultrasonic sen-

sor operates according to the principleof the measurement of propagation time. Transmitted ultrasonic pulses arereflected at the surface and arriveback at the converter after an echoperiod



304


Basic

Temperature meters

l PT100l Ranges from 0-100 °Cl Temperature max. 100 °Cl Stainless steel material

Pressure meters

l Front-flush diaphragm/ceramic cell

l Range up to 400 barl Temperature max. 120 °Cl Stainless steel material

l Ceramic Celll Range from 20O barl Temperature max. 70 °Cl Stainless steel material

omni-P/P1

The pressure meters comprise aprimary sensor and the integratedevaluation electronics.The primary sensor is available in twodifferent technologies.

omni-DP1

The differential pressure measurement cell is manufactured with two separateceramic sensors in thick-film technolo-gy. The bridge signals are temperaturecompensated on the relevant cell.The medium is exposed to high qualitymaterials only such as Al 2 O3 ceramic,stainless steel and Viton 0-rings and is

therefore ideally suitable forliquid/liquid applications.

omni-T

The primary sensor is a PT100 resi-stance sensor in thin-film technologywhich offers a very good response time

thanks to the 4 mm lance thickness.



305

Flex general description

analogue output:l 4..20 mA or 0..10 V

switch:l PNP, NPN or NPN oc (open collector) switchl min-, max-switch or frequency-output

flashing LED:l yellow LED for switching output

(ON = OK /OFF = alarm)

Programming

A calibration magnet pinched to the instrument may be used to select the switch point or full scale of the analogue output. The calibrationspot is clearly identified on the label.

flow

temperature

pressure

level

Hold magnet

Hold magnet to the point and theactual value will be the switch point.

L



306


Basic

System of Instuments

The Flex-electronic linearised and conditions the primary signal to a stan-dard 4..20 mA or 0..10 V output and offers a flexible switch alarm.

The sensor operate by a 16-bit processor, a 12-bid a/d and 12-bid d/aconverter. Linearization and calibration is provided automatically. A flashmemory guarantees interchange ability of all program parameters.

The signal options are pnp/npn transistor output or a frequency signal.The analogue output 4..20 mA or 0..10 V are available.

All signal configurations are subjected to highly modular selection sche-ma by magnetic calibration.

Options available:l variable span of analogue outputsl variable hysteresisl min or max switchl inversion of output signall window functionl delay subsequent to voltage input l switch delay (on/off)

The combination options of the Flex transducer

The Flex transducer is usable with a variety of mechanical sensorsystems for flow, level, temperature and pressure. This has generated asensor family which may serve miscellaneous applications.

Technical Data

supply voltage typically 18..30V (see separate data sheets)power consumption typically <100mA

(see separate data sheets)measurement ranges see separate data sheetsaccuracy typically 1% FS (see separate data sheets)reproducibility typically 0,1% FS (see separate data sheets)operating temperature -20..70 °Cstorage temperature -20..80 °Csignal output 4..20 mA or 0..10 V DCswitching output transistor output PNP or NPN

(short circuit proof/reverse polarityprotected) I out = 100mA max.

hysteresis see separate data sheets

display yellow LED for switching output (ON = OK /OFF = alarm)

connection for locking plug M 12 x 1, 4-polprotection class IP 67material see separate data sheets

Dimension

Flex-converter

combination

flow pistoninline design

dynamicflap

rotor

turbine

gear wheel

calorimetric

Vortex

level float

temperature PT100

pressure strain-gautemeasuringbridge



307

L

Pin configuration

Please use shielded cables, less than 30 m in length and supplylines < 10 m.

InstallationPlease see the individual sensor descriptions.

Device descriptionPlease send for our Flex catalogue for detailed device descriptions.

Flex-MR1K/HD1K/HD2K/HR1M

A mechanical spring-supported pistonis deflected by the flow. The flow-proportional position of the piston is

transmitted to an analogue Hall sensor via a magnet.

Flex-XF

The flowing liquids move a thin springyflap that covers the entire flow area. Amagnet on the flap creates a changingmagnetic field, which is detected by aHall sensor, when the flap is moved.Due to the spring-like quality of the flapand the molded stop, even strongimpacts caused by the water areabsorbed well.

Flow meters

l Pistonl Female thread DN 8-50l Hall-Sensorl Ranges from

0.4 - 150 l/minl Pressure stage PN 200l Max. temperature 150 °Cl Brass material

l Dynamic flapl DN 8-20 internal threadl Range: 1 - 80 l/min.l Max. temperature: 60 °Cl Material: brass/plastic



308


Basic

l Turbinel Female thread DN 25l Ranges from 1-80 l/minl Temperature max. 60 °Cl POM PN 10l Brass PN 100

l Turbinel Female thread DN 25l Ranges from 1-80 l/minl Temperature max. 60 °Cl POM PN 10l Brass PN 100l Optional: filter, flow limiter,

check valve

l Turbinel Female thread DN 15-50l Ranges from 0.11-68 m³/hl Pressure stage PN 250l Temperature max. 150 °Cl Stainless steel material

Flex-RRT

A turbine serves as the primary mea-sured value recorder, with its numberof rotations in linear proportion to theflow rate.

Flex-RRT1

A turbine serves as the primary mea-sured value recorder, with its numberof rotations in linear proportion to theflow rate. Can be combined with adap-

ters including check valve, flow limiter

Flex-RT

A turbine serves as the primary mea-sured value recorder, with its numberof rotations in linear proportion to theflow rate.

Flex-RR

This flow meter comprises a rotorwhich is set into motion by the flowspeed. The number of resolutions isproportional to the flow rate per timeunit. Rotation speed is recorded by diff-erent sensor systems depending on

the different housing materials involved.

l Rotorl DN 10-200l Ranges from 0.5-60 l/minl Temperature max. 100 °Cl Plastic PN 16l Brass/stainless steel

PN 100



309

L

l Toothed gearl Female thread DN 8-25l Ranges from 1-150 l/minl Temperature max. 85 °Cl PN 100l Aluminium or stainless steel

material

Flex-VHZ

The flow meter measures the flowaccording to the volumetric principleand is suitable for viscous, liquid, self-

lubricating media. Also suitable forliquids containing water such as soaps,pastes, emulsions with non-abrasiveproperties.

l Calorimetricl Nominal diameter

from DN 10l

Ranges 1-150 cm/sl Pressure range PN 200l Temperature max. 70 °Cl Stainless steel material

Flex-F

The calorimetric principle of flow monitoring is based on two temperaturesensors. One of these sensors is hea-

ted constantly so that there is a con-stant difference in temperature bet-ween the two temperature sensorswhen the metering material is at astandstill.

l Calorimetricl Pipe diameter: 6 - 10l Range: 0.01 - 10 l/minl PN 200 pressure levell Max. temperature: 70 °Cl Material: stainless steel

Flex-FIN

The calorimetric sensor measures lowflow rates. The calorimetric concept of the flow sensors is based on the useof 2 temperature sensors. One of thesensors constantly maintains a level

temperature, thereby creating a leveldifference in temperature between

the two sensors when the liquid to bemeasured stands still.

l Vortexl DN 8-25 internal threadl Range: 0.6 - 240 l/minl Max. temperature: 80 °Cl Material: brass

Flex-CF

A small triangular piece that covers theentire cross-section of the flowmetercreates a vortex in the flow (Karmann

vortex, vortex effect). The vortexfrequency is proportional to the flowrate and is detected by a Piezo sensor

that is located behind the triangularpiece. The entire unit, vortex piece andsensor, is designed as module and isinserted into the pipe. Thus, the flow-meter and the entire measuring unit can be separated quickly.



310


Basic

Flex-LC

A float fitted with a magnet switches areed chain within the slide pipe whichis equipped with resistors like a poten-

tiometer. Safe level detection is achieved thanks to the switching statesoverlapping. The resolution is up to10-20 mm and has good repeatabilityqualities.

Flex-T

The primary sensor is a PT100 resi-stance sensor in thin-film technologywhich offers a very good response time

thanks to the 4 mm lance thickness.

Flex--P/P1

The pressure meters comprise aprimary sensor and the integratedevaluation electronics.

The primary sensor is available in twodifferent technologies.

lReed switch chainl Length from 250-2000 mm

l Temperature max. 105 °Cl Brass/stainless steel

material

l PT100l Ranges from 0-100 °Cl Temperature max. 100 °Cl Stainless steel material

l Front-flush diaphragm/ceramic cell

l Range up to 400 barl Temperature max. 120 °Cl Stainless steel material

Level meters

Temperature meters

Pressure meters



311

Transducers

The technology Honsberg supplies a range of signal

transducers which can be used in com-bination with Honsberg devices or evenas stand-alone units within the context of the metering task set.

Application

Evaluation or conversion of sensor signals

l Signal transducersl Amplifiersl EX-amplifiersl Relaysl Countersl Display units

Advantages

l These components have been designed to match Honsbergdevices, and support operation and safety.

Input Þ Input

Frequency Þ Ex-separation[switch, threshold]4[0]..20 mA, 0..10 V display, trend,frequency minimisinglinearizing

Analogue Þ Frequencyswitch, thresholdnormalisation, linearizingdisplay, trend4[0]..20 mA, 0..10 V

Contents

Summary 312


l Signal processing

M




Basic

312

The combination



313

p a g e

t y p e

d e s c r

i p t i o n

l standard m standard option special option all data sheets available under www.honsberg.comM

EFFS frequency switch 314EFFI frequency sensor with current output 315EFFF frequency/frequency converter 316EFFU frequency sensor with voltage output 317

EEV1 Ex-amplifier 2-wire-sensors (I > Namur) 318EEV2 Ex-amplifier Namur 318

WE Isolating switching amplifier with relay output 319

MSR010 Multifunction relay 319

EEZ-904 Counter 319

ESA1 Local electronic unit for frequency generating sensors 319

ESK2 Local electronic unit for frequency generating sensors 320

ESK3 Local electronic unit for frequency generating sensors 320

GIA Display with switching point 320

ELC Display for level meter LC 320




Frequency Switch 85.1.converter EFFS EFFS.

TERMINAL ASSIGNMENT

Sensor with adjustable frequency limitCan be configured by user via pluggable pin (Teach-In)LED indication of switch statusM12x1 industry locking plug system

ADVANTAGE

DIMENSIONS

PROGRAMMING

Adjust set frequency (= set flow) in the system.

NOMENCLATURE


TECHNICAL DATA Hallbiased Hall

10..30 V DC inductive< 20 mA (without load) NPNNPN or PNP PNPmax. 200 mA NPN open collector 4..10000 Hz min. switchfor locking plug M12x1, 4-pole max. switchReservation according to DESINA locking plug M12x1, 4pole

materials housing nickel plated brass, PA66IP67

operating temperature 0..70 °Cweight approximately 25 g

MOUNTING



Screw the sensor into thread of the housing and turn it back aquarter of complete turn.

Immediately after programming, the sensor switches to the alarmstate. The alarm is cancelled once the flow increases such that the

threshold plus 12 Hz (= hysteresis) is reached.

After programming, Pin 2 (or the white wire) must either remainunconnected or be connected to 0V.

S

LH

I

MPN

frequency range

--

H

EFFS-

idle current

Apply a pulse of at least 0.5 seconds duration on Pin 2 or whitewire (for lead version), (e.g. by bridging to the supply voltage or pulse from PLC).

protection class

outputshort circuit current

connection

V

The converter can be screwed into all HONSBERG rotor and turbineflow meters which have an M12x1 screwed hole for the sensor.

Using the integral sensor, it receives a frequency signal proportionalto the flow and evaluates this signal. If the signal drops below the setlimit, an alarm signal is produced and the yellow LED in the plugconnector goes out.


supply voltage

H P L S


PNP

14

3

black

blue zOutput

0 V

+brown

2 Programmingw hite

NPN / NPN o.c.

1

4

3

black

blue

zOutput

0 V

+brow n

2 Programmingw hite

Basic

314



Frequency Sensor with 85.1.converter Current Output EFFI EFFI.

TERMINAL ASSIGNMENT

Sensor with adjustable current outputCan be configured by user via pluggable pin (Teach-In)M12x1 industry locking plug system DIMENSIONS

ADVANTAGE

PROGRAMMING

Adjust max frequency (= max flow) in the system.

NOMENCLATURE

basic typespecificationHallbiased Hallinductive

current output0 .. 20 mA4 .. 20 mAlocking plug M12x1, 4pole

TECHNICAL DATA

10..30 V DC< 20 mA (without load)0..20 mA or 4..20 mA1..4095 Hzfor locking plug M12x1, 4-pole

materials housing nickel plated brass, PA66IP67

operating temperature 0..70 °C

weight approximately 25 g

MOUNTING




The converter can be screwed into all HONSBERG rotor and turbineflow meters which have an M12x1 screwed hole for the sensor.Using the integral sensor, it receives a frequency signal proportionalto the flow and converts it to a proportional output current of 0(4)..20mA.


supply voltage

H I 0 S

idle current


protection class

current output

connection

Immediately after programming, the sensor puts out 20 mA. Thecurrent value for 0 Hz (0 or 20 mA) has to be specified with order and cannot be changed at the unit later.

After programming, Pin 2 (or the white wire) must be connected to0V.

frequency range

--

H

EFFI-

VI

I 04

S


1

4

3

blackblue z

current output

0 V

+brow n

2 programmingw hite

Basic

M

315



Frequency/Frequency- 85.1.converter Converter EFFF EFFF.

TERMINAL ASSIGNMENT

Sensor with variable frequency outputCan be configured by user via pluggable pin (Teach-In)LED indication for frequency outputM12x1 industry locking plug system

ADVANTAGE

DIMENSIONS

PROGRAMMING onl EFFF-xA

Adjust set frequency (= set flow) in the system.

TECHNICAL DATA

10..30 V DC

< 20 mA (without load)NPN or PNPmax. 200 mA4..10000 Hz10..2000 Hzfor locking plug M12x1, 4-pole

MOUNTING Reservation according to DESINAnickel plated brass, PA66IP670..70 °Capproximately 25 g

NOMENCLATURE

basic typespecificationHallbiased HallinductiveInput frequency (max. 10000, specificy only for fixed freq., otherwise 00000)paired with HONSBERG unitfixed input frequencyinput frequency adjustable via program pinmax. output frequency (max. 2000, specification required)NPNPNPNPN open collector locking plug M12x1, 4pole




weight

connection

materials housingprotection classoperating temperature

output Frequency range

supply voltage

idle currentoutputshort circuit currentinput Frequency range

Immediately after programming, the sensor shows the maximum

output frequency which has to be specified with order.

After programming, Pin 2 (or the white wire) must either remainunconnected or be connected to 0V.

-

EFFF-

PF A

The converter can be screwed into all HONSBERG rotor and turbine

flow meters which have an M12x1 screwed hole for the sensor.Using the integral sensor, it receives a frequency signal proportionalto the flow and calculates the output frequency. A yellow LEDindicates the status of the output, i.e. it flashes in the rythm of theoutput frequency.


H P S2000 P


-

H

IV

2000

10000

10000

S

NPM


PNP

14

3

black

blue zOutput

0 V

+brown

2 Programmingw hite

NPN / NPN o.c.

1

4

3

black

blue

zOutput

0 V

+brow n

2 Programmingw hite

Basic

316



Frequency Sensor with 85.1.converter Voltage Output EFFU EFFU.

TERMINAL ASSIGNMENT

Sensor with adjustable voltage outputCan be configured by user via pluggable pin (Teach-In)M12x1 industry locking plug system DIMENSIONS

ADVANTAGE

PROGRAMMING

Adjust max frequency (= max flow) in the system.

NOMENCLATURE

basic typespecificationHallbiased Hallinductive

voltage output0 .. 10 V2 .. 10 V0 .. 5 Vlocking plug M12x1, 4pole

TECHNICAL DATA

10..30 V DC< 20 mA (without load)

1..4095 Hz

for locking plug M12x1, 4-polematerials housing nickel plated brass, PA66

IP67operating temperature 0..70 °Cweight approximately 25 g

MOUNTING



5


Programming can be inhibited during manufacturing of the sensor.This has to be ordered explicitly.

voltage output 0..10 V or 2..10 V(other values on request)

S

02

U

VI

--

H

EFFU-

idle current

Apply a pulse of at least 0.5 seconds duration on pin 2 or whitewire (for lead version), (e.g. by bridging to the supply voltage or pulse from PLC).

protection class

connection

Immediately after programming, the sensor puts out 10 V. Thecurrent value for 0 Hz (0 or 2 V) has to be specified with order andcannot be changed at the unit later.

After programming, pin 2 (or the white wire) must be connected to0V.

frequency range

The converter can be screwed into all HONSBERG rotor and turbineflow meters which have an M12x1 screwed hole for the sensor.Using the integral sensor, it receives a frequency signal and convertsit to a flow-proportional output voltage of 0(2)..10 V (linearization of the flow meters curve is possible!).


supply voltage

H U 0 S


1

4

3

blackblue z

voltage output

0 V

+brown

2 programmingwhite

Basic

M

317



Ex-Amplifier 80.1.converter EEV1 / EEV2 EEV.

WIRING DIAGRAM

R1 >1,8k Ω / R2 <100k Ω R intern = 510 Ω

EEV1: Imax = 30 mA EEV2: Imax = 6 mA

ADVANTAGE

ASSEMBLY

DIMENSIONS

TECHNICAL DAT

outer inductance EEx ia IICmax. EEx ib IICouter capacitance EEx ia IICmax. EEx ib IIC

COMBINATION WITH FLOW METERS

product informationRotors 4.2.RRI.

4.2.RRH.4.2.RR.32

Turbines 5.1.RT.Volumetric flow meters 6.1.VHZ.

EEV2 is applicable to NAMUR-sensors only.


IP 30

< 1,4 mA< 7 mA> 14 mA > 2,8 mA

PA66

4 µF 4 µF

The two-channel separation circuit amplifiers with transistor outputserve as an interface between electrical signals from the highlycombustible range (ex area) and the not highly combustible range(non-ex area). The input signals (frequencies or switching signals) of NAMUR- and other 2-wire-sensors, as well as mechanical contactsor opto couplers are transferred to the outputs. The outputs areamong themselves and from the remaining circuit galvanicallyseparated. The electrical circuits of the sensor are galvanicallyconnected with the power supply. The intrinsically safe electriccircuits are suitable for zone 1, 2, 21 and 22.

188 mW 24 mW

6,7 mH 330 mH641 nF

power consumption DCno-load voltage

max. 75 mA max. 9,3 mA

outputs 2x open collector Umax = 30 V AC/DC

3 mH 3 mH

475 nF

Before start-up it is to be guaranteed that the clamp PA is connectedwith the potential equalization of the highly combustible range; whensupplied with a safe galvanic separation the connection of thepotential equalization can be omitted.

EEV1 is applicable to 2-wire-sensors according to DIN EN 60947-5-6, 2-wire-Hall-sensors and floating mechanical contacts or opto-couplers.

connection diameter material housing

max. 10 V DC

24 V AC/DC ±20%3,6 W

EEV1 EEV2

The device is to be assembled onto a hat rail in a switch cabinet or asimilar installation (min. IP20) outside the Ex-zone area.

conformity PTB Nr. Ex-99.E.2073 XCE

operating voltage

short-circuit currentoutput power

actuating signal

-25..+60°Coperating temperature

< 1,5mm² with end-sleeves


up to a crest value of thenominal voltage of 60 V

galvanic separation

screw terminalselectrical connection

protection IEC 529connectors IP 20

9 2

22 107,5

R2

R1 1

3

6

4

I<0,1mAI>Imax

I<0,1mAI>Imax

S

S

DK

DK

R internal

P

8

11

9

12

7

10

2

24V±20%

AC/DCPA

R internal

Basic

318



319

Device description

The residual current flow of 100 mAis monitored by an auxiliary circuit. In

the event of a reduction in this current e.g. by a breakage in the control lead,

the output relay is released.

l One- or two-channell Control current circuit

[EEX ia] IIC

Multifunctional relays are mono-stablecontact protectors for connection tosingle contacts.They increase switching safety andcapacity of threshold instruments andreduce their contact load.Unintentional switching of the devicecaused by vibration is significantlyreduced by an off-delay.

l Increases switchingcapacity

l Off-delay

These devices can be programmed by the user to count time or pulses, as aposition display or frequency counterand have two pre-selectable outputs.All the settings, including programming

the pre-selected values, are carriedout using just four keys on the front of

the device and a plain text menu in thedisplay.

l Current flow, filling, batchfilling, difference monitor-ing

l A, B inputs, recognition ofdirection

l Displays [e.g. when counting totals in m² andlitres]

l Simple to usel Factor 0.0001…9.9999l Data storage 10 yearsl Adjustable thresholds [2]l Relay outputs

With the appropriate flow sensors, theESA1 electronic unit forms an adjusta-ble flow switch with trend indicator.When the switching point is undercut

the output changes from 24 V DC to0 V. The switching point can be adju-sted at any time by pressing the“press” key and simultaneously turning

the potentiometer. A red LED indicates

undercutting of the switching point.

l Compact local display andswitching module

l Switching point can befaded in

l Switching point can be set without process condition

WE - Isolating switching amplifier with relay output

MSR - Multifunctional relay

EEZ-904 - Counter

ESA1 - Local electronic unit for frequency generating sensors

M




Basic

320

The monitoring unit acquires frequencysignals [usually from flow meters] andswitches the assigned output when it is below the minimum [ALARM1] orabout the maximum value [ALARM2].This compact electronic unit is inser-

ted directly onto a suitable sensor oris installed rotatable.

l Monitoring electronicswith 18..30 V DC supply

l 2 electronic switching out-puts

l Setting of switching valuesusing magnet

l Switch state indicationusing LEDs

The monitoring unit acquires frequencysignals [usually from flow meters] andreleases a relay [contact open] when

the flow is below the set minimum.This compact electronic unit is inser-

ted directly onto a suitable sensor oris installed rotatable.

l Monitoring electronicswith 230 V AC supply

l Switch contacts for highloads

l Red / green statusdisplay

l Extremely easy to use

The display is provided as a local

display. It shows all physical parameters [e.g. pressure, flow, temperature,filling level, distance …] which are pro-cessed as 4-20 mA signals. The easilyreadable display can be adjusted toany metering parameter.

l Can be combined with

sensors with 4-20 mAsignal and DIN 43650-Aplug

l Display with weightingfactor possible directlyindicates the physicalparameters

l Freely selectable decimalpoint

Display instruments of the type ELC

are available for standard openings of60 mm and installation depths of 78mm. The display is produced by a cir-cular LED chain arrangement contai-ning 24 LEDs. Zero point and maxi-mum point can be set by the user.

l Connect universal display

to operating voltage andlevel sensorl Turn the “min” or “zero”

button clockwise until youhere it click [max. 20

turns].l If the tank is full set the

“max.” or “span” button insuch a way that the 24thLED is lit.

l If the tank is empty turn the “min.” or “zero” anti-clockwise until the 2ndLED goes out (1 LED isalways on as a “stand-by”

indication).

ESK2 - Local electronic unit for frequency generating sensors

ESK3 - Local electronic unit for frequency generating sensors

GIA - Display with switching point

ELC - Display for level meter LC



Filters, accessories

The technology FiltersDirt traps with magnetic separators for dirt protection and separation of ferrite sludge.Extremely fine filtration of liquids.

AccessoriesThe accessories range includes mechanicalcomponents such as valves [VC], valvestrips [VB], fittings [TS] and flanges [FL] orelectrical components as contact protec-

tion [HE].

Application

l Soiling protectionl Regulatingl Contact to pipelinel Contact protection

Contents



l Filteringl Regulating




Basic

322

Filters

Honsberg filters are provided to protect Honsberg devices against soiling or as independent components for coarse and fine filtrationof liquids.

The fine filters [ZE] have filter cartridges in a fineness range from5-250 µm in metal or ceramic and are thus able to take over taskswhich require extremely fine filtration.

A standard dirt trap is only able to achieve part of its protective functionwhere ferrite abrasion is present in the medium, which is much smallerin grain size than the mesh of the dirt trap and is thus rinsed throughit. For such cases, Honsberg magnetic filters [ZV] provide additionalprotection in that a magnetic rod which is equipped with shielded pairsof magnets is positioned in the centre of the dirt trap sieve and precipi-

tates ferrite materials.

The individual pairs of magnets are poled in a certain way and shieldedfrom one another by soft iron discs creating an optimum magnetic fieldin the area of the sieve, thus guaranteeing better efficiency.

The connection of the magnetic rod with the dirt trap cover leads tosimple cleaning of the magnetic rod within the context of the specifiedmaintenance intervals. The application ranges of Honsberg magneticfilters include industrial lubricating and cooling circuits as well as wher-ever the protection of high-quality metering devices such as heat coun-

ters etc. must be guaranteed, such as in the area of heating technologywith boilers and radiators.

Accessories

The accessories range includes mechanical components such as valves[VC], valve strips [VB], fittings [TS] and flanges [FL] or electrical compo-nents as contact protection [HE].



323

m i s c e

l l a n e o u s

p a g e

g a s

/ a

i r

o i l

w a t e r


° C


b a r

c o n n e c t i o n s

t y p e

n o m

i n a

l d i a m e t e r

ZV magnetic filter 15 - 80 female thread bronze 16 150 l l 3 324

ZEK fine filter 4 - 15 female thread plastic 16 150 l l 3 325ZEL fine filter 4 - 15 female thread plastic 16 150 l l 3

ZEG fine filter 10 - 20 female thread plastic 16 150 l l 3

VB manifold 20 female thread aluminium 25 100 l l 327

TS control valves 10 - 50 T-fitting 25 l l l 3 328

VC control valves 4 female thread stainless steel 13 120 l l 3 329

FL flange connection 40-500 welding socket 16 l l l 3 330

HE spark protector 85 323

d i s c r e p t i o n

The reed switches or micro-switches used in Honsberg monitoring devices have a limited electrical switching capacitywhich can be taken from the descriptions for the individualdevices. With higher switching values or if inductive loads orlong line lengths are involved, a suppression circuit is recom-mended for the reed switch or micro-switch. The typeHE100ZE is available for this purpose.

Principle

Dimensions

Technical data:Capacity 0.047 - 0.47 µFCapacity tolerance ±20%Resistance range 22 - 470 W

Resistance tolerance ±30% Voltage 250 V AC 50 Hz; 630 V DCPeak voltage 1000 V Power 0,5 WOperating temperature max. 85°CApproval S, N, D, Fl, VDE, SEV, ULWeight 0.01 kg

Y compactY economical

f i l t e r

s u p p o r t i n g c o m p o n e n t s

Spark protectorHE100ZB

84.1HE.


N

Basic




Magnetic Filter 60.1.filter Volumat ZV-...GR ZV.GR

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread Rp 1/2" to G3 bronze

TECHNICAL DATA

media temperature max. 150°Caverage pressure loss 0.15bar at Qmax.mesh size 600 µm

MATERIALS

housing bronze Rg5/Rg6 ; brassmagnetic candle brass Ms58 ; steel St37

wema-koe-coated, bariumferritefilter stainless steel 1.4301seal lt400

MOUNTING POSITION NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationDN 15 - Rp1/2"DN 20 - Rp3/4"DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2

DN 50 - G2DN 65 - G2 1/2DN 80 - G3

METERING SUBSTANCES female threadhousing bronze

Special option filter mesh aperture 250 µmwater gas/air VARIO flange housing cast iron

oil




5.8075

ZV-015GR

250250 85 22280 100

Type number of magnets

2

ZV-040GRZV-032GRZV-025GRZV-020GR

2.3

16 7

G 3 ZV-080GRZV-065GRZV-050GR

G 1 1/4G 1 1/2G 2G 2 1/2

G

Rp 3/4"Rp 1/2"

G 1

253.807016 18.4 2201255

3016

1.0516

66 56 20 2.201.40

19012082 16415095

0.650.40

16 4.4 9062 38 14323

Xmm

0.3016 2.7 7750 100 27 143

065

025

84 11

54 4641 16

124156

RG

H1mm

AFmm

Lmm

47

AF1mm

25 2231

weightkg

Hmm

11278

42 66

015

5.1

040

050

020

032

PNbar

Qmax. rec.m³/h H 2O

16

b r o n z e

16

4

3

RZV-015

G

16 11.9

140

080

Magnetic Filters consist of a housing, a filter cartridge anda centrically arranged magnetic filter. The general partsare collected by the filter while ferrite parts gather aroundthe magnetic separation candle.

combination of magnetic separator and filter simple cleaning

34

ZV-025GR


Basic

324



Fine Filter 61.1.filter Volumat ZE ZE.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/8 to G3/4 PP

TECHNICAL DATA

operational pressure 10 bar at 24°C7 bar at 52°C

operational temperature max. 52°C

MATERIALS

housing PPcap PP or transparent nylonfilter UHMW-PE sintered plastic or stainless steelseal NBR / Viton


The Fine Filter is fitted with various filter elements in meshsize and material. Filters are emploied for the cleaning of liquids and gases.

filter from 5 µm to 300 µmsimple cleaningtransparent or opaque cups

G

ZEL-008GP....

ZEL-015GP....ZEG-015GP....

G3/4

P P

G1/4

G1/8

G3/8

7553G1/2

116 20ZEG-020GP.... 90 75

0.17520ZEL-010GP....

74ZEG-010GP....ZEK-015GP....

Type

ZEK-004GP....

1948.5

ZEL-004GP....ZEK-008GP....

1919

ZEK-010GP....

Dmm

Xmm

19

1948.548.548.5

0.06019

48.5

48.5

19

0.0700.0650.0851948.5

0.0750.050

weightkg

0.050

Lmm

57.557.57474747490

Hmm

478450835286

114

750.190

48.590

0.0800.17020

7487114

Basic

N325



Fine Filter 61.1.filter Volumat ZE ZE.

ELECTRICAL DATA



water

gas/air


basic typespecificationshort filter Ø 18longer filter Ø 18large filter Ø 28DN 4 - G1/8DN 8 - G1/4DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4female threadhousing PPcap PPcap transparent nylon

5 µm sintered plastic35 µm sintered plastic

80 µm sintered plastic50 µm stainless steel100 µm stainless steel300 µm stainless steelseal NBRseal Viton




PG

015

P

ZEL-ZEG-

ZEK-

004

G

P

N015ZEK-

020

008010

N005

050100

N

P 005

300

035080

V

n o m i n a l

d i a m e t e r

f i l t e r

Basic

326



Manifold 70.1.accessories Plus VB-...GA/K/M VB.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread G1/2 up tp G3/4 aluminium/brass/stainless steel

Combination with the following flowmeters

NJ-...W... - product information 1.2.NJ.NJV-...W... - product information 1.2.NJV.VO-...W... - product information 1.2.VO.VL-...W... - product information 2.3.VL.

VB-020GA3TECHNICAL DATA mit NJV-015WM

pressure PN 25 bar media temperature max. 110°C

MATERIALS

VB-...GAhousing aluminium anodizedseal NBRwetted parts brass, brass nickel platedexternal parts Al, brass nickel plated


nominal diameter DN15 - G1/2nominal diameter DN20 - G3/4female threadaluminiumstainless steel (wetted parts and housing 1.4305)brass (housing Ms58 nickel plated)1-fold port2-fold port3-fold port4-fold port5-fold port6-fold port7-fold port8-fold port




3.878 400 3 185

350 3 160

2.43.03.4

6 300 3 1355 250 2 -

- 1.64 200 2 - 2.13 150 2

- 0.62 100 2 - 1.11 50 2

number of fixing holes Amm

Valve port lenghtmm (without plug)

weightkg (aluminium)

8

M

67

5

34

21

K

G A 1

G

VB- 020

015020

A

Manifold for single or multiple circuits. With integratedneedle valve for manuel flow control.

Attention! Observe nominal pressureand temperature of individual flow metersintalled!

Basic

N327



connection T-fittings 71.1.accessories Plus TS- TS.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS female thread G3/8 to G2 brass/stainless steel

Combination with the following flowmeters

paddle UM3/UR1/UR2/UR3calorimetric EFK… / Flex-F / omni-F

TECHNICAL DATA

pressure PN25

MATERIALSTS-.M… TS-.K…Ms58 nickel plated stainless steel 1.4305

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationT-T-fittingsfor paddle switch (UM/UR)for calorimetric system liquid mediafor calorimetrig system gaseous media (additional plastic)brassstainless steel 1.4305DN 10 - G3/8DN 15 - G1/2DN 20 - G3/4DN 25 - G1DN 32 - G1 1/4DN 40 - G1 1/2DN 50 - G2



TS-..025TS-..032

1249 50 12

1237 50 12

1029 50 12

2

50

50

TS-..040TS-..050

50

TS-..015TS-..020

3

TS-

TS-

1

032

1

KM

010

025

010015020

M

050

40

f o r n o m i n a l d i a m e t e

040

Hmm

2828

33

T-fittings to the direct installation in piping with G femalethread in the materials brass or stainless steel.

Lmm

Xmm

50 10

Type

TS-..010


Basic

328



Control Valves 70.2.accessories Plus VC.-004GK VC.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Female thread NPT 1/8" stainless steel

VCS-004GK1R VCP-004GK1S

TECHNICAL DATA

* based on 1bar rel. inlet pressure of air, exhausting to atmosphere

pressure PN 16 bar VC.-004GK.S sraight trough (180°) VC.-004GK.A right angle (90°)media temperature max. 120°C

MATERIALS

housing stainless steel 1.4401seal fluorocarbonatorifice stainless steel 1.4401

NOMENCLATUREbasic type

specificationstandard valve 9 turns to full openprecision valve 16 turns to full openDN 4 - NPT 1/8"female threadstainless steel123456sraight trough (180°)right angle (90°)



Valve

Standard


NPT 1/8"

NPT Type

VCS-004GK1.VCS-004GK2.

H1mm

67

77 64

54

H2mm

21300

weightkg

0.16

0.18

1255

air *

130004600068000

253470

11003800

11900

A

G

S

T a p e r S i z e

2874

VCP-004GK5.VCP-004GK6.

only VCP-

VCP-004GK2.VCP-004GK3.

6

VCP-004GK4.

2

maximum flowcm³/min

water

31

12

76021503550

17

taper size

5

S

VCS-004GK3.VCP-004GK1.

VCP-VCS-

34

Precision NPT 1/8"

VCS- 004 G K 1

12

K

004

45

3

The Honsberg valves series VCS/VCP serve for theregulation of flows in liquid or gaseous form and create anreiiable option to adjust processes.

219722

6

Basic

N329



Flange Connection 71.1.accessories Plus FL-032S/K FL.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Flange DN32 steel/stainless steel

Flow Switch VM-...E. - product information 2.1.VM.E

Flowmeter TZ1-...E. - product information 2.3.TZ1.E

TECHNICAL DATA

Flange DIN 2527 PN 16 nominal diameter 32Types of contact faces DIN 2526 Form CSeal Ø82/43x2 Novapress 200Hexagon head screws DIN EN 24017 M16x50-5.6Hexagon nuts DIN EN 24032 M16-5

DN 40-65 DN 80-500

NOMENCLATUREbasic typespecificationmounting flange, welded to connection piece including screw, nut and seal.DN 32steelstainless steelDN 40DN 50DN 65DN 80DN 100DN 125DN 150DN 200DN 250DN 300DN 400DN 500




Mounting flange with weld-on connection piece for suitablymounting flow switches and meters.

H40 65

ØD48.3

6165 76.1 57

60.3

S

065080100

DN

50

040FL- 032

032FL-

K040

f o r n o m i n a l d i a m e t e r

125150

400300

500

250200

050

S

Basic

330



331

Basis for business

Honsberg as partner ofindustrial plant construction

Independent development, competitive production and a customer-oriented sales philosophy makes Honsberg into a reliable partnerof industrial plant construction and the processing industry. Ourorganisation is certified to ISO 9001/2000, guaranteeing product quality and first-rate processing.

The Honsberg product you are using thus has the best possible pre-conditions for fulfilling its planned metering andmonitoring task reliably over a long service life.

Assembly

Design using 3D-CAD

Milling centre in the mechanical production

Metering machineEuropean approvalfor electronic safety



332


Basic

Quality

General principlesA high and constant standard of quality is an important pre-requisitefor a partner of industrial plant construction in sometimes safety-related applications. These requirements are implicated by Honsbergas follows:

l ISO 9000/2001 approvall Independent QA organisationl Regular auditing by independent institutesl Regular internal training events and updating of workflowsl Regular auditing of our A-suppliersl Traceability and electronic data archiving of the products

delivered

Individual testing

Every order we are entrusted with is tested and released individuallyon the basis of the order data before dispatch.

Flow0.01-5000 l/min

Level20-2000 mm

Temperature-40 … +250 °C

Pressure-1 … +400 bar

System-related design

On account of operative requirements Honsberg units are optimised asearly as the design stage and their basic function adapted to the task on hand.

l Pressure loss dependent on Qmaxl Hysteresis selection possiblel Max. flow quantities 2-3 m/sl Tolerance 1-5%l Repetition accuracy 1%



333

Approvals

Honsberg devices are handed over to reliable dispatch partnersfollowing a 100 % test and professional packaging for delivery

to customers.

There are detailed instructions for initial operation included withevery device system.

Warranty and service conditions can be found in our General Termsof Sale and the conditions of the Central Association of the GermanElectro-Industry [ZVEI] in the respective valid version.

Services include

l Support during initial operationl Repair or replacement l Application advice

Service telephone:Tel.: +49 (0) 2191 / 9672-22

ATEX GL TÜV

DIN-GOST KTA



334


Basic

Safety first

Planning data for installation

Device description

l Monitor - switching device

l Pointer - local or remote display in an accuracy range from 5 %

l Meter - local metering unit or continuous and linear signalgeneration in an accuracy range of up to 5 %

The device function

l Measured value - current display

l Final value - maximum display / switching valuel Tolerance

Tolerance is the extent of the deviation of a parameter from thenormal status or normal dimension. Tolerance specifications aregiven within the context of the device description and can fluctu-ate under application conditions.

l Repeating accuracy - deviation during permanent function

l Metering rangeThe metering range describes the operative spread within which

the device can be used. This can be the adjustment range for

the switching point or the display range of a metering unit. Weaim to make this spread as large as possible to extend the poss-ibilities of each individual device. The working range is usually thefactor 1:10 e.g. 10-100 l/min.

l Flow rateMechanical and electronic flow meters are designed for a cer-

tain flow rate or flow speed. We specify these data with a rec-ommendation for a maximum flow speed in the area of 2-3m/sec. or according to individual specifications for the respec-

tive product group. The maximum recommended flow rate canbe exceeded. In this case increased pressure loss or heaviermaterial wear must be expected.

l HysteresisThe switching difference with switching devices and the displaydifference with display devices represent important operatingdata for the function of metering devices. The switching differ-ence defines the difference between the switch-on and switch-offpoints with increasing or decreasing flow rate. This difference

value is determined by the switching characteristic or themechanical function of the metering unit. In the case of switch-ing devices it must be ensured that the switch-on point isreached as a pre-condition for the contact function. In the caseof display instruments there is a difference in display withincreasing and decreasing flow rate.

Example:

Switch-off end 4.2 l/min

Tolerance ±0.3 l/min

Hysteresis 0.5 l/min

Functional amount = 4.2 + 0.3+ 0.5 l/min= 5.0 l/min

Qmin. = 5 l/min+ 20 % safety= 6l/min

Flow speed

Interior diameter of pipe in mm

min. switch-off point

minimum pump capacity

20% safety

max. switch-on point incl.tolerances

switching hysteresis

max. switch-off point

switch-off point tolerance



335

l Direction of flow

The direction of flow must be observed, and is marked on everydevice.

l Settling rangeThe minimum length of the settling ranges depends on therespective application case. Basically, greater settling rangesare required when elbows or fittings are built into the intakeside. Settling ranges of 5xDN are recommended.

l Pressure lossThe term pressure loss describes the drop in pressure cau-sed by the device itself. This value depends largely on

the device design. It is important that the system pressureis above the value of pressure loss in order to guaranteecomponent function. The pressure loss values have been cal-culated on the basis of a flow speed of 2 m/sec. When thisfigure is exceeded, pressure loss increases disproportionately.

Electrical details

l Make contact - opened when at rest l Break contact - closed when at rest l Changeover contact - make and break contact l Output- [0]4..20 mA, 0..10 V, PNP and/or NPN

And finally …

Initial operation

Certain basic principles must be taken into account during initialmechanical operation and electrical wiring. These are applicablefor all HONSBERG products.

(1) Pressure data must be observed according to devicespecification, as must the temperature range.

(2) During installation, make sure the direction of flow is in thedirection of the arrow symbol.

(3) Straight stretches before and after the devices are benefi-cial to the device function in the sense of a laminar flowprofile.

(4) The circuit can either be seen on the device label ordescribed in the delivery papers. In unfavourable cases[e.g. inductive or capacitive load], plan protective wiring

(5) Clean the pipework system before installation. If permanent soiling occurs, use a magnetic filter [HONSBERG Volumat]or a dirt trap.

Customer service and sales officeTel. +49 (0) 2191/9672-0

Pressure lossD p 1 bar

HONSBERGflow meter / monitor




Basic

336

The substance is the objective

Viscosity / air / gas / temperature

all data are appoximate values

Operation H 2 O oil viscosity air / gas

100mm²/s 200mm²/s 1 bar air

40 - 99%piston 100% see page 15 + 49 3500%

float 100% special scaling special scaling special scaling

paddle 100% 70 - 80% 1500%see page 115

rotor 100%Oils to 10 mm²/s on request

80%

turbine 100% Oils to 15 mm²/s on request80%

gear wheel,100% 100% 100%

notoval wheel recommendable

calorimetric 100% on request on request on request

magnetic inductiv 100% prohibitive prohibitive prohibitive

level 100% depending of liquid density prohibitive

temperature independent of media

pressure independent of media



Viscosity

337

Switch point modification refer-ming to viscosity and flow

velocity

Switch point, modification refer-ming to viscosity

TemperatureSwitch point modificationreferming to temperature.

Function piston, viscosity compensated

Function gear- oval wheel, viscosity-independently

brass cast iron cast steel stainless steel stainless steel measuring materialbronze V2A V4A

- - - 0 0 acetic acid- + + + + acetone

+ + + + + alcohol0 + + + + alkalis- - - + + butyric acid+ O O + + carbonic acid0 0 0 0 0 chlorine+ + + + + common salt- 0 0 + + distilled water- - - + + glyceric acid- - - - + hydrochloric acid+ + + + - lime water+ + + + + mineral oil+ + + + + natural gas

+ + + + + paraffin+ + + + + petrol+ + + - + steam- - - + - sulphuric acid

Material stability

+ good O Sufficient - unsifficing

Function piston standard



338


Basic

The basics are right

Materials

Material selection is divided into 3 classes:

1. wetted and pressurized

2. wetted non pressurized

3. neither wetted nor pressurized

The standard materials are

Special options

The above device descriptions have conveyed a wide range of data and technical possibilities. If you have decided in favour of a HONSBERGproduct, our team is ready to process your order reliably.

Otherwise we recommend contacting HONSBERG for individual adviceand project assistance within the context of the VARIO programmesegment. Please let us have information about your case of applicationand the task to be solved.

Class1 2 3

l Brass l Brass l Brassl Stainless steel l Stainless steel l Stainless steell Plastic l Plastic l Plasticl Red bronze l Bronze l Steell Cast iron l Copper l Casting compoundl Cast steel l Magnetic materials l Copperl Glass l Magnetic materialsl Copper l Glassl Sealing materials l Elastomers

Mechanics Electrics Function

l Pressure stage up to 500 bar

l Special threadl Special flangel Special materialsl

Coating of the partsin contact withmedia

l Damping of movingparts (with air andgases)

l Specified swit-ching differences

l Contact protectionl Special plugl Temperature-resi-

stant cablel Gold-coating for

contacts

l Version forspecified meteringmaterials

l Selected switchingfunction

l Multi-function(integrated flow, temperature, pres-sure monitoringand metering)



339

Art of combination

The ideaHermetical separation of primary measured value acquisitionand secondary measured value evaluation.

he

rmetical

separation

Primary measured Secondary measured value acquisition value evaluation

Piston Reed switch

Float Micro-switchPaddle Hall sensor

Rotor Inductive proximityswitch

Turbine Optical sensor

Gear wheel Metering unit

Oval wheel Temperature sensor

Flap Bimetal

Sphere Pressure sensor

The advantages

l Optimal matching of mechanical and electrical componentsl Non-contact triggering of contacts and sensorsl Hermetic separation of mechanical and electrical components



340


Basic

The team is our strenght

Honsbergstaff structure

1. productive2. technical administration3. commercial administration

Honsbergperiode of service(years)

1. 15+2. 10+3. 5+4. < 5 +

Honsbergage structure

1. - 30 Jahre2. - 40 Jahre3. - 50 Jahre4. >50 Jahre

HonsbergClub 15

Team of staff members15 years and more.Appreciation & respect



341

Communication basics

The Honsberg documentation system

Range summary,company profile31 pages

Application-related devicedescriptions 12 to 24 pages

Informative magazine forcustomers and friends of

the company. Is distributedat irregular intervals.

All catalogues plusprice information

Updated product descriptions, newproducts and applications available asa CD or via the Internet underwww.honsberg.com

Product cataloguesIntegrated systemsOmni 40 pagesFlex 16 pages

Complete range catalogue

344 pagesPrice list 40 pagesView

Focus

Digital

Basic

Omni Flex

Contact

Doku



342


Basic

Data + details

flow1 l/min = 0.06 m 3/h1 l/min = 0.21997 UK gal/min1 l/min = 0.26420 US gal/min1 m3/h = 16.6667 l/min1 UK gal/min = 4.546 l/min1 US gal/min = 3.785 l/min

length1 feet = 0.304799 m1 feet = 12 inch1 inch = 0.08333 feet 1 inch = 25.39996 mm1 km = 1000 m1 km = 0.53960 naut.mile1 km = 0.62140 stat. mile1 m = 3.28085 feet 1 m = 0.001 km1 m = 1000 mm1 m = 1 .09362 yard1 mm = 0.03937 inch1 mm = 0.001 m1 naut.mile = 1.853 km1 stat. mile = 1.609 km1 yard = 0.91440 km

speed1 ft/s = 0.59252 knot 1 ft/s = 0.30480 m/s1 ft/s = 0.68595 mile/h1 knot = 1.15767 mile/h1 knot = 1.68770 ft/s

1 knot = 0.51441 m/s1 m/s = 3.28084 ft/s1 m/s = 1.94397 knot 1 m/s = 2.25048 mile/h1 mile/h = 1.45784 ft/s1 mile/h = 0.86380 knot 1 mile/h = 0.44435 m/s

pressure1 bar = 100000 Pa1 bar = 14.504 psi1 N/m 2 = 1 Pa1 Pa = 0.00001 bar1 Pa = 1 N/m 2

1 psi = 0.069 bar

volume1 cm 3 = 1000 mm 3

1 dm 3 = 1000 cm 3

1 dm 3 = 1 l1 ft 3 = 1728 in 3

1 ft 3 = 6.2282 UK gal1 ft 3 = 7.4797 US gal1 ft 3 = 0.02832 m 3

1 ft 3 = 28.3169 l1 l = 1 dm 3

1 l = 0.03531 ft 3

1 l = 0.21995 UK gal1 l = 0.26414 US gal1 m 3 = 1000 dm 3

1 m 3 = 35.3146 ft 3

1 UK gal = 0.16056 ft 3

1 UK gal = 4.54656 l1 US gal = 0.1337 ft 3

1 US gal = 3.78583 l

temperature temperature °C = temperature °F - 321.8 temperature °F = temperature °C x 1.8 + 32

weight0.1 kg = 3.53 oz = O lb 3 oz0.2 kg = 7.05 oz = O lb 7 oz0.5 kg = 17.64 oz = 1 Ib 1 oz1.0 kg = 35.27 oz = 2 lb 3 oz2.0 kg = 70.54 oz = 4 lb 6 oz5.0 kg = 176.35 oz = 11 Ib 0 oz

mm 2 /s °E Rl sec S. U.sec sec

1,0 1,0 28,5 -1,5 1,06 30 -2,0 1,12 31 32,62,5 1,17 32 34,43,0 1,22 33 363,5 1,26 34,5 37,64,0 1,3 35,5 39,1

4,5 1,35 37 40,75,0 1,4 38 42,35,5 1,44 39,5 43,96,0 1,48 41 45,56,5 1,52 42 47,17,0 1,56 43,5 48,78,0 1,65 46 52

10,0 1,83 52 58,811,0 1,93 55 62,313,0 2,12 61 69,615,0 2,32 68 77,217,0 2,55 75 85,120,0 2,9 86 97,522,0 3,1 93 10625,0 3,45 105 118,930,0 4,1 125 140,935,0 4,7 144 163,240,0 5,35 164 185,745,0 6,0 185 208,450,0 6,65 205 231,456,0 7,4 229 25960,0 7,9 245 277,470,0 9,24 283,5 323,480,0 10,56 324 369,690,0 11,88 364,5 415,8

100,0 13,2 405 462114,0 15 460,5 526,7150,0 19,8 611 701227,4 30 921 1053,3303,2 40 1228 1404,4379,0 50 1535 1755,5

400,0 52,8 1620 18481080,0 142,5 4435 50002160,0 285 8870 100008460,0 1140 35480 40000

all information beyond our responisibilty

Viscosity

r a n g e g e a r w

h e e

l / o v a

l w h e e

l

r a n g e p

i s t o n

/ p a

d d l e



Data + details

materialsstainless steelNo. materials VA AISI BS

1.4122 X 35 CrMo 17 2 - -1.4301 X 5 CrNi 18 10 2 304 304S151.4305 X 10 CrNiS 18 9 2 303 303S211.4310 X 12 CrNi 17 7 2 301 -1.4404 X 2 CrNiMo 17 12 4 316L 316S121.4408 G-X 6 CrNiMo 18 10 - CF-8M -1.4436 X 5 CrNiMo 17 13 4 316 316S161.4462 X 2 CrNiMoN 22 5 - 2205 -1.4541 X 6 CrNiTi 18 11 2 321 321 S1 2

brassNo. materials Ms DIN-EN

2.0230 CuZn1O Ms90 CW 501 L2.0321 CuZn37 Ms63 CW 508 L2.0360 CuZn40 Ms60 CW 509 L2.0380 CuZn39Pb2 Ms59 CW 612 N2.0402 CuZn40Pb2 Ms58 CW 617 N

cast ironNo. materials

0.6026 GG-25

bronzeNo. materials Rg

2.1096.01 G-CuSn5ZnPb Rg52.1093.01 G-CuSn6ZnNi Rg6

cast steelNo. materials GP

1.0619 N GSC-25 GP 240 GH

plastic

ABS acrylicnitrile/butadiene/styrenePA polyamidePC polycarbonat POM polyoxymethylenePP polypropylenPS polystorolPTFE polytetrafluorineethylene (teflon)PVC polyvinyl chloridePVDF polyvinylidenfluoride

elast

DIN/ISO ATSM marking commercial nameCR CR chloroprene-caoutchouc neopren, baypren, butaclor, denka chloropreneEPDM EPDM ethylene-propylene-diene-caoutchouc dutral, keltran, vistalon, nordel, epsyn, buna APFPM FKM fluorine-caoutchouc viton, flureol, tecnoflon, noxtiteNBR NBR acrylicnitrile-butadiene-caoutchouc perbunan, buna N, hycar, breon, butakon




Basic

344

flowlevel

temperaturepressure

Index

AR 96BL 233CF 220CM2K 146CRG 148CWE 260EDP1 292EEFK 215EEV 318EEZ 319EFFF 316EFFI 315EFFS 314EFFU 317EFK2 210EFKM 208EFKP 208EFKS 215ELC 320EPS 288EPS1 290ESA1 319ESK2 320ESK3 320ETS 274ETSD 276

FF 20FH 226FIS 217FK 230FL 330Flex 297Flex-FIN 212FM 22FQ 231FR 167FW1 56FW3 58FX 59

G 24GIA 320GK 118GKL 121GR 102HD1K 61HD2K 64HE 323HM1K 67HR1MV 70HV 183KH 238KM 239LC 254MD 286MF-003 73MF-007 74MH 88

MI 96MMF 124MP 40MR 75MR1K 77MSR 319MW3 258MWI 261MXM 37MXO 37MXR 36NA 264NB 264NBS 263NG 262NH1 81NJ 82NJV 85NL 265NM 248NMS 249NO 94NR 252NW1 259NW3 258Omni 297

ON 227OT 96OW 228PD 47PH 282PI 284PM 282PO 166PS 287RA 170RH 172RM 168RO 184

RR.-032 180RRF 185RRH-010/025 176RRI-010/025 174RRO-010/025 178RRT 187RRT1 188RS 167RT 190RVM 79RW 256RWI 257SB 250SK 232TF1 272TR 273TS 328TX 38

TZ1-...E 152TZ1-…F 48TZ1-…GK 44TZ1-…GR 42UB1 144UI 141UK-020 106UK-040 108UK-044 110UK-047 112UK-048 114UK-050 116UM3K-…GK 136UM3K-…GM 136UM3K-…VK 138UM3K-…VM 138UR1-…GK 140UR1-…GM 140UR1-…VK 142UR1-…VM 142UR2-…GK 140UR2-…GM 140UR2-…VK 142UR2-…VM 142UR3K-…GK 132UR3K-…GM 132

UR3K-…VK 134UR3K-…VM 134UZ 154

VB 327 VC 329 VD-…F 47 VD-…GK 28 VD-…GR 26 VDO 34 VF 90 VHO 196 VHZ 192 VI 48

VL 104 VM-…E 150 VM-…F 47 VM-…GK 32 VM-…GR 30 VO 92 VP 285WE 319WK 240WO1 229WP 241WR1 169WT 242

XF 157 YR 149ZE 325ZV 324



Honsberg world wide

The descri p tion of our sales organisation is a vailable under www.honsberg.com/contact

All up -to-date prod uct information is a vailable as PDF files on our webside www.honsberg.com

Documents

General Honsberg